Yol. XXXY
JANUARY. 1959
4
No. 1
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
GORDON F. FERRIS MEMORIAL ISSUE
CONTENTS
USINGER — Gordon Floyd Ferris — 1893—1958 1
WIGGINS — Gordon Floyd Ferris, The Teacher 13
McKenzie — G ordon Floyd Ferris as a student of
the scale insects 25
LEECH — Bibliography of Gordon F. Ferris 29
PROCEEDINGS, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 1958 51
SAN FRANCISCO. CALIFORNIA • 1959
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
h cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor R. L. Usinger
E. S. Ross J. A. Powell, Asst. Editor H. B. Leech
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, moi'phology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to Dr. P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address,
requests for sample copies, and all hnancial communications should be addressed
to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California. Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco 18, California.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, $1.00. Make checks payable to “Pan-Paciiic Entomologist.”
MEMOIRS SERIES
of the
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
THE SUCKING LICE by G. F. Ferris $6.00
A 320-page book which summarizes the knowledge on
the Anoplura of tlie world. Published by the Society,
October, 1951.
THE SPIDER MITE FAMILY TETRANYCHIDAE by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W, Baker $10.00
This world-wide treatment deals with the systematica
identification, and economics of the “Red Spiders” and
includes descriptions of thirty-three new species. Pub-
lished by the Society, July, 1955.
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park 18, San
Francisco.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California,
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXXV January, 1959 No. 1
GORDON FLOYD FERRIS— 1893-1958
Robert L. Usinger
University of California, Berkeley
For some individuals, a full biography is justifiable only as a
matter of record. With Gordon Floyd Ferris the situation is
different. Here was a man of originality with much to tell to the
world and a gifted pen with which to tell it. In a life devoted to
principles as he saw them and to ideals as he conceived them, there
emerged a profound truth which, unfortunately, he never put into
words. It is that a scientist, endowed with ability and placed in a
favorable environment, has an overwhelming obligation to produce
for the society that supports him. This obligation, as Ferris saw
and filled it in fullest measure, was not necessarily to produce
practical results but rather to seek the truth in all things and to
make the results known. It happened that some of the work that
Ferris did with lice and scale insects was of direct importance to
mankind. But he insisted that his interest in these insects had no
connection with their actual or potential economic importance.
Instead, he was motivated solely by the fact, mystical or otherwise,
that he liked them. In a moment of self analysis (Canad. Ent. 56:25,
1924) he wrote on this as follows:
“I have often wondered what it is that determines our special
interests. Why does one entomologist prefer to work on dragon-
flies, another on butterflies and a third on beetles? ... If we were
to study man as we do other animals we would doubtless devise
a special terminology to ‘explain’ these things. We would say that
so-and-so is positively hemipterotropic or papiliotropic, or what-
ever else it may be, and let it go at that with a rather comfortable
feeling that we have disposed of the matter! ... As for myself,
I am irresistably drawn toward the smallest and most intrinsically
uninteresting of insect forms. I can appreciate the pleasures of
the collector who looks with gloating eyes upon his well-filled
cabinet of glorious butterflies or gleaming beetles, but I can not
expect him in turn to do more than wonder why I also should look
with the same feelings upon a well-filled cabinet of little pieces of
glass, each one with one or two minute specks in the centre of it.
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Gordon Floyd Ferris (1893 - 1958 )
But it is so, and my knowledge of ancient languages is not sufficient
to enable me to coin a word behind which it is possible to take
refuge. I merely know that if an insect is too large to go on a slide
1 leave it for someone else, and if it is small enough to go on a
slide 1 have an impulse to put it there.”
Throughout his life Ferris, who was a large man, maintained
this interest in small insects.
Early life. The following quotation is from a brief biographical
sketch prepared by Ferris shortly before his death;
“Born January 2, 1893, at Bayard, Allen County, Kansas, a “tank town”
where his father was a gandy dancer on the railway. He was the fifth child
and the fourth boy in a family of hve. When he was between two and three
January, 1959]
3
years old the family moved to a 40-acre farm near Monticello, Cedar County,
Missouri, where they lived in a one-room log cahin. When he was a little
more than three years old his mother died after giving birth to another son,
who also died while still young.
“ . . . He and his sister went to live with his paternal grandmother and
an unmarried uncle on a farm near La Harpe, Allen County, Kansas. At the
age of about 10 years the grandmother died . . . His father thereupon moved
to La Harpe with the two brothers who had remained with him, obtained
employment as a day laborer in a zinc smelter . . . and . . . established a
“bachelor” home in La Harpe with the two brothers.
“Gordon remained with his father until he was 13, except for two
summers spent as a hired hand on a farm near lola, Kansas. In the meantime
his oldest brother, Leslie, . . . had enrolled at Ottawa University, a small
Baptist college at Ottawa, Kansas, where he acted as the local circulation
agent for the Kansas City Star. When Gordon graduated from the eighth
grade at La Harpe, at the age of 13, Leslie had him come to live with him.
With the support of Leslie and such money as Gordon could make by
carrying papers ... he remained at Ottawa until 1909, having in the
meantime graduated from the “academy” at Ottawa University . . . Leslie
graduated from the college in 1909 and secured a position as a teacher in
the high school at Telluride, Colorado. He left Gordon as circulation agent
for the Kaiisas City Star in Ottawa and Gordon entered Ottawa University
as a freshman in the fall of 1909. He was a complete failure at this, withdrew
from the college, and proposed joining the Navy as soon as he became 17.
“It was necessary to obtain the consent of his father to join the Navy.
The papers were sent to his father, who refused to sign them without first
consulting Leslie. Leslie refused to give his consent and instead secured a
place for Gordon with the Telluride Power Company at Telluride.
“ ... In its early days the Telluride Power Company had trouble securing
trained men, and under the leadership of L. L. Nunn, its founder, had
established the practice of employing young men at reduced salary and after
a time sending them to college. Out of this grew the Telluride Association,
an endowed institution, entirely apart from the power company ... In the
spring of 1911 Gordon was transferred to the station of a power company
at Olmstead, Utah, where the Telluride Association ran a school for its
members.
“The Telluride Association maintained a house at Cornell University,
where most of its men who were selected for “preferment” went. Gordon
disapproved of the social emphasis at this house and asked instead to be
sent to Stanford University. He had seen Kellogg’s American Insects while
he was at Ottawa, and Kellogg — ihen a professor at Stanford — was the only
entomologist he had ever heard of. In the summer of 1912 he was granted
$450 by the Telluride Association and came to Stanford. With the continued
support of the Association — never amounting to over $500 a year — he finished
his work for the degi'ee of M.A. in 1917.
“He was then appointed a teaching assistant in entomology at Stanford
and further data will be a matter of record.”
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Field work. To those whose only contact with Ferris was in the
laboratory or classroom it will come as a surprise to learn that
he was a dedicated field naturalist. He had heen at Stanford for
only one year when, doubtless through an interest in ectoparasites
kindled by Vernon Kellogg and the contact with Joseph Grinnell,
he joined a field party of the University of California Museum of
Vertebrate Zoology. The trip covered the north coast counties of
California. According to C. L. Camp, who was a member of the
party, (personal comm.) Ferris’ main job was to comb the verte-
brates for ectoparasites, but the bound collection of field notes in
the MVZ files shows that the 20 year old student’s interests ranged
widely and his handwriting, which he always deprecated, was
already, at that early age, nearly illegible. On July 24, 1913, three
miles south of Covelo, Mendocino County, he wrote: “While out
hunting butterflies in the afternoon 1 heard a loud squeak in the
oak tree above my head and looked up just in time to see a small
wood rat come hastily out of a pile of sticks on a limb and run
rapidly down the tree. I could see the folds of a snake in the sticks
and upon shooting into them, a large gopher snake, perhaps three
and a half feet long, fell to the ground. It lay beneath some sticks
and produced a rather loud buzzing sound by beating the tip of
its tail against a stick. It escaped into a hole when I attempted to
capture it.” Two years later Ferris joined another MVZ team and
collected ectoparasites from birds and mammals in the Yosemite
region.
Other extensive field trips included: Lower California, with
J. R. Slevin (1919) ; Southwestern United States investigating lac-
producing scale insects with Roxana S. Ferris (1918) and daughter
Beth and C. D. Duncan (1920) ; Mexico (Guggenheim Grant)
(Fall of 1925 to summer of 1926) visiting Sinaloa, Nayarit, the
Tres Marias Island, Colima, thence south by foot to Acapulco,
the east and west coasts of the Isthmus and Mexico City; Lower
California, with Shreve, Mallory and R. S. Ferris, crossing over
to Sonora on return (March and April, 1934) ; Panama including
the Volcan de Chiriqui, Puerto Armuellas, David and Boquete
(summer of 1938) ; Arizona, with L. P. Wehrle and R. S. Ferris
(1940) ; China (Fulbright Award) including Yunnan, Hong
Kong, and New Territories, Kwangtung and Taiwan (Fall of 1948,
spring, 1949). Also Ferris spent a year studying Anoplura at the
January, 1959]
5
Molteno Institute, Cambridge University and at the British Museum
(Natural History) (1930—1931).
As in other facets of his life Ferris was unpretentious in his
field work. He pointed this up in an unusual article in the Scientific
Monthly titled “Scientific Exploration, A Phantasy” (Sci. Mon.
27 :537— 541, 1928) . In the story a lone and weary collector pitches
camp and falls into a fitful slumber broken by bouts with tropical
fever. He dreams of a super expedition supplied by airlift with
the most elaborate equipment and the most luxurious food. Being
depedent on money in large amounts brought in by public rela-
tions men it is finally decided that the scientists, who are merely
an impediment, must go. Although facetious, the lone scientist is
obviously Ferris and the great expedition could be any one of a
number organized in recent years.
Systematics. Ferris was primarily a taxonomist and in this, as
in other activities, he brought a fresh approach and a plan for
work. Starting with the lice under Kellogg and the Coccidae under
Doane he soon set a pattern from which he deviated but little in
later years. Foremost was his insistence on detailed drawings —
doubtless as a reaction to the shocking state of knowledge of lice
and coccids based largely on inadequate descriptions. In his first
paper, with Vernon Kellogg, the drawings are not divided by a
vertical line into ventral and dorsal halves, but he soon adopted
this economical method and gave his philosophy on drawings in
1923 (Sci. 58:266): “A scientific illustration is not intended
merely as a pretty picture and it has nothing to do with art. Its
purpose is merely to present in the simplest and most accurate
manner the things that it is desired to show and its production
involves nothing more than good draftsmanship. If in addition to
these qualifications it is also artistic — whatever that may mean —
so much the better.” The arguments for divided drawings were
given as follows: 1) they save in cost of blocks; 2) they save in
the time of making drawings; 3) they save space in printing;
4) they are more convenient because both sides can be readily
compared.
Once started on the course of drawing details of minute insects
instead of describing them, Ferris was committed to a compound
microscope and pen and ink for the rest of his life. With prodigious
energy and usually with several projects running concurrently he
turned out monumental works. He provided the foundations for
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
our present knowledge of the Anoplura, Mallophaga, Coccoidea,
Diptera-Pupipara, Cimicidae and Polyctenidae. Probably no man
has ever made so many original detailed drawings of insects.
The cost of reproduction of illustrations was a constant problem
in his papers which reversed the usual ratio between text and
figures. To solve this Ferris turned to off-set lithography in place
of conventional letterpress. The result was Microentomology, his
own journal, in the Foreword (Microent. 1:1, 1936) of which he
states his “intention to speak as far as is practicable through the
medium of illustrations of which the text will be merely explanatory
and confirmatory.” This emphasis was shown in the papers that
we published together on Polyctenidae and Cimicidae. Ferris
devoted himself exclusively to the illustrations (which of course
could stand alone) and left the text entirely to me.
Although the off-set method reduced costs, the size and number
of Ferris’ publications raised problems of financing. Curiously,
the Atlas of Scale Insects was his greatest problem and required
the largest outlay of private funds. Here was a work of great
economic importance, a standard reference for economic ento-
mologists, yet such was the attitude in support of scientific work
before and during World War II that Ferris announced his inten-
tion (fortunately not carried out) to abandon the project after
Series IV. He reasoned that, “If the world wants this Atlas of the
Scale Insects of North America completed the world must find
some way to pay for it.” That the world did find a way to pay
for it is no great credit to the “world” because it was only after
Ferris had contributed not only the scientific work but also a
substantial amount of money that the work was continued. As
early as 1919 Ferris wrote an article (Science, 50:543) : “Why
not government-maintained fellowships?” but it took a cold war
to bring us to the present level of support for the things that
Ferris strove for.
The first and only “book”, as distinguished from monographs,
atlases, etc., written by Ferris was “The Principles of Systematic
Entomology” (Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, Vol. 5, No. 3, with reprints bound and sold
separately) . Here again we see freshness and originality and some-
thing else that came to be a trademark. Sometime during the 1920s
Ferris developed a style of writing that became stately but not
pompous. As a first statement of the principles of a science his
January, 1959]
7
book stands as a classic. The principles stated in this book are
sound and were a part of Ferris’ own life and work. However, it
is necessary to point out that his strongest asset — originality — led
to a weakness which will probably not be serious because it can
be supplied by later workers. Ferris assumed that all work previous
to his own in a group was of dubious value and not worth the
trouble to look up. As he put it: (Microent. 13(3) :52, 1948) “We
would seem to be justified in the assumption that a very large
part of what was done in the earlier years is likely to be either
wrong or inadequate.” Continuing (Microent. 15(4) :127, 1950) :
“What is to be gained by laborious attempts to disassociate fiction
from fact until some basis for judgment has first of all been
established? Let us begin with first things first, and proceed then
step by step.” This, to my knowledge, has been the main basis for
criticism of Ferris’ work, a small but unnecessary price to have
paid for such an original and productive life.
The Plant Quarantine Controversy. Ferris was a fighter in the
cause of freedom. He saw in the inspection of personal belongings
at the borders of California an infringement of the rights of
citizens. This led to a frontal attack on the government agencies
dedicated to eradicating the Mediterranean Fruit Fly from Florida.
It also led, unfortunately, to personal feuds with friends and
colleagues in entomology but the outcome, looking back after 20
years, was beneficial to everyone. Ferris’ position was stated as
follows (Science, 70:452, 1929) : “Theoretically, perhaps, the fruit
fly can be eradicated [it was ! ] . Theoretically any insect can be
eradicated — at a price. A country can be converted into a desert.
Its inhabitants can be ruined. It can be depopulated . . . Even
should the fruit fly be for the time being ‘eradicated’ — from a
biological point of view a most improbable outcome — at whatever
cost, it will inevitably come again [it did!] and the whole per-
formance must again be gone through. Those who believe that
any quarantine can guarantee future immunity are leaning upon
a hollow reed.” In a later article (Science, 71:606, 1930) he states
that, “It would seem desirable for the supporters of these measures
to enlarge the range of their view sufficiently to include a larger
proportion of the facts of the situation.”
Summarizing his case against the “agricultural bureaucrats”
for their “kill or cure policy” and for wasting millions of dollars
of the taxpayers’ money on what he regarded as an unsound
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
biological principle, he suggested that a commission be appointed
“to consider with a cold and critical eye the whole question of
plant quarantines from biological, sociological and legal points
of view.” This was done and the final report, produced after several
years work by a team of highly competent university and govern-
ment scientists, was reviewed by Ferris with a final comment as
follows : “It is a tribute to the intellectual honesty of the members
of the committee that the reviewer — an avowed enemy of the quar-
antine system — can think of no critical phrase to apply to the
report more condemnatory than ‘unduly cautious’.”
Scientific Affiliations. Ferris was not an “organization man” or
“joiner”, yet he had certain deep seated loyalties. His scientific
“home” away from the Stanford campus was the Pacific Coast
Entomological Society. He was elected a member of the Society
at the 74th meeting on December 13, 1919, at which time he
reported on his recently completed trip to Lower California. My
first acquaintance with Ferris was at Society meetings in the late
1920s, held in Room 10 of the San Francisco Ferry Building. At
first it was a mystery to me why Ferris attended because the meet-
ings were dominated by talk of beetles and butterflies and the
philosophy of the long-time president, E. C. Van Dyke. I remember
in the depression years sitting on the publication committee of the
Pan-Pacific Entomologist when the “hat was passed” to make up
each year’s deficit. Ferris always contributed what impressed me
as large amounts.
The most important part played by Ferris in Society activities
was his association with successive generations of students from
neighboring universities. Hundreds of students outside his own
Stanford group came to know him in this way. Usually, he would
bring a folder of drawings and lay them out on a table for inspec-
tion. Or, in later years, he would present a controversial point in
morphology.
Morphology. Ferris liked to tell this story of his entry into the
field of comparative morphology. He was invited to do the chapter
on morphology for the book “Biology of Drosophila” as originally
planned by A. F. Heutter in 1939 and finally published under the
editorship of M. Demerec in 1950. According to Ferris this com-
mitment led him back to the primitive Diptera (Tipulidae), thence
to the Mecoptera and finally back to the segmented worms
(Annelida). Whether the sequence is literally true, I cannot say.
January, 1959]
9
but this much is certain: Ferris had always been interested in
structure as revealed by the techniques used for preservation of
his small insects. Then, in the mid-1930s, he was profoundly in-
fluenced by the breadth of thinking of a newly formed discussion
group in California, the Biosystematists, made up of active students
of evolution representing various disciplines in the biological
sciences. Thus began another of the major developments in his
varied career. Although continuing with the detailed drawings for
the “Atlas of Scale Insects” it was clear that his main interest
and intellectual challenge was comparative morphology in its
broadest sense.
In typical fashion he started with a firm set of principles and
with a plan, almost a schedule, for production. Some idea of the
scope of his thinking may be obtained from the following quota-
tion: (Microent. 13(3) :55— 56, 1948) “When — far in the future —
we really have a sound and broad knowledge of insect morphology,
we shall be able to see, upon the stage of that magnificent theater
of biological processes which have produced the greatest of all
animal phyla, the Arthropoda, the unfolding and flowering of the
processes of evolution with a clarity and degree of detail that can
nowhere else be attained.”
Characteristically, Ferris found himself almost immediately
upon entering the field of morphology, embroiled in controversy.
He found the field occupied by static concepts and dominated by
principles that he regarded as unsound. Accordingly, he advo-
cated the following methodology for comparative morphologists:
1. Every structure that is present in the organisms with which
we are concerned and which is pertinent to our immediate problem
must be seen and seen correctly. This implies the search for suitable
material ; tbe proper preparation and manipulation of the material ;
the possession of and the ability to use adequate optical equip-
ment and associated techniques ; the training of the eye to see and
of the mind to appreciate what is seen; and the rigorous testing
and checking of what is believed to have been seen.
2. Every structure which is seen and which can be pertinent
to the investigation in hand must be taken into consideration and
must be accounted for morphologically. No structure may be dis-
missed as having no morphological significance until its origin
and significance have been carefully explored. Nothing may be
dismissed as “merely there.”
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
3. It should be clearly recognized that comparative morphology
is not merely the comparison of the end products of evolution.
Little is to be gained by the direct comparison of highly specialized
forms. These end products must first be related to the less
specialized ancestral forms, from which alone an understanding
of them is to be derived, before they can be compared with each
other.
4. Discrepancies must be accounted for. In attempting to
account for them, the first assumption on which to proceed is that
there has been an error of observation. The next is that there has
been an error of interpretation. And if the discrepancy still per-
sists, it is not to be accepted as representing a condition that may
be dismissed. It still remains an unsolved problem that calls for
solution.
Ferris maintained that most students of morphology violated
these principles either occasionally or consistently. His opponents,
in turn, challenged his facts and conclusions. Criticism was
especially directed toward his interpretation of the insect head
(Manton, S.M. 1949, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. London, B, Biol. Sci.
233 :483— 580) . Ferris replied in a fiery note (Microent. 15(4) .T27,
1950) as follows: “This idea of the adaptational shifting of the
mouth is one which could have been tenable in the days of
Lankester but which now is about on the intellectual level of a
belief in witchcraft. Not until such remnants of folklore have been
entirely discarded can the problems of comparative morphology
be reduced to a logical basis and a consistent system be developed.
They are like believing in ghosts without reflecting upon the source
of energy for these ghosts and their manifestations.”
The last word has not been said on the Ferris school of com-
parative morphology but a few generalizations seem to be war-
ranted. First it is clear that statements in the literature on absence
of homologies in genitalia, mouthparts, or other obviously com-
parable structures in insects are naive, unwarranted, or unsoud.
Whether Ferris, on the other hand, has provided sound interpreta-
tions on such subjects can only be determined by time and the
work of many investigators. Second, it seems clear that morpho-
logical literature contains many errors of observation and in-
terpretation. Whether Ferris, or his students have also erred is a
question for future morphologists to determine.
Meanwhile, Ferris has given us six hypotheses which he re-
January, 1959]
11
garded as basic to his philosophy of comparative morphology.
“1. We postulate that evolution has been continuous and orderly,
each change being based upon a stage that has gone before. To
assume otherwise, to assume that evolution has been discontinuous
and has proceeded by steps of great magnitude and unrelated to
anything that has gone before, is to surrender at the very beginning
any possibility of testing either assumption and of determining
whether or not such changes of great magnitude have actually
occurred.
“2. We postulate that all evolutionary changes have arisen from
changes in the genetic materials and are transmitted only in accord
with the laws of genetics, whether those laws are now completely
known or not.
“3. We postulate that evolutionary changes are first to be ac-
counted for by modifications of pre-existing structures ; by fusions
of pre-existing structures; or by loss of pre-existing structures.
Only after these possibilities have been exhausted will we assume
that a completely new structure has been developed. This is in
accord with the principle of parsimony ; the validity of the postu-
late has thus far been substantiated in practice.
“This is a direct reversal of procedures that have frequently
been followed by investigators, some of whom, when confronted
by a difficulty, have immediately resorted to the assumption that
even a whole new system has been evolved to replace a previous
system. This has been done time after time and is fatal to the
development of any consistent and coherent system of comparative
morphology.
“4. We postulate that evolution has not been merely endless
change involving all structures of the body. There are structures
which have remained stable while everything about them changed.
It is these structures which constitute the bases upon which the
student of comparative morphology depends for the tracing of
continuity. These are the ‘landmarks’, the importance of which is
known as a matter of experience, and search for them is one of
the primary activities of comparative morphology.
“5. We postulate the necessity for and the justification of a
faith that somewhere in the great mass of material offered to us
by the Annulata there will be an answer to any morphological
question that may arise. We shall assume that, if the answer is
not immediately forthcoming this is most likely due to the lack
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
of suitable material, a failure to interpret available facts correctly,
or the inadequacy of our own mental processes. To begin with
the assumption that the answer does not exist is to admit defeat
before the matter has been put to a real test.
“6. We postulate that it is not the business of the student of
comparative morphology to inquire into the function of a structure.
It is his business merely to trace the history of the structure. We
are not concerned with whether a leg is used for walking, or for
digging, or for leaping, or for grasping, or for swimming. We
are concerned only with the question of the morphological origin
of that leg and its parts.
“Thus armed with the general principles that have proven valid
and useful in the development of other types of scientific investiga-
tion, with a methodology, and with a set of at least preliminary
hypotheses that are subject to test, we are in a position to proceed.
We may pass on to the consideration and the pursuit of individual
problems which may offer some answer to the broad question
with which we began, that of whether or not the comparative
morphology of the Annulata can contribute something to the
understanding of the general problem of evolution.”
General Characteristics. It is interesting and perhaps useful to
consider the characteristics that make for greatness. Foremost
among these, perhaps, is motivation or drive coupled with a sense
of social responsibility. No less important for a teacher is personal
humility, sympathy and generosity to one’s fellow men. Then, in a
scientist, there is a need for technical competence in his special
field, imagination to conceive large works, patience to carry them
out and a critical attitude toward his own work and the work of
others. Gordon Floyd Ferris had all of these in generous measure.
January, 1959]
13
GORDON FLOYD FERRIS, THE TEACHER
Ira L. Wiggins
Stanford University, Stanford, California
Gordon Floyd Ferris possessed a rare combination of talents,
those of the highly productive research scientist, and at the same
time a flair for, and a liking of, teaching that made him an
exceedingly valuable member of three different departments during
his 42 years of service at Stanford University. He began his
career in teaching in the fall of the year in which he obtained
his A.B. degree at Stanford, serving as a laboratory assistant in
the Department of Entomology and Bionomics during the acedemic
year of 1916-1917. Those who were his superiors in that depart-
ment are long since gone, but there is little doubt that his per-
formance in the laboratories during his year of work toward the
Master’s degree was not only satisfactory but well above average,
for he was appointed to an instructorship in the Department of
Entomology and Bionomics in the autumn of 1917, and served in
that capacity until the end of the academic year of 1920—21. During
that four year period he was engaged in supervising the laboratory
work in the beginning courses in Entomology, with comparatively
little opportunity to deliver lectures, that duty being performed
by Vernon Kellogg, Professor Rene Doane and other members
in the department senior to the young Ferris.
Perhaps it was this initial term of close contact with the stu-
dents, working with first one and then another on an individual
basis as problems in the laboratory were discussed and debated,
that gave Gordon Ferris the foundation for such effective work in
dealing with his students on a totally informal, person to person
basis later in his career. During World War I and for several
years immediately afterward, classes in the biological sciences
were smaller than now, so one might expect that laboratory sections
were then smaller and handled on a more leisurely basis than they
are at present, but that assumption is not warranted. There were
times when Ferris had supervision of 30 to 35 students in a
beginning laboratory and many days found him still in the
laboratory at six in the evening, helping the slower students com-
plete their assignments. There were times when he resented the
extra effort required, the time taken from the research problems
on which he himself was engaged, but he did not shirk his duties
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
and responsibilities toward the young people in his laboratories.
He did comment pungently on the situation at times, however.
That he found time for a goodly amount of research is attested by
the list of published papers appearing during those early years
of his academic endeavors, and by the fact that he completed all
requirements for the Master of Arts degree in the spring of 1918.
Even at that time Ferris was developing some of the traits
that were to set him apart as an independent and courageous
thinker, for he disagreed with two or three other members of the
Zoology Department, with which Entomology was merged in 1921.
The present writer was first introduced to the Stanford campus
and its personnel in the autumn of 1924, three years after Gordon
Ferris had been promoted to an Assistant Professorship, but even
at that time the students in the departments of Botany and of
Zoology (then two separate departments) told their colleagues
with great glee the manner in which Ferris stuck to his own view-
points on controversial subjects and argued vigorously, and usually
successfully, with some of his colleagues.
The basis for much of his popularity with the students was
the breadth and variety of his reading. He kept up with the litera-
ture in entomology to a remarkable degree, and missed little in a
number of journals in other fields of zoology as well. This ability
to keep his ideas and his arguments up to the minute served him
well in his classes, for he quoted from the current research papers,
brought new ideas to the laboratory, and discussed many of these
papers frankly, often critcially with the students. He was, neither
then nor later, at all hesitant about approaching a particular paper
critically and objectively. If it seemed to him to be well written,
based on sound investigative work, and accurate in its conclusion,
he praised it; if he detected carelessness or unsupported statements,
he quickly pointed to the defects and many times made constructive
suggestions for overcoming the deficiencies apparent to him.
Nor was he content to teach his courses, do his laboratory
research, and read widely in scientific and non-scientific fields.
He spent weeks and months in the field, collecting insects of many
kinds, but principally scale insects and lice, for he began to
specialize in these two major groups comparatively early in his
career. Early in the 1920s he made huge collections of both lice and
scale insects in Mexico, walking many long weary miles with his
meager field equipment packed on one burro and accompanied
January, 1959]
15
by a timid peon often greatly in fear of his life from “bandits”
or “tigers.” After each such field trip his lectures and his dis-
cussions during laboratory sessions were enriched by his exper-
iences in such a way that the students gained a broader, deeper
interest in entomology than they would had he confined his remarks
to elaborations of the text or matter-of-fact consideration of
dissections or drawings of various types of arthropods. Often he
could associate a particular species of insect with a precise spot
where it, or a close relative, had been encountered in the field.
By bringing this type of personal touch into the classroom he
enlivened and vitalized the subject for the students, often leading
members of a class to elect entomology as a college major without
suggesting such a course verbally.
It would be a mistake to assume that because Ferris kept
members of his classes intensely interested in the subject that he
was an easy taskmaster. He required conscientious work, close
attention to detail, and a high degree of accomplishment in execut-
ing drawings or preparing insects for insertion into a collection.
He was an excellent draftsman and experimented extensively with
techniques for depicting insects accurately and yet with a minimum
of time and effort. He was among the first to admit that all students
were not equal in ability with a pencil or an inking pen, so did
not insist that each acquire excellency as a draftsman, but he did
insist that every member of his class could and should learn to
make recognizable drawings that were accurate as to outline and
scale. He was incensed by carelessness and by “fuzzy thinking.”
He wanted, and obtained, reasonably clear-cut English in examina-
tion papers and written reports if those exercises were to obtain
good grades or his support when a candidate was seeking a
position. He held high standards for his own professional achieve-
ment, and expected each student to strive diligently and constantly
for improvement — not necessarily for perfection. He was well
aware that the latter goal is rarely — if ever — attained.
He served as Assistant Professor from 1921 until 1927, and
became Associate Professor with the beginning of the academic
year of 1927-28. He remained at that grade for ten years, and was
promoted to a full professorship in 1937. During all of these years
his teaching activities claimed approximately one-half of his time,
or during some years, more than that proportion of each working
week. He taught general entomology, a course in histology and
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
microtechnique for several years, classification of insects, a spe-
cialized course on aphids, one on economic entomology with
special emphasis on Coccidae, principles of nomenclature, and
year after year supervised the advanced training of several gradu-
ate students working toward the Masters or Ph.D. degrees. He was
a cooperative member of the department, and when the depart-
ments of Botany and Zoology were merged in 1934, and together
with the course in General Biology constituted the Department of
Biological Sciences, he accepted greater responsibility for course
work in Entomology, and took over supervision of several sections
of the General Biology laboratories.
With the passing of the years his penchant for philosophical
contemplation of biology and biological activities increased and
he developed advanced courses in the principles of classification,
turned his attention to the internal anatomy of insects with the
conviction that such studies could help solve some of the problems
involved in the evolution of insects and provide stimulating teach-
ing material. When other members of the department accepted
appointments elsewhere and temporarily left the Department of
Biological Sciences short of offerings in elective courses for upper
division students, he accepted the responsibility for keeping such
offerings available. In one such situation he developed a course in
the philosophy and developments of the concepts associated with
evolution and was pleased greatly that it gained a high degree of
popularity, was greatly chagrined when his failing health neces-
sitated its termination.
When Professor Doane retired and Ferris was the sole remain-
ing entomologist in the Department of Biological Sciences, he
accepted even heavier teaching burdens by giving some courses in
alternate years, by reducing the time he could spend on his own
research, and by almost eliminating recreational activities in the
field of yachting and serving as a leader of a Sea Scout Ship. Thus,
with the flight of time his teaching activities took a larger pro-
portion of his time, his thought, and his energy, but these inroads
on his time for research and extracurricular activities prompted
very little protesting and no serious grumbling on his part. He
saw the need for courses for the training of biology majors in
certain aspects of entomology, and he filled those needs in a whole-
hearted, public-spirited manner.
Among the courses he gave after Doane’s retirement was the
January, 1959]
17
one Professor Doane had taught for a number of years in economic
entomology, entitled, “Insects and Man” and known among the
students as “Bugs and Bites” after Ferris assumed responsibility
for it. No doubt his personal interest in the biting and sucking lice
led him to emphasize the importance of these ectoparasites and
partially set the tenor of the course. Be that as it may, the course
was one of the more popular elective courses offered within the
Department of Biological Sciences, despite the fact that it was a
lecture course and one that required considerable reading from
sources outside the text. He organized the material presented in
such a way that the course could be taken without prerequisites,
and many students at Stanford University had little or no other
contact with college biology courses. To Ferris this placed a heavy
responsibility on his shoulders, and he insisted on giving the
course for several years after his health had begun to fail, and
when the thrice-each-week lectures exacted a tremendous toll of
his strength. Nor was this course considered a “pipe” by the
students who elected it. Rather, they recognized it as an opportunity
to become acquainted with a great teacher who, incidentally to
them, was interested primarily in insects.
In this course as well as in his advanced ones, he drew from
his rich experience while doing field work as a Guggenheim Fellow
in Mexico during 1925—26, a year spent at the Molteno Institute
in England in 1930 and 1931, while on an extended expedition
into Lower California and Panama in 1938; and late in his teach-
ing career, from nearly a year spent in China as a Fulbright Fellow-
in 1948-49. When he described the malarial menace in the tropics,
he had personal knowledge of the disease and its vectors, for he
had suffered severly from malaria after his Mexican Trip in 1926.
He had seen natives of several countries existing under the burdens
of numerous ecto- and endoparasites and gave graphic and accurate
word pictures of his observations. Apparently, Gordon Ferris saw
little in the world of insects that he was unable to utilize in his
teaching.
One of the striking characteristics of many of his lectures was
the absence of notes when he confronted his classes. His ability to
organize such a tremendous amount of information in his mind,
and present it logically, interestingly, and with a personal slant
without notes was a constant stimulus and source of admiration
among his students. Not that he was oratorical in his presentation
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
— ^he was not. He presented the subject informally, in a rather
high-pitched voice, but with such obvious personal interest in
what he had to share, that his listeners remembered what he said
long after they would have forgotten flights of rhetoric. Ferris
did, however, have the ability to coin apt phrases that caught the
attention of his audience and helped to impress them with the
worth of his offerings. Perhaps, though, the greatest advantage he
possessed was the ability to make his students or the members of
an audience feel that they were sharing his experiences and his
enthusiasm with him.
Important as his contributions to the intellectual life of the
undergraduates who took his courses in entomology or related
subjects were, his greatest service in teaching was among his own
and other faculty members’ graduate students. His technique in
handling such instruction was almost wholly that of the informal
conference. During such conferences he usually smoked incessantly,
lighting one cigarette from the butt of the previous one. The
student often had to supply the match with which to light the first
one, and not infrequently, the subsequent cigarettes. The confer-
ence might last ten minutes, or it could continue for hours. Many,
many times the discussion involving the student’s research work,
his problems in other courses, or general philosophical questions
with numerous ramifications, would be interrupted long enough
for them to drive to the Ferris home where the discussion could
continue through the evening meal and well into the night. On
such occasions the student was made to feel at ease and was given
encouragement if that seemed to be called for. He could be, and
sometimes was, subjected to rigorous verbal chastisement. But
always he was urged to think his own thoughts, to approach every
question as objectively as possible, and to keep an open, inde-
pendent mind.
Several times each day Ferris would lay aside his pencil, his
pen, or his dissecting needles, stroll into the cubicle of one of the
graduate students, chat with him for a few minutes about the work
that the student was doing or about a particular research project
in which Ferris himself was engaged. These little interchanges,
totally unscheduled and delightfully informal served to keep the
graduate students aware of Ferris’ work as well as to stimulate
them to extended efforts toward solving their own problems.
One of the results of such a practice was that many students who
January, 1959]
19
would otherwise have become discouraged and dropped out of the
struggle toward an advanced degree, continued on to either the
Masters or Doctors degree — and some to both. He did not pamper
his students, but he brought out their better qualities, often helped
them find unexpected capacities, and won their life-long loyalty
and respect.
Particularly during the years following World War II, can-
didates for the Ph.D. degree were encountering difficulties in
passing the language examinations. Ferris decided that much of
this difficulty stemmed from the lack of concerted, continuous effort
toward really understanding the language involved, and in lack
of practice in reading papers in a foreign tongue. To remedy the
situation he organized a seminar in the reading of scientific
German. For nearly ten years he met with any and all graduate
students interested in biology who needed practice in reading
German, but who could not arrange their schedules so as to take
regular courses offered in the Department of Germanic and
Romanic Languages. He spent from two to four hours per week
in this service. He was not obliged to carry this burden, nor did
he receive compensation for the time and effort expended. He
received great satisfaction, however, from the knowledge that short-
ly after this seminar was instituted, there was a marked increase in
the number of candidates who passed the examination in reading
German — given by another member of the Department— on the
first trial. Throughout the period of this seminar the often men-
tioned but seldom practiced scheme of running a university by
having the “student on one end of the log and the professor on
the other” was followed, for Ferris and the members of his seminar
group tackled each reading assignment together, puzzled over
German syntax and idioms, and struggled with complex German
sentences. On rare occasions they had to consult a member of the
instructional staff in German, but as time passed such consultations
became less and less frequent, for Ferris’ own command of the
language improved with the repeated seminar sessions. This
seminar, like his informal chats with candidates for advanced
degrees, gave encouraging aid to a number of students who
otherwise might have abandoned their efforts to secure training
beyond the A.B. and kept them striving until the goal was finally
attained. He can be credited personally with having applied the
stimulus and the aid necessary to carry several students through
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
to one or the other of the advanced degrees so necessary for their
professional improvement.
The full extent of Gordon Ferris’ influence on modern ento-
mology and contemporary entomologists is difficult to estimate.
Some indication of the esteem in which his colleagues held him
and his work is found in letters from workers living in many parts
of the world. Many of them asked for professional advice or for
opinions bearing on the writer’s entomological problems. Their
general spirit is that of men who recognized Ferris as an authority
in his field, one whom they respected and whose opinions they
could trust.
Another key to the scope of his influence is reflected in the
number of graduate students who worked with him toward M.A.
and Ph.D. degrees. Forty-five of his candidates successfully met
the requirements for the M.A. and at least 19 individuals earned
the Ph.D. under his supervision. The late P. N. (Perk) Annand,
for a number of years Chief of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine, was the first Stanford student to complete
the requirements for the Ph.D. degree under Ferris’ direction.
Among the other men and women who have obtained advanced
degrees with Ferris’ guidance, some have continued in teaching
and research in various colleges and universities, some have found
employment with state and federal agencies, a number entered
teaching positions in high schools and junior colleges, a few have
accepted positions involving applied entomolgy or basic research
with industrial concerns. Their impact on entomology and ento-
mologists continues the philosophy and spirit of independence that
Gordon Ferris so ably represented.
Still another group of scholars entered Ferris’ laboratory for
specialized or advanced training and experience. Entomologists
who had previously obtained advanced degrees came from various
parts of the United States and from abroad to work with him;
to learn at first hand his techniques in preparing and illustrating
insects; to collaborate with him in particular research problems
or to absorb the highly regarded brand of tolerance, and paradox-
ically some of the intolerances, that characterized the atmosphere
in his laboratory and in his classrooms. Ferris himself would
probably have been one of the first to disclaim any idea that he
had a “mission” to teach these visitors anything special, or even
that he felt he was teaching many of them anything at all. He
January, 1959]
21
just gave each of them generously of his time and an opportunity
to discuss many subjects during the course of the days spent
with him. Each became, for varying periods, a guest in his home.
To many of them the social hours there were as much of an
education as were the days spent in the laboratory and in the
field collecting specimens. Thus, Ferris came to know and respect
entomologists scattered through many parts of the world, and
they, in turn, highly regarded him. For years he kept up a terse
correspondence with scores of them, and through this corres-
pondence, liberally larded with flashes of beautiful phraseology,
continued his influence in the field of entomology.
Ferris experimented with numerous approaches and methods
in carrying on his teaching activities. Discussion in small groups
was his forte but was by no means the only teaching technique he
mastered. He assigned specific problems to individuals or to small
groups in connection with laboratory courses, or placed material
in the laboratory with general instructions to find out as much
as possible by observing the organisms provided. Such an assign-
ment did not mean neglect during several laboratory periods;
rather, frequent but brief inspections of progress were made, with
hints — rarely more than hints — ^about promising lines of attack
or sources of information. His ability to keep in mind the respec-
tive tasks assigned to different members of a class, and his facility
in picking up or temporarily dropping his own research at
these frequent interruptions permitted him to accomplish large
tasks under conditions that would have appalled many who demand
protracted periods of uninterrupted concentration in order to
get anything done. The knowledge that he was doing important
research at the same time he was conducting his classes gave him
stature in the eyes of the students, so he was held in high repute
by them, equally as a research scientist and as an outstanding
teacher.
In one of his advanced courses particularly, that in the Philos-
ophy of Biology, Gordon Ferris utilized a technique that brought
to his audience not only his own philosophy but laid behind it a
background of the thinking and writing of many others. During
part of almost every class period he would read aloud from the
writings of both modern and older biologists until he had covered
a particular point or series of ideas, then spend the time remaining
to expound his own views about the passage read. In that way
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
he presented each ‘‘lecture” with a freshness of outlook and full
familiarity with the subject that was most stimulating to the class.
A streak of impishness that came to the surface at unexpected
times was a source of amusement to many and of embarrassment
to others when they were the object of his teasing. Those with a
well developed sense of humor usually could detect the approach
of one of his sly digs or near-shocking comments, but to the overly
serious or the person who sees little of humor if he is the butt of
a joke, these incidents were always a surprise. He used the Theory
of Evolution to lampoon pomposity by referring to the compar-
atively few generations that separate men from monkeys. From
time to time he expressed skepticism about the immaculate con-
ception or other aspects of Christian theology. Such deprecating
statements were more often than not delivered when some member
of a religious order was present in his class. At first such indi-
viduals were genuinely shocked and at times outraged, but usually
more prolonged acquaintance with the man and his deep human
sympathy revealed that his chief object was not to destroy another’s
faith, but only an effort to get his students to think for themselves
and to approach questions objectively and open-mindedly.
Ferris believed that every human individual should be himself,
think his own thoughts, find his own satisfactions in such manner
as to do so without violating the dignity and rights of others, and
determine his own philosophy and mode of life. He did not en-
courage conformity for the mere sake of conforming. He did not
favor mediocrity through compliance of all members of society to
the “norm” of that society. Often he astonished students seeking
advice by hearing only part of the details of a tangled situation
and then telling the man or woman to think out what he or she
thought was the right thing to do and then go do it, regardless of
what others might think. One may consider this type of advice
dangerous, but he did not — provided one always tried to avoid
harming another individual in the exercise of his own freedom.
He advocated direct action, although not violent action. He man-
aged to bring so much of his personal philosophy and convictions
into his lectures and the discussions he held with smaller groups
that no one could justly accuse him of neglecting the humanistic
side of his science or his obligations as a citizen in his community.
Even in the discharge of his duties as a citizen he continued
to teach effectively and apparently effortlessly. For a number of
January, 1959]
23
years he was active with the Sea Scouts, and every Scout in his
Ship learned a great deal about navigation, the rules of the sea,
small boat handling and repairs, and other phases of Sea Scouting.
But they also learned much about human relations, the place of
the individual in the community, self-reliance, and numerous other
traits and attributes of an American citizen. At one time he had
the son of a city official and one of a Chinese restaurant proprietor
in his Ship. The offspring of the city official had a bullying streak
that did little to endear him to his associates. After being the
subject of much heckling from the other, the Chinese boy turned
on his tormentor and with a totally unexpected ferocity gave him
a thorough trouncing. Ferris had seen the direction the squabble
was taking and conveniently had an errand to perform elsewhere
just before the argument reached the physical combat stage.
Obviously, his lessons were by no means confined to the class-
room or the laboratory, and those dealing with Entomology were
only a part of his genuine contribution to the total fund of
knowledge obtained by the men and women, the boys and girls,
with whom he lived and worked. Others might advocate teaching
school children the art of getting along together, of social adjust-
ment, even if the subject matter of scholastic endeavor were
neglected, but not Ferris. He believed that sound study habits and
a solid core of fundamental factual knowledge came first, that
the social graces, if they were to be learned at all, should be
learned at places other than in the classroom. Some of the “social
graces” impressed him not one whit, although there was no more
gracious host or companion within the membership of his depart-
ment. He practiced what he preached in that he lived his own life
according to his own lights and beliefs. He tried to avoid infringing
on the rights of others while following his own modes of living,
but he reserved unto himself the right to determine what his line
of actions should be.
Gordon Ferris was so intensely aware of his obligation as a
teacher that he made personal sacrifices that seemed, to some of
his friends, unreasonable. For example, he took sabbatical leave
only three times during the 42 years he served on the teaching
and research staff of Stanford University, once to do arduous
field work in Mexico, once to spend a year at the Molteno Institute
(in 1930-3 1-) in England, and once to spend nearly a year
(1948-49) under a Fulbright Fellowship in China. Summer after
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. ]
summer, when he was under no legal or moral obligation to remain
on campus he spent practically every week day in his office-
laboratory in order to be available to graduate students trying to
complete requirements for advanced degrees. He received no
additional remuneration nor academic preferment from such extra
services, but was content to know that his students were benefltting
from his presence. He refused to accept a flattering fellowship
which would have permitted him to do field work and research
simply because he felt obligated to teach his courses.
That such generous devotion to other’s needs made deep im-
pressions on the students whom he helped and befriended has been
attested by scores of letters addressed to Mrs. Ferris, to other
graduate students, and to the writer of this paper after the news
of his death had been circulated. Typical of the eulogistic, but
wholly sincere tributes are a few that read “To me Ferry’s value
as a teacher was not so much in the field of didactic instruction
but rather as a living example. He lived in strict accordance with
his principles. He was intellectually honest. He was honest with
himself, his colleagues, and his students.” Another writes; “I have
been, and always will be, proud to be known as one of Professor
Ferris’ students.” From another: “It has been said that the influence
of a teacher never ends. In my courses in biology. Ferry will
always be the most important influence. In the day-to-day practice
of biology, things he said long ago, continue to guide me. Ferry
had a strong and infectious spirit of radicalism about scientific
‘authority’ that I hope I never let down.” And from a student
whose major interests were in a segment of biology quite removed
from entomology came this: “You must know that your loss is
shared by every student who has worked in the Museum ... I re-
garded Professor Ferris as a personal friend. He helped me many
times with problems in my work and what was much more im-
portant, he was interested in what I was doing and what I was
thinking ... I took two formal courses from Professor Ferris . . .
in which he didn’t teach us about insects, but instead taught us to
observe, to accurately record our observations and to trust nature,
not books.” Finally, another student wrote: “ . . . please remember
that the instructions he gave at the University and his spirit as
a scientist may survive at least in one of his students. After all,
Professor Ferris was the greatest teacher for me.”
January, 1959]
25
\
GORDON FLOYD FERRIS AS A STUDENT OF THE
SCALE INSECTS
Howard L. McKenzie
University of California, Davis
The passing of Gordon Floyd Ferris on May 21, 1958, brought
to a close the career of one of the most versatile Coccidologists of
our time. It is evident that the things which can be properly said
about Professor Ferris with respect to his work on scale insects
involve the man and his approach to entomology rather than any
special relationship with coccids as a group. He approached any-
thing he undertook with a singleness of purpose, and an energy
drive that was probably unmatched in any other entomologist
I have ever known, and he worked with marked efficiency on any
group which kindled his interest. In the scale insects he was pro-
ductive in describing new taxonomic units, and in developing and
publishing new terminology and new ideas about their morphology
and classification. It is generally felt that most of his work on
scale insects will stand indefinitely, though some of his proposals
on the classification will doubtless be modified as new forms are
discovered and others are studied more critcally.
Professor Ferris helped and encouraged many contemporary
and younger workers, both in this country and abroad, a few of
which include A. S. Balachowsky, G. De Lotto, W. J. Hall, Ray-
mond Mamet, V. P. Rao, J. B. Steinweden, D. J. Williams, and
the writer. In this respect he was most generous and hospitable
in receiving fellow scientists into his laboratory and home in
Palo Alto, making available his collection and library, and in
lending valuable specimens for study. His uppermost thought was
sharing his findings to advance the scientific knowledge of Coc-
coidea. His correspondence was world-wide, and he remained in
touch with Coccidologists in many countries by prompt and
generous exchange of specimens and helpful notations.
The attitudes of several foreign workers on scale insects about
Profesor Ferris are abstracted as follows from certain letters
received after his death.
D. J. Williams, London, England, May 28, 1958:
I remember his welcome help when I first took up the study of
the Coccoidea and since then he has given every assistance which,
I understand, was his way with everyone.
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
His works have always been a source of encouragement and his
wit often enlivened our subject. We will, no doubt, remember that
he made life easier for us and that he has set us a standard which
we feel bound to try and follow.
I am sorry that I never met him, but to you it will be a great
personal loss.
Raymont Mamet, Mauritius Island, Indian Ocean, June 2, 1958 :
The work of Professor Ferris on the Coccoidea and other insects
will last for very many decades and we who have known him will
always remember his simple and kind manners.
A. S. Balachowsky, Paris, France, June 2, 1958:
I was extremely pained to know that Dr. Ferris died from his
heart disease May 21 last. It was a very great loss for the world’s
science. He was the most famous coccidologist of any time. He had
had a very strong and original personality and contributed to
establish coccidology on a modern level.
W. J. Hall, London, England, May 28, 1958 :
His loss will he deeply felt by entomologists the whole world
over and in particular by Coccidolo gists. No one has done more to
advance our knowledge of the Coccids than Professor Ferris, and his
work in this field will remain a tribute to his memory for many years
to come. But he also made great contributions to other aspects of the
subject, and by his passing we have lost an outstanding entomologist
of world- wide repute.
Something should be said about Professor Ferris’ ideas on
scientific illustration or, as be preferred to call it, “entomological
drafting.” He felt that the average worker should content himself
with good draftsmanship. That is, to record with severely simple
means, and with utmost accuracy, what he sees. In Professor
Ferris’ opinion, there is no excuse for sloppiness in entomological
illustration. He believed that accuracy and exquisite care are essen-
tial in entomology as in the field of mechanical design.
One of the most practical compromises he made in coccid
delineation was that of the divided drawing which shows one half
of the dorsal and one half of the ventral side of the insect. Such
drawings are possible because these insects are bilaterally sym-
metrical. Even though divided drawings were used as early as
1904 by J. G. Sanders, in his work on Coccidae of Ohio, I., we
can credit Professor Ferris with a considerable role in applying
the method, not only to the Coccoidea but also to a number of
other insect groups. He developed this technique to its present
January, 1959]
27
state of outstanding utility, including the precision of detail
demanded by the highest standards of work. Professor Ferris’
brilliantly executed illustrations have gained for him the un-
questioned reputation of being the world’s foremost illustrator of
Coccoidea,
The first publication of Professor Ferris on scale insects was
done in 1916, as a junior author, with Professor R. W. Doane.
It included the descriptions of three new species of Samoan scale
insects, and the excellence of Ferris’ drawings of these insects will
be noted in this first article.
In 1918, he produced his first rather extensive paper on Coc-
coidea, “The California Species of Mealybugs,” published in the
Leland Stanford Junior University Publications, University Series.
The period from 1918—1935 was marked by the publication of
a wide variety of papers on scale insects, among which were a
series of 11 articles on “Notes on Coccidae (Hemiptera)” appear-
ing in various numbers of the Canadian Entomologist. During
this period other of his outstanding papers on scale insects ap-
peared mostly in the Stanford University Publications, University
Series, Biological Sciences, and several book reviews on scale
insect works by other authors were published in certain numbers
of Canadian Entomologist and Entomological News.
During 1936, and until the time of his death. Professor Ferris
made tremendous strides in developing the taxonomy of Coccoidea.
The publication “Microentomology” was founded by him in
1935, and, as has already been pointed out by Dr. Ira Wiggins
in a Memorial Number of that same Journal (vol. 23, pt. 2, p. 71,
1958), he “edited each number, contributed many important
papers to its pages, and, more frequently than he really could
afford, gave financial support to insure its publication.”
Many issues of Microentomology were devoted to clarification
of generic types, particularly of the armored scale insects (Diaspid-
idae). In this regard. Professor Ferris records the following in
one of the earlier issues of this journal:
It is sufficient to say that the student of the Coccoidea is pre-
sented with two alternatives. On the one hand he may cling to the
admittedly inadequate system of an earlier day and on the other he
is forced to wander in a maze of generic names the application of
most of which can not be determined from the existing literature.
We are thus at the moment in something of an impasse in the study
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
of this group. But the way of escape is evident, though laborious.
The first step is to examine critically and illustrate adequately the
types of the named genera so that students may have some basis for
forming their own conclusions as to the characters which are avail-
able for the recognition of generic groups.
This he did in his inimitable manner, and these works have
been the basis for critical world-wide revisions of many of these
scale groups.
Less than a year before his death. Professor Ferris published
in Micro^ntomology, “A Brief History of the Study of the Coc-
coidea.” His comments regarding certain workers on scale insects
are quite critical, although justifiably so. The introduction ex-
presses his feelings regarding the high quality work he believed
necessary in Coccoidea taxonomic research. He comments:
The author can quite truthfully say “much of this I saw and
some of it I was.” In writing this history toward the end of his life
when there is no longer anything to be gained by undue avoidance
of objectivity or of undue consideration for the feelings of others,
the writer feels it incumbent upon him to express the truth as he
feels it to be. Such truth requires a severe judgment upon various
men who have been in the past or still are his colleagues. His
estimates of the work done by some of his predecessors, and even
by some of his colleagues is extremely unfavorable, but they are
estimates made as honestly and sincerely as possible. For that he
beg’s no one’s pardon.
Perhaps the most outstanding contribution on scale insect
taxonomy which the world has ever known, is his monumental
treatise entitled “Atlas of the Scale Insects of North America,”
The first four volumes of this Atlas, published during 1937—1942,
were devoted to a comprehensive treatment of some 245 species
of armored scale insects (Diaspididae) , all of which were mag-
nificently illustrated by Professor Ferris. Volumes V and VI of
the Atlas, published in 1950 and 1953 respectively, included the
systematics of the mealybugs (Pseudococcidae) of North America.
In these two volumes 206 species and 38 genera of mealybugs
were considered, and beautifully delineated by Professor Ferris.
Volume VII of the Atlas, published in 1955, dealt with the
Coccoidea families, Aclerdidae, Asterolecaniidae, Conchaspididae,
Dactylopiidae, and Lacciferidae. In this volume taxonomic treat-
ments for 168 coccids in 21 genera, together with keys to all, were
presented.
January, 1959]
29
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF GORDON F. FERRIS
Hugh B. Leech
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
A bibliography of the scientific papers of the late Gordon
F. Ferris appeared in Microentomology, Volume 23, Part 2,
pages 75—80; September 26, 1958. The present one adds some
titles; nearly all have been checked with the original sources.
Attention was paid to the actual dates of publication whenever
they could be verified, and some changes in the sequence of
titles have resulted.
I am indebted to Dr. Ira Wiggins and Dr. Laura Henry for
supplying me with lists of most of the papers by G. F. Ferris.
It is difficult to know how to list the numerous cases in which
Professor Ferris’ (paraphrased?) remarks at meetings of the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society appear in the published
Minutes. There is hardly a doubt that the information therein
should be attributed to him, rather than to the persons who
recorded and signed the minutes, and I am sure the recorders
would have been the first to agree to this. Since all appeared as
untitled notes in The Proceedings of the Society, they are given
below as a unit, with my explanatory comments in brackets.
It should be noted that some of the Minutes which concern
us (those of the 71st to 116th meetings) are in the two volumes
of separately published Proceedings, and cannot be dated exactly.
For details see the summary by J. W. MacSwain in the Pan-
Pacific Entomologist for 1951 (27 (3) :105— 109) . The remainder
are in the Proceedings, published annually in the Pan-Pacific
Entomologist.
It is quite possible that Professor Ferris has been similarly
reported in the minutes of other entomological societies, but
there has not been an opportunity to make the necessary search.
1915
1. (Junior author with V. L. Kellogg) Anoplura and Mallo-
phaga from Zululand. Annals of the Durban Museum,
1(2) :147-158; pis. XV-XVI. Published May 15.
2. (Junior author with V. L. Kellogg) The Anoplura and
Mallophaga of North American mammals. Leland Stanford
Junior University Publications, University Series. 74 pp.;
18 figs., pis. 1—8. Published May 25.
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
1916
3. (Junior author with R. W. Doane) Notes on Samoan
Coccidae with descriptions of three new species. Bulletin
of Entomological Research 6(4) :399— 402; figs. 1—3. Pub-
lished in January.
4. Mallophaga and Anoplura from South Africa with list of
mammalian hosts of African species. Annals of the Durban
Museum, 1 (3) :230— 252; figs. 16—27. Published April 20.
5. Cervophthirius crassicornis (N.) (Anoplura). Entomologi-
cal News, 27(5) :197— 200; 1 fig. Published May 2.
6. A catalogue and host list of the Anoplura. Proceedings of
the California Academy of Sciences (Fourth Series),
6(6) :129-213. Published May 12.
7. Notes on Anoplura and Mallophaga, from mammals, with
descriptions of four new species and a new variety of
Anoplura. Psyche, 23(4) :97— 120; figs. 1—12. August num-
ber.
8. Some generic groups in the mallophagan family Meno-
ponidae. Canadian Entomologist, 48(9) ;301— 311; figs.
10—15. Published September 15.
9. Anoplura from sea-lions of the Pacific Ocean. Entomological
News, 27 (8) :366— 370; figs. 1—4. Published September 30.
10. Some ectoparasites of bats (Dipt.). Entomological News,
27(10) :433— 438; pis. XXII— XXIII. Published December 6.
1917
11. Methods for the study of mealy-bugs. Journal of Economic
Entomology, 10(3) :321— 324. Published June 19.
12. A new genus and species of Coccidae (Hemip.— Homop.) .
Canadian Entomologist, 49(11) :375— 378; figs. 36-39. Pub-
lished November 1.
1918
13. A note on the occurrence of abdominal spiracles in the
Coccidae (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomologist, 50(3) :85—
88. Published March 15.
14. An apparently new species of Leptinillus (Coleoptera,
Leptinidae). Canadian Entomologist, 50(4) : 125— 128; figs.
4^6. Published April 13.
January, 1959]
31
15. Notes on Coccidae (Hemiptera) . Canadian Entomologist,
50(7) :221— 225; pi. IV. Published July 10.
16. The California species of mealybugs. Leland Stanford Junior
University Publications, University Series. 78 pp.; 16 text
figs., pis. I— III. (Received at the California Academy of
Sciences Library on July 24.)
17. Notes on Coccidae II (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomologist,
50(10) :323— 332; figs. 12—16. Published October 10.
18. The alleged occurrence of a seasonal dimorphism in the
females of certain species of mealy bugs (Hemiptera;
Coccidae). Entomological News, 29(9) :349— 352. Published
November 2.
1919
19. A remarkable case of longevity in insects (Hem., Horn.),
Entomological News, 30(1)27—28. Published January 4.
20. Two species of Phylloxera from California (Hemiptera;
Aphidae). Entomological News, 30(4) :103— 105; text figs.
A— D. Published April 3.
21. A contribution to the knowledge of the Coccidae of south-
western United States. Leland Stanford Junior University
Publications, University Series. 68 pp.; figs. 1—38. (Received
at the California Academy of Sciences Library on May 17.)
22. Notes on Coccidae — HI (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomolo-
gist, 51(5) :108— 113; figs. 17—19. Published May 20.
23. Observations on some mealy-bugs (Hemiptera; Coccidae).
Journal of Economic Entomology, 12(4) :292— 299; figs.
15—17. (Received at the California Academy of Sciences
Library August 27.)
24. Lac-producing insects in the United States (Hemiptera;
Coccidae). Journal of Economic Entomology, 12(4) :330—
333. (Date of receipt as for previous item.)
25. Anoplura of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913—18.
Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 1913—18. Vol. 3,
Part D:lld.
26. Notes on Coccidae — IV (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomolo-
gist, 51(11) :249— 253; figs. 33—36. Published November 20.
27. Why not government-maintained fellowships? Science, (N.
S.) 50 (1302) :543— 544. Published December 12.
28. A new species of Pseudodiaspis (Hemiptera; Coccidae).
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Entomological News, 30(10) :275— 276; 1 fig. Published
December 20.
1920
29. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice.
Part I. Leland Stanford Junior University Publications,
University Series, Biological Sciences, 2(1) :1— 52 [p. 52 is
blank] ; figs. 1—32. Dated 1919, but actually published
January 14, 1920.
30. Clarke nutcracker at sea. Condor, 22(1) :39. Published
January 26.
31. Notes on Coccidae — V (Hemiptera) . Canadian Entomologist,
52(2)29—32; figs. 7—11. Published February 28.
32. The first stage larva of Cuterebra americana (Fabr.)
(Diptera; Oestridae). Psyche, 27(1):13— 14; fig. 1. Febru-
ary number.
33. Notes on Coccidae — VI (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomolo-
gist, 52(3) :61— 65; fig. 12. Published March 31.
34. Some records of Polyctenidae (Hemiptera). Journal of the
New York Entomological Society, 27 (4) :261— 263 ; pi.
XXIV. Published April 17.
35. Scale insects of the Santa Cruz Peninsula. Stanford Univer-
sity Publicaitons, University Series, Biological Sciences,
1(1) :1— 57 ; figs. 1—35. (Received at the California Academy
of Sciences Library on July 30.)
36. Insects of economic importance in the Cape Region of
Lower California, Mexico. Journal of Economic Entomology,
13 (6) ;463— 467. December number.
1921
37. Notes on Coccidae — VH (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomolo-
gist, 53(3) :57— 61. Published April 4.
38. Review of “Monografia delle Cocciniglie Italiane.” Ento-
mological News, 32(5) :157. Published May 3.
39. Notes on Coccidae — VHI (Hemiptera). Canadian Ento-
mologist, 53(4) :91— 95. Published June 8.
40. Some Coccidae from eastern Asia. Bulletin of Entomological
Research, 12(3) :211— 220; figs. 1—7. November number,
published in September.
41. The Coccidae of Ceylon \in re funds for publication].
January, 1959]
33
Science, (N.S.) 54 (1397) :330. Published October 7.
42. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice.
Part II. Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, 2(2) :53— 134 [pp. 58 and 134 are
blank] ; figs. 33—89. Published October 14.
43. Report upon a collection of Coccidae from Lower Cali-
fornia. Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, 1(2):59— 132; figs. 1—52. (Received at
the California Academy of Sciences Library on November
18.)
44. A new species in the Hormaphidinae (Hemiptera, Aphid-
idae) . Entomological News, 32(10)289—291; pi. VI. Pub-
lished December 16.
1922
45. Concerning lice. Journal of Mammalogy, 3(1) :16— 18. Pub-
lished February 8.
46. The mallophagan family Trimenoponidae. Parasitology,
14(1) :75— 86; figs. 1—8. Published April 25.
47. (Senior author with F. R. Cole) A contribution to the
knowledge of the Hippoboscidae (Diptera, Pupipara),
Parasitology, 14(2) :178— 205; hgs. 1—20. Published June
15.
48. Review of “The Coccidae of Ceylon,” by E. E. Green.
Science, (N.S.) 56 (1446) : 3 12— 313. Published September
15.
49. Notes on Coccidae — IX (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomolo-
gist, 54(7) :156— 161; figs. 1—4. Published October 12.
50. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice. Part
III. Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, 2(3) :135— 138 [p. 138 is blank] ; figs.
90—118. (Received at the California Academy of Sciences
Library on October 19.)
51. A note on Timema calif ornicum Scudder (Orthoptera;
Phasmidae). Entomological News, 33 (9) :282— 283. Pub-
lished November 3.
52. De anopluris. Scientific Monthly, 15(6) : 55 1—556.
53. Two new Coccidae from Cyrenaica. Bollettino del Labora-
torio di Zoologia generale e agraria della R. Scuola superiore
d’Agricoltura in Portici, 16:207—210; figs. 1—2. This parti-
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
cular article was published on December 15.
54. Notes on Coccidae— X (Hemiptera). Canadian Entomolo-
gist, 55(11) :246— 248. Published December 30.
1923
55. Observations on the larvae of some Diptera Pupipara, with
description of a new species of Hippoboscidae. Parasitology,
15(1) :54r-58; figs. 1—4. Published March 22.
56. (Senior author with Persis Hyatt) The life history of
Euphyllura arbuti Schwarz (Hemiptera; Chermidae). Can-
adian Entomologist, 55(4) :88— 92; pi. 2. Published May 10.
57. The place of the systematist in modern biology. Scientific
Monthly, 16(5) :514— 520. May number.
58. Mallophaga. In: Biological Survey of the Pribolof Islands,
Alaska. North American Fauna, No. 46, Part H, p. 141.
Published June 20.
59. (Senior author with J. B. Kelly) Some Coccidae from about
the Gulf of California. Proceedings of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences (Fourth Series), 12(14) :315— 318; 1 fig.
Published July 10.
60. Mallophaga. In : Report of the Scientific Results of the
Norwegian Expedition to Novaya Zemlya 1921. 1(8) : 11—
12. Published in July.
61. Entomological illustrations. Science, (N.S.) 58(1501) :265—
266. Published October 5.
62. Observations on the Chermidae (^Hemiptera; Homoptera).
Part I. Canadian Entomologist, 55(11) :250— 256; pi. 12,
and text fig. 1. Published November 29.
63. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice.
Part IV. Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, 2(4) : 179— 270; figs. 119—172. (Received
at the California Academy of Sciences Library on January
4, 1924.)
1924
64. Two Diptera Pupipara from Philippine bats. Philippine
Journal of Science, 24(1) :73— 79; figs. 1—3. Published
January 22.
65. The mallophagan family Menoponidae. Part I. Parasitology,
16(1) :55— 66; figs. 1—5. Published January 31.
January, 1959]
35
66. [General comments on the immature stages of the Psyllidae.]
As quoted in the Minutes of the 87th meeting, Proceedings
of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, 2(2) :24. Pub-
lished January 31.
67. The study of minute insects. Canadian Entomologist,
56(2) :25— 28. Published February 29.
68. Report upon a collection of insect ectoparasites from Austra-
lian and Tasmanian mammals. (Diptera Pupipara. Siphon-
aptera). American Museum Novitates. No. 110:1—7; figs.
1—5. Published April 21.
69. The New World Nycteribiidae (Diptera Pupipara). Ento-
mological News, 35(6) :191— 199; pi. 3, and 1 text fig. Pub-
lished June 4.
70. The nymphs of two species of Chermidae (Hemiptera).
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 1(1) :24^28; figs. 1—2. Published
June 25.
71. A note on some Hippoboscidae (Diptera Pupipara). Ento-
mological News, 35(7) :234— 235. Published July 3.
72. Some Diptera Pupipara from the Philippine Islands. Philip-
pine Journal of Science, 25(4) :391— 403 [p. 402 is blank] ;
figs. 1—7. Published November 17.
1925
73. Observations on the Chermidae (Hemiptera; Homoptera) .
Part II. Canadian Entomologist, 57(2):46— 50; figs. 1—3.
Published February 28.
74. On two species of the genus Halarachne (Acarina; Gama-
sidae). Parasitology, 17 (2) :163— 167 ; figs. 1—2. Published
May 18.
75. The content of systematic biology. Scientific Monthly,
20(6) :653— 658. June number.
76. Third report upon Diptera Pupipara from the Philippine
Islands. Philippine Journal of Science, 27 (3) :413— 421 ;
figs. 1—5. Published August 3.
77. Notes on Coccidae — XI (Hemiptera) . Canadian Entomolo-
gist, 57 (9) :228— 234; figs. 1—4. Published September 26.
78. (with L. E. Myers) The generic types of the Diaspidae
(Hemiptera). Bulletin of Entomological Research, 16(2):
163—167 ; pis. 12—13. Published in October.
79. Fourth report upon Diptera Pupipara from the Philippine
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Islands. Philippine Journal of Science, 28(3) :329— 341 [p.
340 is blank] ; figs. 1—5. Published November 6.
80. Systematic problems and work [a short general statement
apparently quoted in full, in the Minutes of the 97th meet-
ing] . Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
2(4) :59— 60. Published afted mid-June, 1925 (see notes
following this numbered biblography) .
1926
81. The mallophagan family Menoponidae. Part II. Parasit-
ology. 18(1) :1— 3; 1 fig. Published January 22.
82. Observations on the Chermidae (Hemiptcra: Homoptera).
Part III. Canadian Entomologist, 58(1):13— 20; figs. 1—5.
Published January 30.
83. Indians’ Hair [congregations of Phalangida on tree trunks
in Mexico.] Nature Magazine, 8(4):222; 1 fig. October
number.
84. Report upon a collection of Hippoboscidae (Diptera Pupi-
para) from Borneo. Sarawak Museum Journal, 3 (Part III,
No. 10) :279— 286; pi. 11 and text figs. 1—2. December
number.
1927
85. (Senior author with E. W. Nissen) The larva of a species
of the Cassididae (Coleoptera) . Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
3(4) : 169— 172; 1 fig. Published June 9.
86. The generic types of the Diaspidae (Hemiptera). (Intro-
ductory note to Part II) . Bulletin of Entomological Research,
17(4) :341. Published in June.
87. Hippoboscidae. British Museum (Natural History) : Insects
of Samoa, and other Samoan terrestrial Arthropoda. Part
VI, Diptera; fascicle 1, pp. 10—21; figs. 1—6. Published
July 23.
88. Mealybugs. Monthly Bulletin of the Department of Agri-
culture, State of California, 16(6) :336— 342. June number
(received at the California Academy of Sciences Library
on August 10.)
89. Some American Hippoboscidae (Diptera Pupipara). Can-
adian Entomologist, 59(10) :246— 251; figs. 1—4. Published
in October.
January, 1959]
37
90. Fifth report upon Diptera Pupipara from the Philippine
Islands. Philippine Journal of Science, 34(2) :207— 233 ;
figs. 1—19. Published November 9.
91. Notes on an entomological enigma. Canadian Entomologist,
59(12) :279— 281; 1 fig. Published December 11.
1928
92. The larva of Olfersia vulturis Van der Wulp. (Diptera:
Hippoboscidae) . Entomological News, 39(2):36— 37; 1 fig.
Published February 3.
93. The genus Myialges (Acarina: Sarcoptidae) . Entomological
News, 39(5) :137— 140; pi. III. Published May 3.
94. Observations on the Chermidae (Hemiptera: Homoptera).
Part IV. Canadian Entomologist, 60(5) ; 109— 117; figs. 1—4.
Published June 2.
95. The genus Brachypteromyia Williston (Diptera Pupipara;
Hippoboscidae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 4(3) :140— 142;
figs. 1—2. Published June 26.
96. (Senior author with J. C. Chamberlin) On the use of the
word “Chitinized.” Entomological News, 39(7) :212— 215.
Published July 2.
97. The mallophagan family Menoponidae. Part III. Parasit-
ology, 20(2) :221— 227 : figs. 7—9. (Not seen by compiler.)
98. Observations on the Chermidae (Hemiptera; Homoptera).
Part V. Canadian Entomologist, 60(10) :240— 245; figs. 1—3.
Published October 29.
99. The principles of systematic entomology. Stanford Univer-
sity Publications, University Series, Biological Sciences,
5(3) : 101— 270 [also separately paged 1—170; pp. 106, 108
and 270, or 6, 8 and 170 are blank], figs. 1—11. Published
in December.
100. Review of “A Classification of the higher groups and genera
of the coccid family Margarodidae,” by H. Morrison.
Entomological News, 39(10) :325— 327. Published Decem-
ber 17.
101. The wax-secreting organs of the Coccidae. Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 5(2):67— 70. Published December 29.
102. Scientific exploration, a phantasy. Scientific Monthly,
27 : 537— 541. December number.
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
1929
103. (Junior author with J. C. Chamberlin) On Liparocephalus
and allied genera (Coleoptera; Staphylinidae) . Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 5(3) : 137— 143. Published April 18.
104. (Junior author with J. C. Chamberlin) On Liparocephalus
and allied genera (Coleoptera; Staphylinidae). Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, 5(4) :153— 162; figs. 1—5. (Continuation of
previous item.) Published May 31.
105. Systematic biology and the mutation theory. Quarterly Re-
view of Biology, 4(3) :389— 400. Published in September.
106. Concerning the Mediterranean fruit fly. Science, (N.S.)
70(1819) :45 1—453. Published November 8.
107. Review of “A Manual of External Parasites,” by H. E.
Ewing. Entomological News, 40( 10) :337— 341. Published
December 19.
1930
108. Observations on the genus Ornithoica (Diptera: Hippo-
boscidae). Canadian Entomologist, 61 (12) : 280— 285; figs.
1—4. The December, 1929 number, but actually published on
January 4, 1930.
109. The effectiveness of a plant quarantine. Science, (N.S.)
71(1829) :68— 69. Published January 17.
110. Some New World Hippoboscidae (Diptera Pupipara).
Canadian Entomologist, 62(3):62— 70; figs. 1—5. Published
March 31.
111. The plant quarantines once more. Science, (N.S.) 71(1850) :
606—607. Published June 13.
112. Some African Diptera Pupipara. Parasitology, 22(3) :275—
282; figs. 1—6. Published July 30.
113. The puparium of Basilia corynorhini (Eerris) (Diptera:
Nycteribiidae) . Entomological News, 41(9) :295— 297, 1 fig.
Published November 7.
114. Report upon certain ectoparasites of mammals. lii\ Report
of the Harvard-African Expedition upon the African Re-
public of Liberia and the Belgian Congo, 2:1022—1038; figs.
12—24. (Not seen by compiler.)
115. Plant quarantines run wild. New Republic, 63:335—338.
(Not seen by compiler.)
116. Sixth report upon Diptera Pupipara from the Philippine
January, 1959]
39
Islands. Philippine Journal of Science, 43(4)537—553; figs.
1—7. Published November 10.
1931
117. The louse of elephants. Haematomyzus elephantis Piaget
(Mallophaga; Haematomyzidae) . Parasitology, 23(1) :112—
127; text figs. 1—5, pis. 4^5. Published January 31.
1932
118. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice.
Part V. Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, 2(5):271— 414 [p. 414 is blank; this
item is also separately paged 1—143] ; figs. 173—251. Pub-
lished October 15.
119. New species and other records of Mallophaga from the
Marquesas. B. P. Bishop Museum, Bulletin No. 98, pp. 53—
72; hgs. 8—20. (Marquesan Insects — 1. Pacific Entomologi-
cal Survey Publication I, article 5.)
120. Ectoparasites of Marquesan rats. B. P. Bishop Museum,
Bulletin No. 98, pp. 117—127; figs. 35—39. (Pacific Ento-
mological Survey Publication I, article 12.)
121. (With F. D. Klyver) Report upon a collection of Chermidae
* (Homoptera) from New Zealand. Transactions and Pro-
ceedings of the New Zealand Institute, 63(1):34— 61; pis.
7—16. Published October 30.
122. Mallophaga from Tahiti. B. P. Bishop Museum, Bulletin
No. 113, pp. 7—12; figs. 1—4. (Society Island Insects. Pacific
Entomological Survey Publication 6, article 2.) Published
December 23.
1933
123. A new species of Polyplax (Anoplura). Parasitology,
25(1) : 127— 129; figs. 1—2. Published March 4.
124. The mallophagan genus Trichophilopterus. Parasitology,
25 (4) :468— 471 ; figs. 1—2. Published December 7.
125. Contribution toward a monograph of the sucking lice. Part
VI. Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, 2(6) :415— 470 [p. 418 is blank; this
item is also separately paged 1—56] ; figs. 253—276. Pub-
lished December 15.
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
1934
126. Review of “The efficacy and economic effects of plant quar-
antines in California.” Science, (N.S.) 79(2036) :13— 14.
Published January 5.
127. A summary of the sucking lice. (Anoplura.) Entomological
News, 45(3) :70— 74. Published March 9.
128. A summary of the sucking lice (Anoplura), Entomological
News, 45(4) :85— 88. (Continuation of previous item.) Pub-
lished April 10.
129. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice. Part
VII. Stanford University Publications, University Series,
Biological Sciences, 2(7) :471— 526 [p. 474 is blank; this
item is also separately paged 1—56] ; figs. 277—305. Pub-
lished June 1.
130. Setae. Canadian Entomologist, 66(7) : 145— 150; 2 figs.
Published August 31.
1935
131. The prothoracic pleurites of Coleoptera. Entomological
News, 46(3) :63— 68; fig. 1. Published March 7.
132. The prothoracic pleurites of Coleoptera. Entomological
News, 46(4) ;93— 95. (Continuation of previous item.) Pub-
lished April 3.
133. Scale insects (Hemiptera: Coccoidea) from the Marquesas.
B. P. Bishop Museum, Bulletin No. 142, pp. 125—131. figs.
1—3. (Marquesas Insects — III. Pacific Entomological Sur-
vey, Publication 8, article 9.) Published May 29.
134. An apparently undescrbed mealybug (Hemiptera: Pseudo-
coccidae) from Tahiti. B. P. Bishop Museum, Bulletin No.
142, pp. 133—135; fig. 1. (Marquesas Insects — III. Pacific
Entomological Survey Publication 8, article 10.) Published
May 29.
135. Contributions toward a monograph of the sucking lice.
Part VIII. Stanford University Publications, University
Series, Biological Sciences, 2(8) :527— 634 [also separately
paged 1—108] ; text figs. 306—338, pis. I— III, plus an
Erratum slip relating to pis. I and II. Published July 2.
1936
136. Foreword [to the first issue of the new journal Micro-
January, 1959]
41
entomology]. Microentomology, 1(1) :1. Published Janu-
ary 27.
137. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). Microentomology, 1(1);2— 16; figs. 1—10. Published
January 27.
138. (Senior author with Michael Doudoroff) Taxonomic prob-
lems in Lepidoptera. Entomological News, 47(5) : 124^128.
Published May 8.
139. Review of “Bibliography of Australian Entomology 1775—
1930 with bibliographical notes on authors and collectors”
by A. Musgrave. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 12(2) :64. Pub-
lished May 15.
140. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). 11. Microentomology, 1(2) :17— 92; figs. 11—74. Pub-
lished May 22.
141. (Senior author with G. E. Murdock) Contributions to the
knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homoptera) . IIL Micro-
entomology, 1 (4) :115— 122 ; figs. 83—85. Published Decem-
ber 9.
1937
142. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series 1,
Numbers 1—136. Stanford University Press. (No page
numbers, each Number to be considered as a separate publi-
cation.) Published in January.
143. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). IV. Microentomology, 2(1) :1— 45; figs. 1—36. Pub-
lished March 24.
144. On certain words used in connection with the Coccoidea
(Homoptera). Entomological News, 48 (5) : 141— 143. Pub-
lished May 13.
145. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). V. Microentomology, 2(2) :47— 102; figs. 37—79. Pub-
lished June 15.
146. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). VI. Microentomology, 2(3) :103— 122; figs. 80—95.
Published November 24.
147. On nomenclatorial and other problems in the systematics
of the Coccoidea (Insecta: Homoptera). Annals and Maga-
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
zine of Natural History, (Tenth Series) 20(119) :525— 530.
November number.
1938
148. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). VII. Microentomology, 3(2) :37— 56; figs. 17—32.
Published April 28.
149. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series 2, Num-
bers 137—268. Stanford University Press. (No page num-
bers, each Number to be considered as a separate publica-
tion.) Published in November.
150. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). VIII. Microentomology, 3(3):57— 75; figs. 32—44.
Published December 10.
151. In forests of hair and feathers. Where insects live in virtual
darkness and are adapted to their environment. Nature
Magazine, 31(10) :591— 592, 1 fig. December number.
1939
152. Review of “The Genus Septobasidium. By John N. Couch.”
Entomological News, 49(10) ;297— 298. Number for Decem-
ber, 1938, but not actually published until January 11, 1939.
153. (Senior author with R. L. Usinger) The family Polyctenidae
(Hemiptera; Heteroptera) . Microentomology, 4(1) :1— 50;
figs. 1—25. Published February 21.
154. (Senior author with B. E. Rees) The morphology of Panorpa
nuptialis Gerstaecker (Mecoptera: Panorpidae). Micro-
entomology, 4(3):79— 108; figs. 36—51. Published October
17.
155. (Senior author with P. Pennebaker) The morphology of
Agulla adnixa (Hagen) (Neuroptera: Raphididae). Micro-
entomology, 4(5) : 121— 142; figs. 59—72. Published Novem-
ber 22.
156. (Junior author with B. E. Rees [and C. P. Alexander, see
following] ) The morphology of Tipula reesi Alexander
(Diptera: Tipulidae). Microentomology, 4(6) :143, 145—
178 [the last part of p. 143 and all of p. 144 are by C. P.
Alexander] ; figs. 72—91. Published December 20.
1940
157. The morphology of Plega signata (Hagen) (Neuroptera:
January, 1959]
43
Mantispidae) . Microentomology, 5(2) :33— 56; figs. 6—20.
Published May 15.
158. The myth of the thoracic sternites of insects. Microentomo-
logy, 5(3) :87— 90. Published June 4.
1941
159. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series 3, Num-
bers 269—384. Stanford University Press. (No page num-
bers, each Number to be considered as a separate publica-
tion.) Published March 27.
160. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea( Homop-
tera). IX. A forgotten genus of the family Margarodidae.
Microentomology, 6(1) :6-10; fig. 3. Published March 28.
161. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea (Homop-
tera). X. Illustration of eleven genotypes of the Diaspididae.
Microentomology, 6(1) :11— 24; figs. 4—14. Published March
28.
162. Contributions to the knowledge of the Coccoidea) Homop-
tera). XL A new genus in the Pseudococcidae (Homoptera;
Coccoidea). Microentomology, 6(1) :25— 28; figs. 15—16.
Published March 28.
163. A new species of Stomacoccus (Homoptera; Coccoidea;
Margarodidae), Microentomology, 6(1) :29— 32; figs. 17-’
18. Published March 28.
164. The genus Aspidiotus (Homoptera; Coccoidea; Diaspi-
didae). Microentomology, 6(2):33— 70; figs. 19—26. Pub-
lished November 28.
1942
165. (Senior author with E. G. Linsley and R. L. Usinger) An
American Entomological Code. (In the Minutes of the 169th
meeting, Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society) in\ Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 18(1) :44— 45. Pub-
lished February 19.
166. Insect morphology and evolution. Abstract of an address
for the Entomological Society of America. Proceedings of
the Thirty-Sixth Annual Meeting, in: Annals of the Ento-
mological Society of America, 35(1) :114— 116. Published
April 2.
167. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series 4,
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Number 385—448. Stanford University Press. (No page
numbers, each Number to be considered as a separate
publication.) Published May 28.
168. The needs of systematic entomology. Journal of Economic
Entomology, 35(5) :732— 738. October number.
169. Observations on some ectoparasitic mites (Arachnida:
Acarina: Dermanyssidae) . Microentomology, 7(3):77-83;
figs. 36—38. Published December 28.
170. Some North American, rodent-infesting lice (Insecta: Ano-
plura). Microentomology, 7(3):84-90; figs. 39—42. Pub-
lished December 28.
1943
171. Some fundamental concepts in insect morphology. Micro-
entomology, 8(1) :2— 7. Published May 6.
172. The basic materials of the insect cranium. Microentomology,
8(1) :8— 24; figs. 1—6. Published May 6.
173. Additions to the knowledge of the Diaspididae (Homoptera:
Coccoidea). Microentomology, 8(2)58—79; figs. 24^32.
Published September 22.
174. The genus Targionia Signoret and some of its allies (Homop-
tera: Coccoidea: Diaspididae). Microentomology, 8(3) :81—
111; figs. 33—43. Published December 30.
1944
175. On certain evolutionary tendencies in the heads of insects.
Microentomology, 9(2) :78— 84; fig. 40. Published December
176. (Senior author with R. L. Usinger) Notes and descriptions
of American Polyctenidae (Hemiptera). Pan-Pacific Ento-
mologist, 21 (4) :121— 124. Published November 26.
1946
177. Information concerning the genera Chortinaspis and
Aspidiotus (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Diaspididae). Micro-
entomology, 11(1) :37— 49; figs. 16—20. Published April 30.
1947
178. (Senior author with V. P. Rao) The genus Pinnaspis
January, 1959]
45
Cockerell (Homoptera; Coccoidea: Diaspididae) . Microento-
mology, 12(2) :25— 58; figs. 10—12. Published October 22.
179. The contradictions of the insect head. Microentomology,
12(3) :59— 64. Published November 10.
1948
180. The principles of comparative morphology. Microentomo-
logy, 13(3) :49— 56. Published September 15.
1949
181. (Senior author with L. M. Henry) The nervous system and
a problem of homology in certain Crustacea (Crustacea:
Copepoda: Caligidae). Microentomology, 14(4) :113— 118;
figs. 66—67. Published December 20.
1950
182. Report upon scale insects collected in China (Homoptera:
Coccoidea). Part I. Microentomology, 15(1) :1— 34; figs. 1—
20. Published February 21.
183. Report upon scale insects collected in China (Homoptera:
Coccoidea). Part H. Microentomology, 15(3):69— 97; figs.
30—47. Published July 27.
184. A reply to criticism. Microentomology, 15(4) :126— 128.
Published October 20.
185. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Series 5, The
Pseudococcidae. Part I. Stanford University Press, vii -|-
278 pp.; figs. 1—108. (Not seen by compiler.)
186. External morphology of the adult. Chapter 5, pp. 368—
419 in: Demerec’s “Biology of Drosophila.” John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York. (Not seen by compiler.)
1951
187. The sucking lice. Memoirs of the Pacific Coast Entomologi-
cal Society, San Francisco. Memoir 1: x 320 pp.; figs.
1—124. Published October 19.
1952
188. Some miscellaneous Coccoidea (Insecta: Homoptera).
Microentomology, 17(1) :2— 5; figs. 1—2. Published Febru-
ary 8.
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
189. Report upon scale insects collected in China (Homoptera;
Coccoidea). III. Microentomology, 17(1) :6— 16; figs. 3—9.
Published February 8.
190. (Junior author with V. P. Rao) The genus Andaspis Mac-
Gillivray (Insecta: Homoptera: Coccoidea). Microentomo-
logy, 17(1):17— 32; figs. 10—19. Published February 8.
1953
191. On the comparative morphology of the Annulata. A sum-
ming up. Microentomology, 18(1) :2— 15. Published Janu-
ary 1.
192. (Senior author with R. L. Usinger) A new species of
Aphraniola from Cambodia [Hemiptera, Cimicidae] . Revue
frangaise d’Entomologie, 20(2) : 138— 139. Published July 25.
193. Illustrations of three species of sucking lice, with notes on
a fourth species (Insecta: Anoplura). Microentomology,
18(2):52— 57; figs. 19—22. Published August 31.
194. Report upon scale insects collected in China (Homoptera:
Coccoidea). Part IV. Microentomology, 18(3) :59— 84; figs.
23—39. Published September 22.
195. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. The Pseudo-
coccidae. Part H. Volume VI. Stanford University Press,
vii -|- pp. 279—506; figs. 109—193. (Not seen by compiler.)
1954
196. A new species of Anoplura. Annals of the Natal Museum,
13(1) :91— 94; 1 text fig. Published June 30.
197. New species of Diaspididae from Florida and the Caribbean
Islands (Homoptera: Coccoidea). Microentomology, 19(2) :
41—50; figs. 26—31. Published July 15.
198. Report upon scale insects collected in China (Homoptera:
Coccoidea). Part V. Microentomology, 19(2) :51— 66; figs.
32—42. Published July 15.
1955
199. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Volume VII.
Stanford Univeristy Press, iii 233 pp. ; 94 figs. (Exact
date not known to compiler.)
200. On some genera of the Pseudococcidae (Homoptera: Coc-
coidea). Microentomology, 20(1) :1— 19; figs. 1—13. Pub-
lished January 28.
January, 1959]
47
201. Some miscellaneous Coccoidea (Insecta: Homoptera).
Microentomology, 20(2) :21— 29; figs. 14—17. Published
April 15.
202. Report upon a collection of scale insects from China. VI.
(Insecta: Homoptera). Microentomology, 20(2) :30— 40;
figs. 18—24. Published April 15.
203. The genus Phenacaspis Cooley and Cockerell. Part I. (In-
secta: Homoptera: Coccoidea). Microentomology, 20(3):
41—82; figs. 25—52. Published August 1.
204. The contribution of natural history to human progress. Pp.
75—87 in: A Century of Progress in the Natural Sciences,
1853—1953. Published in Celebration of the Centennial of
The California Academy of Sciences. California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco. Published October 20.
205. Some minute insects: Anoplura, Mallophaga and the scale
insects. Pp. 517—523 in: A Century of Progress in the
Natural Sciences, 1853—1953. Published in Celebration of
the Centennial of The California Academy of Sciences. Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Published
October 20.
1956
206. The genus Phenacaspis Cooley and Cockerell. Part H.
(Insecta: Homoptera: Coccoidea). Microentomology,
21(2) :67— 83; figs. 35—43. Published April 13.
1957
207. (Senior author with R. L. Usinger) Notes on and descrip-
tions of Cimicidae (Hemiptera). Part I. Microentomology,
22(1) :1— 37; figs. 1—25. Published April 15.
208. Two species of Diaspididae new to the Hawaiian fauna
(Homoptera: Coccoidea). Proceedings of the Hawaiian
Entomological Society, 16(2) :212— 215; figs. 1-2. Published
May 13.
209. (Senior author with R. L. Usinger) Hemiptera: Heterop-
tera: Cimicidae. South African Animal Life, 4:374—376;
1 fig. (Exact publication date not known to compiler.)
210. A brief history of the study of the Coccoidea. Microento-
mology, 22(2) :39— 57 ; fig. 26. Published July 1.
211. Notes on some little known genera of the Coccoidea (Hcmop-
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
tera). Microentomology, 22(3) :59— 79; figs. 27—38. Pub-
lished September 4.
212. A review of the family Eriococcidae (Insecta: Coccoidea).
Microentomology, 22(4) :81— 89; figs. 39—43. Published
October 15.
1958
213. The nervous system of insects. Proceedings of the Tenth
International Congress of Entomology, Montreal, August
17—25, 1956. 1:469—472. Published in December.
214. The geographic distribution of the Coccoidea. [A short
abstract only.] Proceedings of the Tenth International Con-
gress of Entomology, Montreal, August 17—25, 1956. 1:829.
Published in December.
1959
215. (Senior author with R. L. Usinger) A new species of
Stricticimex from Kenya (Hemiptera: Cimicidae). Annals
of the Entomological Society of America, 52(1) : 8 1—82; figs.
1—2. Published in February.
216. (With R. L. Usinger) Heteroptera: Cimicidae. In: Insects
of Micronesia. B. P. Bishop Museum. [In press.]
217. Sections Insecta, Mallophaga and Anoplura. In'. Encyclo-
pedia of Science and Technology. McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
Inc. [In press.]
Untitled Notes Presented in the Proceedings of the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
A. Appearing in the two separately published volumes of
The Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society and as reported in the Minutes of the meetings.
1919. [Reference to fleas on mountain beaver, and a polyctenid
on bats] Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, 1 : unnumbered page carrying the Minutes of
the 7Tst meeting.
1920. [Comment on the scarcity of Lepidoptera and Odonata
in Lower California during the summer of 1919.] Loc. cit.,
1 : unnumbered page carrying the first part of the Minutes
of the 74th meeting.
1922. [Very general note on the sucking lice.] Minutes of the
January, 1959]
49
83rd meeting. Loc. cit., 2(1) :7. Published November 15.
1927? [Note on some California scale insects.] Minutes of the
106th meeting. Loc. cit., 2(6) :93. Published between late
June, 1927 and the beginning of March, 1928.
1927? [Report on Mr. Meyers’ studies on the parasitism of
swallows by a species of Cimex.] Minutes of the 107th
meeting. Loc. cit., 2(7) :97. Published between late June,
1927 and the beginning of March, 1928.
1928? [On the nymphs of the Psyllidae, and on the then-
unidentified larva of the beetle Brachypsectra ; see also
loc. cit. p. 105.] Minutes of the 112th meeting. Loc. cit.,
2(7) :109. Published between the beginning of May, 1928,
and early February, 1929.
1929? [On the staphylinid beetle genus Liparocephalus.] Min-
utes of the 116th meeting. Loc. cit., 2(8) :121— 122. Pub-
lished between late April, 1929, and late January, 1930.
1929? [On the larva of Brachypsectra.] Minutes of the 116th
meeting. Loc. cit., 2(8) :122. Published between late April,
1929, and late January, 1930.
B. Appearing in The Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society, as published in The Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, and as reported in the Minutes of the
meetings.
1936. [General comments on the sucking lice.] Minutes of the
129th meeting. Proceedings of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society, in: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist,
11(4): 186. This, the October, 1935 issue of the journal
was published on January 10, 1936.
1938. [Announcing the preparation of an atlas of scale insects.]
Minutes of the 145th meeting. Loc. cit., 14(4) :192. Pub-
lished November 15, 1938.
1939. [Comment on the stability of species, with a definition.]
Minutes of the 147th meeting. Loc. cit., 15(1) :46. Pub-
lished February 10, 1939.
1940. [General remarks on a trip to Panama.] Minutes of the
153rd meeting. Loc. cit., 16(1) :39. Published February
17, 1940.
1940. [On the principles of geographic distribution.] Minutes
of the 155th meeting. Loc. cit., 16(1) :42,
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
1940. [General note.] Minutes of the 158th meeting. Loc. cit.,
16(1) :45.
1941. [General remarks.] Minutes of the 162ncl meeting. Loc.
cit., 17(1) :42. Published February 21, 1941.
1942. [Comment on ectoparasites.] Minutes of the 166th meet-
ing. Loc. cit., 18(1) :40— 41. Published February 19, 1942.
1943. [Movement for an American Commission on Scientific
Nomenclature in Entomology.] Minutes of the 173rd meet-
ing. Loc. cit., 19(1) :37. Published March 22, 1943.
1943. [More on the American Commission (see preceding
item) ; comment on his Atlas of Scale Insects.] Minutes
of the 175th meeting. Loc. cit., 19(1) :38, 39.
1946. [General comments on the mealybugs of North America.]
Minutes of the 187th meeting. Loc. cit., 22(1) :36— 37.
Published March 29, 1946.
1946. [Labor-saving devices in entomological drawing.] Min-
utes of the 188th meeting. Loc. cit., 22(1) ;39.
1948. [Resume of an address on “The Mealybugs of North
America.”] Minutes of the 193rd meeting. Loc. cit.,
24(1) :39— 40. Published March 31, 1948.
1949. [A comment on Dr. Henry’s work on the nervous system
of the lower invertebrates, as relating to the hypopharynx
of insects.] Minutes of the 199th meeting. Loc. cit.,
25(1) :42. Published March 17, 1949.
1953. [Comment on the principles of comparative morphology
of arthropods.] Minutes of the 223rd meeting. Loc. cit.,
29(1) :64. Published March 23, 1953.
1957. [Resume of a talk on the family Margarodidae.] Minutes
of the 247th meeting. Loc. cit., 33(1) :47. Published
March 22, 1957.
1957. [Comment on the 10th International Congress of Ento-
mology.] Minutes of the 250th meeting. Loc. cit.,
33(1) :49.
I
January, 1959]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
51
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
R. L. Doutt D. D. Jensen D. P. Flrman
Vice-President President Secretary
Gordon Floyd Ferris (1893 - 1958)
Proceedings
Two Hundred and Fifty-seventh Meeting
The two hundred and fifty-seventh meeting of the Pacihc Coast
Entomological Society was held February 14, 1958, at 7:40 p.m. in the
Morrison Auditorium, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Cali-
fornia. President D. D. Jensen presided at the meeting.
The following members were present: A. E. Michelbacher, E. 0. Essig,
P. H. Arnaud, Jr., G. F. Ferris, L. M. Henry, R. L. Doutt, K. P. Shea, D. H.
Groves, S. W. Hitchcock, M. S. Wasljauer, J. A. Powell, E. L. Kessel, F. E.
Skinner, B. Barichievich, D. Breedlove, M. Kenny, J. G. Edwards, C. J.
Worthington, A. Ross, P. F. Torchio, D. J. Burdick, P. D. Ashlock, D. D.
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Linsdale, L. A. Ruud, T. S. Acker, D. M. Maddox, W. E. Ferguson, Jane
MacSwain, J. W. MacSwain, E, G. Linsley, W. W. Middlekauff, R. L.
Langston, W. A. Russell, D. G. Denning, K. S. Hagen, D. D. Jensen, D. P.
Furman, H. B. Leech. Visitors were Martha Michelbacher, Marie Essig, F. D.
Bennett, S. M. Sager, Frances Powell, Carl Kaufeldt, Phil Capitate, William
Tuft, Beverly Ehreth, Bertha B. Kessel, Terry Seeno, Dolores Damiano,
Virginia Ashlock, Barry E. Pullen, Walter E. Rathgen, Nancy MacSwain,
John MacSwain, Juanita Linsley, Katherine Furman, Phillis Middlekauff,
Evelyn Langston, Elsa P. Russell, Loretta Denning.
The minutes of the meeting held December 7, 1957 were read and
approved.
The President announced appointment of the following members to
serve as a committee to judge the merits of the entomological exhibits at
the annual science fair: Kenneth Hagen, Chairman; Laura Henry, Otto
Graph.
Dr. Hagen commented briefly on the nature and mechanics of the award.
The first place award consists of an entomological book and a one year
honorary membership in the Society. The Society will send letters of com-
mendation to the recipients of the first three places in the judging. The
exhibits need not be of the systematic collection type to compete for an award.
The President announced the following changes in membership of
standing committees :
Historical — E. 0. Essig, Chairman, E. S'. Ross, R. L. Usinger, J. W.
Tilden, H. B. Leech.
Editorial Board — P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor; J. A. Powell, H. B. Leech,
E. G. Linsley, E. S. Ross, R. L. Usinger, J. E. Swift,
R. C. Miller.
Membership — Herbert Ruckes, Jr., Chairman; J. Gordon Edwards,
Howard L. McKenzie.
The President discussed briefly types of membership open in the Society
with particular emphasis on the student membership category which enables
students to enjoy membership at a reduced cost.
Dr. Edwards nominated the following for regular membership: Mr.
Johnson C. Montgomery, Dr. Leland R. Brown, Miss Dolores Damiano, Mr.
Keith Radford. They were elected by unanimous vote.
The President announced the reinstatement of C. Don MacNeill as a
regular member of the Society.
Dr. K. S. Hagen exhibited equipment devised for airplane collections of
of Hippodamia convergens Guerin. The device is to be used in checking the
hypothesis that migration flights of the beetles from their concentration sites
in transition zone areas are made in the upper air where easterly winds blow
them westward. Previously it was believed that dispersion flights followed
down canyons and into the valley. Earlier attempts to follow flights of marked
beetles have been unsuccessful. The present airplane trap, which looks
superficially like a wing tip fuel lank, has ten discs which may be dropped
individually to an exposed position at will. A screen on the disc is supplied
with an adhesive substance containing rosin and castor oil; any beetles
contacting the disc are expected to adhere to it.
January, 1959]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
53
Mr. H. B. Leech discussed the current status of historical files of the
Society. Authorization has been granted to obtain another filing cabinet to
relieve the congestion in the single file now available for such material. It
will be maintained in the Entomological Museum of the California Academy
of Sciences, Mr. Leech read excerpts from letters and field notes of early
entomologists demonstrating the value of many of the documents on file.
Drawings, published and unpublished, are included in the material. Photo-
graphs of entomologists and other “curiosities” were placed on exhibit.
Dr. Usinger commented on the data available in the historical files of
the academy. He suggested that information on the existence of this material
be published in some detail in older to increase its usefulness to interested
persons.
Dr. R. L. Usinger reported on interesting habits of reduviid bugs known
as resin bugs in Thailand. Kodachrome slides were shown to illustrate
Dipterocarpus tree-holes with bugs waiting in position near the edge of the
resin pools.
Jerry A. Powell showed a vial containing the remains of a caterpillar
of a gelechiid moth, Pseudochelaria manzanitae Keifer, and some nematodes
of the family Mermithidae which had destroyed it. Apparently Mermithids
have never been recorded from any North American Gelechiidae. The habitat,
manzanita bushes on the very dry hillsides west of Alpine Lake, Marin
County, seems to present an interesting problem. Presumably the life-cycle
of the worm includes a free living stage in the soil and a certain amount of
moisture is necessary to facilitate the parasite’s mobility in leaving the host
and entering the soil. However, the larvae, which were collected June 6, 1957,
normally pupate and transform by late June or early July. Therefore at a
locality where one would not expect any June rain, the nematodes apparently
must depend upon dew or some other unexplained source of moisture for
their return to the coarse, well-drained soil. Six larvae were found infested
among 40 collected at random from terminals three to four feet above the
ground.
H. B. Leech reported as follows;
“On February 10, 1957, several greenish bees were noticed flying around
just outside my kitchen window, in Mill Valley, California. They settled
on a galvanized iron pipe to sun themselves, and stayed so persistently within
reach that finally one was collected. It was not the common Osmia lignaria
Say, but another species of the typical subgenus. In Sandhouse’s revision
of 1939 it keyed to 0. ribifloris Cockerell, of which the California Academy
of Sciences has only a few from California (Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras
County, ‘Feb.’, ‘Mar.’, F. E. Blaisdell collector; and Altadena, Los Angeles
County, also in February, C. D. Michener collector), and none from the San
Francisco Bay region. Sandhouse gives merely New Mexico, Arizona, Cali-
fornia, Oregon, and does not comment on the date of emergence.
“On February 12, 1958, my son Bill collected another male, within six
feet of where mine was taken the year before. Examination shows the species
to be nesting in the cracks between cedar shingles, on the south wall of
the house.” . . .
Mr. Leech also exhibited illustrations of the national butterfly of Japan,
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Sasakia charonda Hewitson, together with Japanese stamps picturing the
butterfly.
Dr. Kessel introduced a guest, Mrs. Beverly Ehreth, who is a naturalist
and teacher at Novato, California, as well as director of the entomological
society of the 4-H Club in her area. Dr. Kessel commented on Mrs. Ehreth’s
recent collection of two Jerusalem crickets which seemed abnormally slug-
gish. They proved to be infected with horsehair worms, class Gordiacia. Five
specimens were released from one insect when it was dropped in water.
Dr. R. C. Miller presented an address on the subject of the Ninth
Pacific Science Congress held at Bangkok, Thailand, from November 18
to December 9, 1957.
The first Pacific Science Congress was held in 1920 at Honolulu, where
it was organized by the director of the Bishop Museum, H. E. Gregory. Since
that time the congresses have been held about every four years. Eight
hundred and fifty persons attended the ninth Congress, many more than
anticipated. Numerous sections were held to cover fields and problems of
interest to the people in and around the Pacific area. Dr. Miller noted a
resolution passed at the Congress which urged establishment of a National
Muesum of Science in Thailand. Action is expected within a couple years.
Numerous interesting color slides were shown of scenes and events covered
while attending the Congress.
The meeting was adjourned to the “Coffee Social” at 9:10 p.m. — Deane
P. Furman, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Fifty-eighth Meeting
The two hundred and fifty-eighth meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held March 15, 1958, in the Morrison Auditorium,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. President D. D.
Jensen called the meeting to order at 2:05 p.m.
The following members were present: H. B. Leech, G. F. Ferris, L. M,
Henry, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., S. W. Hitchcock, D. D. Linsdale, J. A. Powell,
J. A. Chemsak, D. Breedlove, H. Ruckes, Jr., D. Burdick W. W. Middlekauff,
D. MacNeill, R. L. Langston, W. A. Doolin, J. G. Edwards, L. A. Ruud, Jr.,
W. E. Ferguson, D. M. Maddox, K. Innes, F. E. Skinner, E. L. Kessel, D. D.
Jensen, D. P. Furman. Visitors were: Bruce Hudson, Ben Feingold, Thomas
Leech, Barry E. Pullen, Phyllis Middlekauff, Grace MacNeill, Nora Mac-
Neill, Daren MacNeill, Margaret M. Hanna, Karen Engelhart, Nancy Doolin,
Peter Westigard, S. Smith.
The minutes of the meeting held February 14, 1958 were read and
approved.
Dr. Ruckes nominated Dr. Dennis Hynes of California State Polytechnic
College and Dr. Leslie Smith, of the University of California at Davis, for
regular membership. He nominated S. M. Sager of the University of Cali-
fornia for student membership. The candidates were elected unanimously to
the membership categories for which nominated.
The President announced that of the two remaining meetings scheduled
for the spring months one is to be held at San Jose State College and the
other is to be a field day. He announced the following committee to decide
January, 1959]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
55
on a date and arrange for a place for the annual field day meeting: Hugh
Leech, Chairman; Herbert Ruckes Jr. and Laura Henry.
Program Chairman Frank Skinner announced April 26 as the probable
date for the meeting at San Jose State College. Dr. Tilden and Dr. Edwards
have arranged the program for the day.
Dr. Ed Kessel described highlights of his last summer’s trip to Alaska,
illustrated by a series of beautiful color slides.
Bruce Hudson presented a lecture on the mass culture of fleas for
production of flea-bite antigen. He is working on the project as an entomolo-
gist with Kaiser Foundation Hospital, under a grant from the U. S. Public
Health Service. Dr. Ben Feingold, director of the project was also present.
Dr. Hudson mentioned the early history of flea nuisance in the San
Francisco area, known as the “Puebla de las Pulgas” of the Portola Expedi-
tion. He presented color slides of immediate and delayed types of reactions
in man following flea bites.
The cat flea, Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche), appears to be the most
common flea annoying man in the bay area, but the human flea, Pulex
irritans Linnaeus causes the most trouble by its bite.
Methods were described by which 250—500 thousand cat fleas are reared
per week at the laboratory.
An interesting by-product of the investigation has been the finding that
what at first appeared to be morphologically identical strains of Pulex irritans
contain at least two, and perhaps three distinct species. These differ physio-
logically, among other ways, in adaptation to different hosts. The San Fran-
cisco form is the typical Pulex irritans, well adapted to man. It is the only
one of the complex studied which has been maintained successfully on
human blood.
Following a brief discussion the meeting was adjourned to the “Coffee
Social” at 3:50 p.m. — Deane P. Furman, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Fifty-ninth Meeting
The two hundred and fifty-ninth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomologi-
cal Society was held April 26, 1958, in the Science Building, San Jose State
College, San Jose, California. President D. D. Jensen called the meeting
to order at 2:00 p.m.
The following members were present: D. D. Jensen, W. E. Ferguson,
R. F. Schoeppner, W. H. Lange, F. R. Cole, J. W. Tilden, P. H. Arnaud, Jr.,
H. B. Leech, K. S. Hagen, P. S. Bartholomew, R. P. Allen, E. G. Linsley,
H. Ruckes, Jr., D. J. Burdick, D. D. Linsdale, K. Radford, R. C. Whitney,
R. L. Doutt, K. P. Shea, F. E. Skinner C. J. Worthington, W. W. Middlekauff,
J. G. Edwards, D. Damiano, D. Breedlove, T. H. Lauret, D. P. Furman.
Visitors were: J. P. Figg-Hoblyn, Pauline L. McMasters, Stephanie S.
Ferguson, Douglas W. Price, James M. Code, Fred J. Santana, Vernon W.
Nellis, Carl H. Lindroth, John Harville, David Bartholomew, May S. Drei,
Joan Gerdts, Perry Allen, Peter Westigard, Carol Radford, A. Sanchez,
Myrnadel Guzman, Wesley L. Bond, M. Susan Gardner, Lorance W. Har-
wood, June Haslett, Julia Hoagland, Robert E. Dolphin, S. Smith, Fred
Bennett, L. E. Caltogirone, Robert Rolling, Robert Fox, Roger Lasch, Ronald
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
S. Daniel, Albert E. Crane, R. N. Ito, David Huntzinger, Terry Seeno, Leta
Rae Lauret, Homer H. Eastman, Robert V. Gauthier.
Dr. Ellis, Acting Chairman of the Department of Biological Sciences of
San Jose State College, read a welcoming message from Dr. C. D. Duncan,
who was absent due to illness.
The minutes of the meeting held March 15, 1958 were read and approved
following correction.
Dr. J. G. Edwards nominated Mr. Terry Seeno of San Jose State College
for a membership in the Society. Mr. Seeno was elected to regular member-
ship by unanimous vote.
The President announced as winner of the best entomological collection
of the Fifth Annual Bay Area Science Fair, Charles Cushner of Lincoln
High School, San Francisco. His project: Coleopteran survey. His teacher:
W. F. Monahan. Two other collections chosen for honorable mention were
those of :
1. David Cavagnaro of Tamalpais High School, Mill Valley. His project:
Preserving insect larvae. His teacher: Katherine M. Flanagan.
2. Bradford S'. Perry of Vallejo Senior High School, Vallejo. His pro-
ject: Lepidoptera of California. His teacher: C. G. Aldrich.
Dr. Kenneth Hagen and his committee were commended by the President
for their efforts in judging the entomological exhibits at the Science Fair.
Hugh Leech announced that the annual field trip of the Society would
he held May 24 at Russelman Park, Contra Costa County.
In response to the President’s call for notes and exhibits Vernon W.
Nellis exhibited specimens of Cerambycidae, Necydalis barbarae Rivers and
Necydalis cavipennis LeConte, both species of which were collected at his
home in San Carlos, California. The collection area is near the hills with
nearby chaparral, eucalyptus, bay, and oak trees as well as many other plants.
Four specimens of the uncommon species, N. barbarae, were found in mid-
August of different years. The feeding place is unknown. The specimens
are almost times as large as the ones described in Dr. Linsley’s key to
the tribe Necydalini.
David Huntzinger, of San Jose State College, exhibited a wingless
tipulid collected from a snow bank at Crater Lake Park, Oregon.
Dr. J. G. Edwards discussed the collection of insects above timberline,
illustrating his account with a series of beautiful color slides.
Mrs. Pauline McMasters described her work and conclusions on the
question of segmentation in the head of the polychaete annelid. Nereis.
Dr. John Harville discussed work of the San Jose State College Field
Station, with particular reference to studies on food habits of trout in Cali-
fornia mountain lakes. An interesting series of color slides enhanced the
presentation.
Dr. J. W. Tilden talked about the alpine butterfly associations at Tioga
Pass, Yosemite National Park. He stressed three main points as follows:
Firstly, there are several plant associations in the vicinity of Tioga Pass
and each has its own characteristic butterflies. Some associations have only
one characteristic species, others have several. One aspect of the study he
January, 1959]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
57
hopes to make, is to map more completely the components, both plant and
butterfly, of each association. As an example, the morraines near the pass
are covered with white-bark pines and with several herbaceous plants
characteristic of these areas. Icaricia shasta Edw., Thoryhes nevada Scud.,
Euphydryas nuhigena Behr and Lycaena cupreus Edw. are butterflies typi-
cally found there. Of course they also may be found higher in similar areas.
But let one walk a few feet down into the meadows, and one finds Plebeius
saepiolus Bdv., Colias behrii Edw., and other species not found in numbers
on the morraines. Dr. Tilden interprets this to be due to the drainage and
soil conditions, favoring the food plants of the respective butterflies.
Secondly, there is a definite succession of species during the summer.
Drier areas warm up sooner. The meadows even when not excessively
elevated are colder, and butterflies appear there later than they do on the
drier areas. This is evident even when the dry areas are much more elevated.
So we get the interesting phenomenon of elevational reversal. Butterflies are
flying around the peaks before they appear in the meadows below. Each
species seems to have a definite season of flight earlier or later, just as at
lower elevation. This is in contrast to the usual concept of the uninitiated,
who might suppose that everything comes out at the same time at higher
elevations. Data as to how this succession takes place is one aim of the study.
Thirdly, the time of emergence of a given species is evidently different
in different years, depending on the lime the season opens up. This seems to
be due to amount of snowfall, as well as temperatures leading to melting of
the snow. The extent to which emergence varies in different years could be
correlated with known weather for the year if sufficient data were obtained.
He added that weather data if given as daily temperatuie and wind
velocity, might be used to show that free flight of these alpine butterflies
depends on two factors: direct sunlight and wind velocity. Observation will
tell you that these butterflies will cease flight when a cloud passes over the
sun. Likewise they cease flight at high wind velocities. Because of the low
ground temperatures, they seem more sensitive to these factors than, for
instance, butterflies under desert conditions, where ground temperatures are
high.
In commenting upon Dr. Tilden’s talk, Dr. E. G. Linsley stated that he
and Dr. J. W. MacSwain had observed the emergence of Vanessa cardui L.
over several hundred square miles of the Mojave Desert which appeared to
be the major source of the butterflies in the widespread flights in the
Central Valley during the second week of April. Apparently the extensive
fields of annual plants which appeared in response to suitable late autumn
rainfall provided unusually favorable conditions for the build up of Vanessa
populations. He stated that Boraginaceae were particularly subject to attack
by larvae and that in many sections of the desert nearly all of the Cryptantha
was defoliated. Amsinckia, Lupinus, and Sphaeralcea were also heavily
attacked in local areas following defoliation of Cryptantha. In some places
it was difficult to walk without crushing pupae. Residual populations had
produced a large larval population, most of which would probably not mature
because of lack of food. On the Colorado desert, evidence was found of a
large but earlier emergence, perhaps a generation ahead of that on the
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Mojave. During the April flights the migrating butterflies provided a
definite hazard in the San Joaquin Valley because they obscured windshields.
Blackbirds and English Sparrows feasted on the dead butterflies on the
shoulders of the highway. The general trend of the flights was northerly or
northwesterly, although the pattern varied from time to time.
Dr. Hagen and Dr. Middlekauff commented on the recent abundance
of Vanessa in the Kettleman Hills and Marysville areas of California.
Dr. John P. Figg-Hoblyn presented an address on the interpretation of
the “dual innervation” of the apterygote antenna with reference to cephalic
segmentation.
Due to the absence of Dr. Duncan his address entitled “Entomology at
San Jose State College,” was read by Dr. Tilden. The growth of the ento-
mology program at the college from 1930, when general entomology first
was placed on its curriculum, to Its current, varied offerings and facilities i-s
indicative not only of the increasing significance of the field but also of the
enthusiasm of a dedicated staff. The meeting was adjourned at 4:10 p.m.
— Deane P. Furman, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Sixtieth Meeting
The annual field meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society
was held at Russelman Park, Contra Costa County, May 24, 1958. The
following members were present: Jane MacSwain, W. W. Middlekauff, Robert
L. Langston, Jon L. Herring, John A. Chemsak, Deane Furman, Ed Swift,
Hugh B. Leech, D. D. Jensen, E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, Herbert Ruckes,
Jr., J. W. Tilden, Wm. A. Russell, Paul H. Arnaud, Frank E. Skinner, D. G.
Denning, A. Earl Pritchard, Bill Ferguson, Donald M. Maddox, Charles
Cushner. Visitors were Juanita Linsley, Kay, Lynne, Bryan and Phil Furman,
Phyllis and Dave Middlekauff, William and June Simonds, Dick Gardiner,
Evelyn and Ann Langston, Mrs. Jon L. Herring, Mrs. Jerry Powell, Mary Ann
MaeHenry, Riley and Tim Swift, Patricia and Carol Jensen, Nancy, Lyn and
Ginger Ruckes, Hazel, Jimmy, Bernice and Jan Tilden, Marguerite Arnaud,
David Skinner, Loretta Dennintr, Marie Moor, Stephanie, Rickie and Robin
Ferguson, Ann and Debbie Maddox, Mary, Thomas and Bill Leech.
The pleasant, sunny afternoon was spent in picnicking, visiting with
old and new friends, collecting, and enjoying the recreational facilities of the
park. — Deane P. Furman, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Sixty-first Meeting
The two hundred and sixty-first meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomologi-
cal Society was held October 17, 1958, in the Morrison auditorium at the
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. President D. D.
Jensen called the meeting to order at 7:40 p.m.
The following members were present: E. S. Ross, 0. Bryant, G. A.
Samuelson, J. Gordon Edwards, Terry Seeno, W. A. Doolin, E. 0. Essig,
A. E. Michelbacher, Paul A. Harvey, Richard Dahl, Kenneth S. Hagen, Y.
Tanada, Don Burdick, Ibrahim K. Kaddou, Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Frank E.
Skinner, Evert E. Lindquist, Jerry A. Powell, Otto W. Graft Jr., Laura M.
Henry, T. S. Acker, William Russell, K. P. Shea, R. L. Doutt, J. W. Mac-
Swain, Jane MacSwain, Herbert Ruckes, Jr., Paul D. Hurd, Jr., Williaiu E.
January, 1959]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
59
Ferguson, D. D. Jensen, Dick Wilkey, Edwin Colt, Dennis Hynes, W. W.
Sampson, John A. Chenisak, Dennis Breedlove, W. D. Murray, Don Mac-
Neill, J. W. Tilden, J. H. Freitag, Richard Bushing, C. J. De Mars, D. P.
Furman. Visitors registering were: Edgar A. Smith, L. Caltagirone, Sterling
Bunnell, M. W. Bunnell, M. Ayroti, G. Pronin, David H. Huntzinger, Patricia,
Carol and Anita Jensen, Nancy Doolin, Marie W. Essig, Martha Michelbacher,
Kay M. Furman, Tom Leech, Ed. W. Kirschbaum, D. C. Rentz, S. D. Smith,
K. W. Brown, Mr. and Mrs. R. C. Elliott, Mr. and Mrs. Peter Rubtzoff,
Dorothy and Lynda Dahl, R. H. Van Zwalenburg, Mr. and Mrs. G. L. McGill,
Philip S. Barker, Theo F. Watson, Barry E. Pullen, F. X. Brace, L. Brace,
Margaret Cooper, Vlaxine Lindquist, Frances C. Powell, Anne Graf, G. J.
Haughey, M. Haughey, Elsa P. Russell, Ricky and Jeff Doutt, Ralph J.
Black, Art Smith, Lois B. McNally, James H. McNally, Keith A. Scott, Jen
Scott, Jeanette and Calvin Rogeis, Catherine Tosski, Mrs. W. D. Murray,
Nancy MacSwain, Mrs. C. G. Noack, John MacSwain, Elias Tuma, Paul
Kraemer, George P. Willsey, Gerard M. Thomas, David L. Wood, Glenn
Kissinger, Doris Eujimoto, Judy T amada, Ron Hall, John E. Henry, Meloi'a
Hilbert, Leon Spreyer, P. Watson, Dick Halbert, Richard H. Whitsel, Fred
J. Santana, Dorothy De Mars, Kathleen Conrey, David Bettencourt, Onkar
Singh Bindra, K. R. Thakare, R. Toschi, Nancy Ruckes, Grace Hurd, Kathryn
Hurd, W. W. A.llen, Frank B. Hicks, Stephanie Ferguson, Mrs. R. F. Wilkey,
Jose Rutilio Inezada, Woody Hilbert, D. Giuliani.
The minutes of the meetings held April 26 and May 24, 1958 were read
and approved.
The President announced appointment of a Nominating Committee to
select a slate of nominees for officers for 1959. The committee consisted of
Dr. Kenneth Hagen, Chairman; Dr. E. S. Ross and Dr. J. W. Tilden. He also
announced the appointment of an Auditing Committee composed of Dr. E. L.
Kessel, Chairman; Dr. J. W. VlacSwain and Dr. J. Gordon Edwards.
The President reported the death of one of the Society’s most valued
members. Professor G. F. Ferris. A special issue of the Pan-Pacific Entomolo-
gist is to be devoted to the memory of Professor Ferris.
Laura Henry announced that contributions are still being accepted for
the Gordon F. Ferris Memorial Fund, which will be used to provide a
scholarship in entomology.
Mr. H. B. Leech stated that Mrs. Ferris has donated drawings and other
items of interest to the Society’s historical file. The Society owes thanks to
Vlrs. Ferris for her generosity.
Dr. Ed. Smith, who recently returned from Indonesia, announced that
twenty to thirty foreign service positions are available for medical entomolo-
gists. Entomologists, either with or without previous field experience, are
being considered. The program is sponsored by the Internationa] Cooperation
Administration.
Dr. Ruckes nominated the following individuals for membership in the
Society:
Leopoldo Caltagirone, Entomology student from Chile, currently at the
University of California.
F. F. Bibby, Arizona Fertilizer Company, Phoenix, Arizona.
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
Dr. George D. Butler, Jr., Dept, of Entomology, University of Arizona.
Mr. Van Zwalenburg, retired entomologist of the Hawaiian Sugar
Planters’ Association, now residing in Santa Rosa, California.
Dr. Edwards nominated for membership:
Mr. David H. Huntzinger, student at San Jose State College.
The nominees were elected unanimously to regular membership.
In response to the President’s call for notes and exhibits Dr. Doutt
described the life history of a gall wasp which has an alternation of genera-
tions. This is the first proven case of heterogony among California cynipids
and was worked out simultaneously, independently, and without knowledge
of the other’s research by Mr. Robert Lyons of Los Angeles City College
and Dr. Doutt.
The species is Dryocosmus duhiosus (Fullaway). It produces a bisexual
generation in early spring which develops in the male aments of the black
oaks. The mated females oviposit in the veins of the leaves. The eggs are
slow in hatching for the first larvae appeared only after two months and
some eggs were found to be viable and to hatch as long as six months after
deposition. Dr. Doutt found that unlike other Hymenoptera the unfertilized
eggs of this species do not develop parthenogenetically, and he suggests this
may be unique.
The galls produced on the leaves are bicornate and from them emerge
a uni-sexual generation of females. Dr. Doutt found these to be of two types:
one type produces female progeny only, whereas the other produces males
exclusively. The wasps from these leaf galls were originally described as a
distinct species in a separate genus, and the present biological study shows
they must now be synonymized with D. duhiosus which has priority. Dr. Doutt
objects to the use of trinomials to designate alternate generations, and
furthermore believes that the common usage of the terms sexual and agamic
generations is erroneous for the agamic generation is really sexual. He
would propose that the binomial be used and tben followed by an appropriate
designation of either bisexual or unisexual generation which is both descrip-
tive and accurate.
Mr. Hugh B. Leech stated that in the minutes of the 232nd Meeting of
this Society, he recorded Stator limbatus (Horn) as occurring in some
numbers at Lucerne, Lake County, California, in August, 1953 (Proc.
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., in Pan-Pacific Ent., 30 (l):85-86. 1954). In mid-
August, 1959, be and his family were camping on the grounds of Cottage
City Resort at Lucerne. Adults of S. limbatus were flying in numbers during
the heat of the day, and annoying people by settling on them. The beetles
were almost as persistent as small flies, and two of those which got on his
skin gave an appreciable nip with their mandibles. Seed pods were maturing
on adjacent black acacia trees {Acacia melanoxylon R. Br.) at the time,
and the bruchids were readily obtained by jarring branches. It was difficult
to get even fifty per cent of those knocked onto a beating sheet, though,
because they took flight almost as they landed.
Dr. J. W. Tilden noted that the summer season was longer this year
at high elevations in the Sierra Nevada as compared with the same season
of the preceding three years (1955, 1956, 1957). Whereas in 1957 no insects
January, 1959]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
61
were flying after September 1, in the same area above Tioga Pass, Yosemite
National Park, this year many insects were flying on September 3.
Of particular interest was the presence of several specimens of Parnassius
clodius haldur Edwards. This insect normally flies earlier in the season and
at much lower elevations. On September 3, 1958, it was flying at an elevation
of 11,000 feet, in the Alpine Fell-fields Association, an area where Parnassius
smintheus hehrii Edwards is normally found in July and August. This
elevation is not the usual habitat of P. clodius.
Mr. D. H. Huntzinger exhibited two Cimex pilosellus (Horv.) and
four Basilia forcipata Ferris, taken from Myotis species collected in Oregon
Caves National Monument, September 8, 1958. He also noted the collection
of one Silpha surinamensis Fabricius taken at Crater Lake National Park
on September 4, 1958, under a deer carcass. This, eastern species of Silphidae
may be a new record for Oregon.
J. G. Edwards displayed a specimen of the brilliant gi'een buprestid,
Trachykele opulenta Fall, which was collected by Mrs. Vaughn in Cambria,
California. Ecological data are not yet known concerning this specimen, but
it is believed that this is a significant extension of the known range of this
species.
Edwards also displayed a reduviid of the genus Triatoma which had
hospitalized a San Jose rancher the previous week with severe nausea, wide-
spread rash, dizziness, and so forth. When he returned home he found the
bug resting beneath his pillow. It feigned death for two days but when
heated on the stove it jumped into action and was as lively as a spider.
When it cooled, it again feigned death, for two more days, until heated
again. This procedure has been repeated again, but the specimen now is
“looking dead” again.
Dr. Usinger commented on bites of Triatoma in California. He stated
that in an average year about four such cases of severe reaction to the bites
of the bug are reported. The severity of reaction seems associated with
increasing sensitivity following successive bites.
Dr. E. S. Ross next presented the main address of the evening, dealing
with his recent extensive collecting trip in Africa. His major research interest,
study of the insect order Embioptera, requires personal collection and
observations in the major tropical regions of the world. Photographic records
of the natural history of these areas, particularly that concerned with insects,
has become a major by-product of the research. Dr. Ross described highlights
of his 26,000 mile trip through Africa. Ample evidence of the endless
opportunities for filming little known fauna and flora of the area was
presented in the form of a series of wonderful color slides.
The meeting was adjourned to the “Coffee Social” at 10 p.m. — Deane
P. Furman, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Sixty-second Meeting
The two hundred and sixty-second meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society was held December 13, 1958, in the Morrison Auditorium
at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California. President
D. D. Jensen called the meeting to order at 1:10 p.m.
The following members were present: R. L. Doutt, Herbert Ruckes, Jr.,
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
D. P. Furman, D. D. Jensen, F. E. Skinner, E. L. Kessel, P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
R. L. Usinger, E. 0. Essig, K. S. Hagen, J. H. Freitag, R. W. Thorpe, D. D.
Linsdale, E. E. Lindquist, J. A. Powell, J. W. MacSwain, T. S. Acker, R. L.
Langston, J. W. Tilden, W. D. Murray, L. E. Caltagirone, P. H. Arnaud, Jr.,
C. D. MacNeill, C. Cuschner, P. A. Harvey, D. J. Burdick, W. A. Doolin,
A. E. Pritchard, J. A. Chemsak, E. S. Ross, M. Wasbauer, R. C. Miller.
Visitors registering were: H. Ruckes, Sr., John MacSwain, James Milstead,
Derham Giuliani, Woody Hilbert, H. Bikler, K. W. Brown, Marshall Reed,
Nancy Doolin, Jack R. Powers.
The minutes of the meeting held October 17, 1958 were read, amended
and approved.
Di-. Ross announced that Mr. Owen Bryant, a long time member of the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, passed away late in October of this
year and left the bulk of his estate to the California Academy of Sciences
for the benefit of the Department of Entomology. This included the remaining
portions of his insect collection and library as well as an endowment fund.
Prior to his death Mr. Bryant had already donated a large part of his insect
collection to the California Academy of Sciences.
Dr. H. Ruckes, Jr., proposed the following nominees for membership in
the Society: Woody Hilbert, Derham Giuliani, Jack R. Powers, Robin Thorpe,
C. E. Kennett. They were elected by unanimous vote to full membership.
President Jenson announced that Mr. Van Zwalenburg had been appoint-
ed to fill the vacancy in the Publication Committee left by the death of Pro-
fessor Ferris. Dr. J. Gordon Edwards was appointed as a member of the
Special Committee on Nomenclature, and Dr. Usinger was appointed chair-
man.
The Chairman of the Auditing Committee, Dr. E. L. Kessel, reported
the books of the Society were found to be in order.
In response to the President’s call for notes and exhibits, Jerry A. Powell
exhibited specimens of an unusual tortricid moth, Synnoma lynosyrana
Walsingham. The species shows remarkable sexual dimorphism which is
a very aberrant characteristic among the Tortricidae. The females, having a
very large abdomen, seem unable to fly successfully. The genus and the
monotypic species were described from specimens collected in 1871 on the
plains northeast of Mt. Shasta by Lord Walsingham. The species has sub-
sequently been reared from Chrysothamnus from the same area and at least
as far north as southern Idaho. The specimens shown were reared from larvae
collected on both Chrysothamnus nauseosus and C. viscidiflorus near Weed,
Siskiyou County, California in August, 1958. The larvae live in tough, silken
tubes and are often so numerous that they draw up the branches of the host
plant into conspicuous bundles. Also shown were the black egg patches of
the species which had been laid in late September. Some of the eggs had
hatched, but it was suggested that this was probably due to the laboratory
conditions, as the larvae died without constructing hibernaculi.
Dr. J. W. Tilden exhibited the larva of a fly of the genus Microdon,
family Syrphidae, that had been taken by Paul Shafer, a student at San
Jose State College. The larva was collected on November 28, 1958, from
under the bark of a decayed stump of ponderosa pine, in an area that had
January, 1959]
PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOC.
63
been timbered over about fourteen years ago. The locality was three miles
below Georgetown, El Dorado County, California, at an elevation of 2300 ft.
Donald J. Burdick and Marius Wasbauer presented the following paper
entitled. Provisioning behavior of Methocha calif ornica Westwood.
“The only previous biological note concerning Methocha californica
Westwood was presented in 1912 at the 46th meeting of this society. At this
meeting J. C. Bridwell in a commentary on some rare and little known
Hymenoptera, which he had collected, mentioned that the species was
‘parasitic in the burrows of tiger beetles.’ The first account of Methocha
as a cicindelid parasite was by Adlerz in 1903 when he observed a female
of M. ichneumonides Latreille successfully attack and paralyze a large
tiger-beetle larva. Since this time a number of observations on this and
other species have been reported and in each case a' cicindelid larva was
used as prey.
“Our observations were made on two females collected by J. Powell and
Burdick as they crossed the nesting site of a species of a sphecid which
they had under observation. After establishing Omus calif ornicus Eschscholtz
larvae, admittedly abnormal hosts, in observation burrows, a Methocha
female would be placed in the jar and watched while she searched, found,
paralyzed and oviposited on the Omus larva. In all, twelve larvae were
paralyzed and eleven eggs were laid by the two Methocha females. When
first dropped into the jar, the female, moving rapidly and randomly, investi-
gated any depressions or burrows that she came across. Upon finding the
occupied burrow, she pointed her antennae down into the burrow and
became quiescent. Usually she would then move to the side of the burrow
that the host’s mouthparts were on and would walk down the burrow toward
the host. This orientation placed the female in position to reach the ventral
part of the host’s neck with her sting. The Omus larva, by this time aware
of the intruder, had prepared itself to strike. The approach of the Methocha
was very rapid, and she was able to place at least her first two pairs ol
legs on top of the flat shield formed by the head and prothorax of the host
neiore the larva lunged upward, raising its head and closing its mandibles
upon its attacker. At this time, the female dropped her abdomen down, and
the mandibles of the Omus closed harmlessly around the wasp’s narrow
waist. In this position, the female stung her host in the neck, temporarily
paralyzing it. She then lifted her abdomen through the now inactive mandibles
of her host and climbed out of the burrow. Here she wandered about for a
short time and then reentered the burrow and began preparing the host
for oviposition.
“After the initial sting delivered by the female Methocha, the tiger
beetle larva was usually rendered immobile. However, thei'e was some
variation in the degree of paralysis. The paralysis was of a very temporary
nature, and in most cases eighty to ninety percent mobility was regained by
the Omus larva within 24 hours.
“Following the initial sting and paralysis of the prey, there was always
a secondary stinging response which was altogether different from the first.
The female Methocha oriented herself so that she faced the venter of the
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 1
prey within the hurrow, grasped one of the fore or mid coxae in her man-
dibles, curled her entire body upwards and around and stung the Omus
larva in the membranous area just behind the head capsule. This was
repeated an average of four to five times during the course of a provisioning
cycle. We found that we could increase the number of subsequent stings
merely by moving the Omus larva in the burrow. Apparently movement on
the part of the host incited the stinging response.
“After the host larva was stung into quiescence, the wasp engaged in
host feeding. She accomplished this by maxillating the venter in the neck
region or at the base of one of the coxae. When she succeeded in puncturing
the skin she then fed on the exuding blood.
“In preparing the larva for oviposition, the wasp tilted the head capsule
of the prey back by pushing it with her head. She then climbed up and
grasped the head capsule with her fore and middle legs, moving her
abdomen around until it contacted the hind coxa of the host larva. The
abdomen was then moved back and forth several times and the egg extruded.
The egg was always placed mesally at the base of the hind coxa and its
position was relatively constant. This constancy is understandable when
we consider that the prey recovered rapidly and was able to move about
in the burrow. In this position the egg was relatively safe from being crushed
or dislodged.
“After oviposition, the wasp began to fill the burrow, usually first by
prying material loose from the upper sides of the burrow with her mandibles
and then walking out of the burrow to search for pieces of material of
suitable size, which she carried in her mandibles and placed on the cephalo-
thoracic shield of the prey. We noted no raking of material with the front
legs, a trait characteristic of so many aculeate wasps.
“The egg hatched in from four to five days and the first instar larva
remained in the same position as the egg had been, feeding suctorially on
the body juices of the host. This suctorial feeding continued up to the time
of death of the host, in about ten to twelve days. By this time, the Methocha
larva was quite large and moved about freely, often feeding inside the body
of the dead Omus larva. The active larval period of the parasite was com-
pleted in twelve to fifteen days. Two of the larvae formed cocoons. The
adults will probably not emerge until next spring.”
The talk was illustrated by a series of excellent color slides.
Dr. Hagen, as Chairman of the Nominating Committee, announced that
the following members had been nominated for officers for 1959: R. L.
Doutt, President; R. M. Bohart, Vice-President; D. P. Furman, Secretary;
R. C. Miller, Treasurer. No further nominations were I'eceived from the
floor. The nominees were unanimously elected to office.
President Jensen turned over the chairmanship of the meeting to incom-
ing President Doutt.
Dr. Jensen delivered the Presidential address entitled “Insects — Both
Hosts and Vectors of Plant Viruses.” The text of his stimulating address
is to appear as a separate paper in the Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The meeting was adjourned to the “Coffee Social” at 3:40 p.m.— Deane
P. Furman, Secretary:
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
- ON
THE
TEAM
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
The basic principal guiding Sunland activi-
ties is to supply, from the modern world of
chemistry, those chemical tools necessary
to solve the production problems of agri-
culture in California's great producing
areas.
To this end we join research finding to
service and supply according to needs.
OUR CLAIM TO FAME . .
Players on the World’s
greatest Agribusiness Team.
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
P. O. Box 1669. Fresno AM 6-9881
11
Specialist!
Tliis handsome fellow specializes
in “inside jobs.” He’s the corn
borer. He may not be the ugliest
insect known to Agriculture, but
the damage he inflicts ranks him
right up there with the worst.
One fact remains very clear. The
corn borer and his flying, crawling,
burrowing and hopping “cousins”
Agricultural production.
Only through continuing research and experimentation can we
hope to win the vigorous battle with the insect world. Shell
Chemical Corporation, with the valuable co-operation of inde-
pendent entomologists, U.S.D.A. staff researchers, extension work-
ers and growers, strives to develop better and more successful
pesticides to reduce crop losses.
Modern Shell pesticides, now in use as a result of this close
co-operation, include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin. Methyl Parathion
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon® Soil Fumigants
and Allyl Alcohol weed seed killer.
Newer pesticides, now in the laboratory stages at Shell Chemi-
cal’s experimental research center at Modesto, California, promise
an even more effective defense against insects.
Shell Chemical Corporation looks to a better tomor- /O ' ' i}\
row for Agriculture through chemical research today. vSHELLi
For technical information on Shell products, write to:
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION
• 460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK ^
HERCULES RESEARCH-
First Step toward Improved Pesticides
NX58-2.
Fron; [he Hercules Research Center and Agricultural
Chet: icals Laboratories come an ever increasing number
of products that contribute to more productive farming
and increased comfort for leisure hours. Here are the
established members of the Hercules family: Toxaplieiic
agricultural insecticide; Thanite® for oil base and aerosol
insecticides; Delnav* phosphate pesticide; nieta Delphene®
insect repellent.
Today in the laboratories, research continues on the
products that will join them in the future. But before they
become available you can be sure that thousands of
compounds have been carefully screened and extensive
tests conducted in the field because only the best is good
enough to meet the standards of Hercules research.
That’s why you can look to Hercules for leadership in
the development of insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides.
Agricultural Chemicals Division, Naval Stores Department
HERCULES POWDER COMPANY
.NCOncoCATED
900 Market Street.^ Wilmington 99 , Delaware
^Trademark
IV
A Cyanamid Report:
What’s new with Malathion?
New intervals for Malathion— Malathion continues to be the ideal
material for late season insect control. Reduced intervals between last
application and harvest were received on these crops in 1958 :
Tomatoes — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsifi-
ahle Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
malathion 4% to 5% dusts.
Pears — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57% Emulsifi-
able Liquid.
Cucumbers 1
Squash >— from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsi-
Melons ; fiable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
4% to 5% dusts.
Brambleberry Family — from 7 days to 1 day with malathion 57%
Emulsifiable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Pow-
der and 4% to 5% dusts.
Extended interval : — The label for leaf lettuce has been extended from
10 days to 14 days. The label for head lettuce remains the same: 7 days.
New crop uses for Malathion — Label acceptance of malathion for
insect control on figs and okra extends its already long crop use list to 95.
Okra — For the control of aphids. Use recommended rates of
malathion Emulsifiable Liquid, Wettable Powder or dusts
up to time pods start to form.
Figs — For control of dried fruit beetles and vinegar flies. Use
Emulsifiable Liquid or dusts at recommended rates. Apply
when necessary up to 8 days from harvest.
New animal claims — In addition to label acceptance for direct appli-
cation on cattle, hogs, poultry, cats and dogs, malathion has received
these labels for direct application on sheep, goats and swine:
For the control of lice, ticks and keds on sheep and goats. Apply 16 lbs.
of malathion 25% Wettable Powder per 100 gallons of water. Spray
animals thoroughly. Repeat application after 2 or 3 weeks if needed.
Do not apply to milk goats. Do not treat animals under one month of
age. When applying sprays, avoid contamination of feed, food contain-
ers and watering troughs.
For the control of lice on swine, use malathion 4% or 5% dust making
a thorough application to the animals. In addition, pens should also be
thoroughly dusted. Repeat application in 10 days, and thereafter as
needed. Avoid contamination of feed, food containers and watering
troughs.
Developer and producers of
malathion and parathion.
American Cyanamid Company,
Agricultural Division, Dept. HE,
New York 20, N. Y.
MAL/VTHION
INSECTICIDES
V
Du Pont Pest Control Chemicals
FUNGICIDES Fermate" ferbam fungicide
Zerlate* ziram fungicide
Parzate* liquid nabam fungicide
Parzate* zineb fungicide
Manzate''' maneb fungicide
Thylate* thiram fungicide
Copper A fixed copper fungicide
INSECTICIDES Marlate* 2-MR Methoxychlor insecticide (liquid)
Marlate* 50 methoxychlor insecticide (dry)
90% Technical methoxychlor oil concentrate
Deenate'^' SOW DDT insecticide
EPN 300 insecticide
WEED AND
BRUSH KILLERS
Telvar'”' monuron weed killer
Karmex* diuron weed killer
Kloben'" neburon weed killer
“Tryben” 200 weed killer
Ammate* X weed and brush killer
SEED Ceresan* 100 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
DISINFECTANTS Ceresan^" 200 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
^ disinfectant
Ceresan* M-2X seed disinfectant
Arasan"'" 75 seed protectant
Arasan* SF-M thiram seed disinfectant
Arasan* SF-X thiram seed disinfectant
Delsan* A-D seed disinfectant and protectant
Semesan* seed disinfectant
Semesan BeP’' seed disinfectant (for potatoes)
Semesan* turf fungicide (organic mercurial)
Tersan'" thiram turf fungicide
OTHER
CHEMICALS
VPM soil fumigant
Spreader-Sticker
On all chemicals, follow label instructions and warnings
carefully
'■■Reg. trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Technical representatives located throughout the West
REG. U.S. PAT. OFF-
E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Grasselli Chemicals Department
701 Welch Road Palo Alto, California
VI
Kelthane, the new longer-lasting miticide, is a real boon to any grower
who must keep mite populations at a low level. Its success is attested to
by growers of many fruits, vegetables, flowers, shrubs and ornamentals.
Kelthane gives you fast, positive kill of most troublesome mite
species, including “resistant” strains. Fewer applications are required,
because of its long residual activity. What’s more, Kelthane is
harmless to operators, beneficial insects, animals and adjacent crops
when used as directed. For minimum mite damage and maximum
yields . . . look to Kelthane, today’s really effective miticide in
emulsifiable concentrate, wettable powder, or dust formulations.
Chemicals for Agriculture
ROHM e HAAS
COM PANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
Kelthane is a trademark, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in principal foreign countries.
Checkmate for mites . . .
kelthane
Vll
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM "L" • MULTI-FILM "C"
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X-77
C-P-S DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
COLLOIDAL PRODUCTS CORP.
100 GATE 5 ROAD SAUSALITO, CALIF.
THERE’S A
TRONA^ INSECTICIDE
ALKRON®
parathion formulaMons
ARATRONt
miticide containing
Aramite
BROMOFUME®
EDB soil fumigants
BROMOTOX®
low dosage space
fumigant
ESTONMITE®
ovex miticide-ovicide
ESTONATE®
50% DDT liquids and
powders
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DEPARTMENT
FOR EVERY FARM NEED .
NEMAFUME®
soil fumigant
TETRON®
TEPP formulations
ALDRIN, DIELDRIN
&ENDRIN
liquid formulations
PHOSDRIN
liquid formulations
^Trademark AP & C C
MALAPHOS®
malathion formulations
MBC FUMIGANTt
methyl bromide with
chloropicrin warning
agent
METHYL BROMIDE
space fumigant
METRONf
methyl parathion
formulations
American Pota^ & Chemical Corporalion
3000 WEST 6TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 54, CALIFORNIA
235 Montgomery St., San Francisco 4, Calif. • 1320 S.W, Broadway, Portland 1, Ore.
Latest word
from the front:
TRITHION® is doing a job
on mites, scale, aphid!
Stauffer TRITHION, in its first season of registration on a
wide range of bearing tree, field, and row crops, has per^
formed magnificently by controlling mites, scale, and aphids.
Dormant sprays with Trithion have cleaned up scale, mite
eggs, and aphid eggs. Late spring and summer sprays have
provided long-lasting mite control in orchards, grapes, cotton,
melons, and many other crops. Post-harvest cleanup sprays
have rid fruit trees of eg-laying mites and aphids.
(R)TRITHI0N is Stauffer Chemical Company's trade-maric, registered
in principal cities, for 0,0-diethyl S-p-chlorophenylthiomethyl
phosphorodithioate, an insecticide.
STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
WESTERN OFFICES':
San Francisco, Los Angeles, North Portland, Glendale (Ariz.), Fresno
IX
THERE’S
BONUS
EVERY
BUSHEL
thanks
to
• RESEARCH
• QUALITY CONTROL
• FIELD TESTING
• FIELD SERVICE
Putting Ideas to Work
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL
CORPORATION
Niagara Chemical Division
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA ■ MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
X
FIRST IN SERVICE
AGRICULTURAL INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES WEED KILLERS
MOYER CHEMICAL COMPANY
P. O. Box 945, Son Jose, California
Control Major Citrus Pests
at Lower Cost
with
PARATHION
You get wide-range effective control
with PARATHION . . . black, red,
yellow, purple, citrlcola and cottony-
cushion scales; aphids; mealy and
plant bugs; thrips, orange tortrix, and
little fire ants.
All these pests are controlled at the
lowest per-acre cost because you need
about half as much Parathion.
To fit your needs, leading insecticide
manufacturers offer formulations based
on NiRAN(R) (Monsanto Parathion)
. . . see your insecticide dealer for
dependable fast-control formulations
w ith Parathion.
NIRAN : Reg. U.S. Patent Office
MONSANTO
Where Creative Chemistry
works wonders for you.
MONSANTO CHEMICAL CO.
Organic Chemical Div.
St. Louis, Mo.
In Canada: Monsanto, Canada
XI
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
relied upon
from Coast to Coast
Known for
Quality • Service • Dependability
PENNSALT OF WASHINGTON DIVISION
PENNSALT CHEMICALS CORPORATION
TACOMA, WASHINGTON
Aurora, Ilf. Bryan, Tex.
Montgomery, Ala. Portland, Ore,
Los Angeles and Menlo Park, Calif*
Pennsalt
Chemicals
ESTABLISHED 1850
I
I
\
the
best ways to stop
insect
damage!
HEPTACHLOR
America's leading soil insecticide. Pro- '
tects forage crops without contaminating milk or meat. Used to control a wide variety of
/''f ' irisectS on all major crops. .
CHLORDANE America's leading lawn and garden insec-
ticide. Used-extensively by pest control operator^ tor terrriite control, because of its long
■ residual effectiveness.
■ A ■ '"J ' i ■ ■ ■ ■
ENDRIN A powerful new vi/eapon in the war against ;crop damaging ■
. ;' i" insects. Crop, pests which previouslyjyviire Extremely difficult to control'can now be killed • . •
easily and economically with Endrin. ' . r"'.
yELSICoL^^irtEl^fCAU CORPOR%‘t€)N
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago ill, Illinois'
VC
' s . - ’
J * ^
t'.' ■ '
I
Vol. XXXV APRIL, 1959
No.2
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
JENSEN — Insects, both hosts and vectors of plant viruses 65
PRITCHARD & POWELL — Pyramidobela angelarum Keifer on
ornamental Buddleia in the San Francisco Bay area 82
ABBOTT — The 1958 migration of the Painted Lady Butterfly,
Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus), in California 83
RUCKES — Two new records for the cone beetle genus Conoph-
thorus Hopkins in California 94
SCHUSTER — Notes on Morius occidens Casey with a description
of the male - 95
KORMONDY — A few Odonata from Yosemite 98
SMITH — The Japygidae of North America 1 — Provalljapyginae
and Nanojapyx 99
CLAUSEN — Releases of recently imported insect parasites and
predators in California, 1956—57 - 107
POWELL — Notes on the California species of the genus Pyla Grote 109
EATON — Observations on the survival of Arhopalus productus
(LeConte) larvae in Douglas-flr lumber 114
WILLIAMS — A preoccupied name in Solierella 116
FOURTH ANNUAL INSECT PHOTOGRAPHIC SALON 97
SAN FRANCISCO. CALIFORNIA • 1959
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Ltnsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor R. L. Usincer
E. S. Ross J. A. Powell, Acting Editor H. B. Leech
D. D. Linsdale, Asst. Editor
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ing appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
pha,gss of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to J. A. Powell, at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address,
requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be addressed
to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco 18, California.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, $1.00. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
MEMOIRS SERIES
of the
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
THE SUCKING LICE by G. F. Ferris S6.00
A 320-page book wiiicli summarizes the knowledge on
the Anopiura of the world. Published by the Society,
October, 1951.
THE SPIDER MITE FAMILY TETRANYCHIDAE by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker $10.00
This world-wide treatment deals with the systematics
identification, and economics of the “Red Spiders” and
includes descriptions of thirty-three new species. Pub-
lished by the Society, July, 1955.
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park 18, San
Francisco.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXXV. April, 1959
No. 2
INSECTS, BOTH HOSTS AND VECTORS OF
PLANT VIRUSES ^
D. D. Jensen
University of Calif ornia, Berkeley
Man, in his attempts to explain the observed phenomena of
nature, travels from naive conjectures to the complexities of
experimental facts and then seeks generalized simplicity. In the
field of virus research we are still in the complex stage in which
every generalization proposed has at least one Achilles Heel.
A Newton of viruses has not yet appeared on the horizon. Never-
theless, the chase is on and in scores of laboratories throughout
the world the quarry is being glimpsed at closer and closer, though
still distant, range. Most avidly pursued of all is tobacco mosaic
virus which must scarcely dare call its nucleic acid its own.
Among the most complex and least understood of the plant
viruses are those which rely heavily or exclusively on insects for
their dissemination in nature. The relationships of viruses to their
vectors have been studied by a relatively small group of research
workers. Yet evidence is accumulating that the insect vector, far
from being merely a “flying needle” contaminated with virus, as
some have been inclined to consider it, may prove to be the
pristine host of some, if not all, plant viruses.
I should like to review some of the more interesting discov-
eries and hypotheses involving vector-virus relationships, parti-
cularly the recent ones and those dealing primarily with the leaf-
hopper transmitted viruses.
Some important discoveries have been made accidentally or
as by-products of planned investigations; others have required
the penetrating thought and imagination so perceptively described
by Schopenhauer (and recently quoted by a colleague) when he
said : “Thus the task is, not so much to see what no man has seen
yet, but to think what nobody has thought yet, about that which
everybody sees.”
Why is a Vector a Vector?
The vast majority of known plant virus vectors are insects.
Eriophyid mites are also proving to be important vectors of a
^ Presidential address, presented to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, December 13,
1958.
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
few viruses in recent years. This year for the first time, a non-
arthropod was demonstrated to transmit a plant virus when
Hewitt et al. (1958) reported Xiphinema index Thorne and Allen,
a plant parasitic nematode, to be a vector of grape fan leaf virus.
One of the basic questions in vector-virus relationships, and
one about which we are still almost completely ignorant, concerns
the factors which govern the transmissibility of viruses by vectors.
The vectors of most plant viruses show general but not inflexible
phylogenetic affinities. Thus, aphid-transmitted viruses have not
been shown conclusively to be transmitted also by leafhoppers,
beetles or other insect groups. Viruses associated with leafhoppers
are transmissible only by leafhoppers — except in the case of
Pierce’s disease virus of grapes which is carried by spittle bugs
of the family Cercopidae and by sharpshooters in the family
Cicadellidae, but not by other leafhoppers. The common denomi-
nator among all the vectors of this virus is their habit of feeding
in the xylem rather than the phloem of the plants.
There appears to be less group specificity among the vectors
of animal viruses. For example, the experimental vectors of the
virus causing western equine encephalitis include ticks as well
as mosquitoes.
Bennett and Wallace (1938) have shown that the curly top
virus of sugar beets, transmitted in the United States only by
Circulifer tenellus (Baker), can be acquired and carried in the
bodies of aphids, mites, thrips and other leafhoppers for long
periods of time, but is not transmitted by these species.
The specific cause for failure of a virus to be transmitted by
non-vector species or by a genetic strain of its normal vector has
been demonstrated only once. Storey (1939) bred a strain of
Cicadulina mbila (Naude) which consistently failed to transmit
maize streak virus in Africa. However, these “inactive” indi-
viduals could be made active vectors if, after they had fed on a
diseased plant, the stomach wall of the insects was punctured with
a fine needle to permit some of the infective plant juice to enter
the blood in the body cavity. This showed that the barrier to
virus passage existed in the wall of the intestine.
Present evidence suggests that the constitutional stability of
insects as vectors of plant viruses is much greater than are the
viruses which they transmit. However, this does not imply that
April, 1959] jensen — insects and plant viruses
67
vector species are homozygous in this respect and show uniformity
and consistency in transmitting ability.
Bjorling and Ossiannilsson (1958) have just published the
results of extensive experiments involving 10 asexually reared
strains of six different species of aphids as vectors of two persist-
ent viruses, beet yellows and potato leaf roll. The aphids were:
Myzus persicae (Sulzer), M. ascalonicus Doncaster, Aphis fabae
Scopoli, Aulacorthum circumflexum (Buckton), A. solani Kalten-
bach) and Macrosiphum euphorbiae (Thomas). Nearly all of the
strains of Myzus persicae were better vectors of both potato leaf
roll and beet yellows virus than were the best strains of the other
aphid species compared.
Most of the work dealt with 85 strains of Myzus persicae
which had been collected from widely different geographical and
ecological sources. Virus transmission tests over a three year
period revealed that these 85 strains could be grouped in a
continuous series which ranged from 10 per cent to 80 per cent
in virus transmitting ability. Moreover, there was no correlation
between the field source plant of the aphid strain, nor the plants
on which the aphids fed just prior to being used in virus tests,
and their efficiency as vectors.
Most of the strains were fairly efficient vectors with individual
aphids of 70 of the 85 strains transmitting beet yellows virus to
30 per cent or higher of the test plants. The absolute differences
in transmission efficiency were great between some strains and
significant in a number of cases. The authors were led to conclude
that “these differences between more or less effective vector strains
within the same species seem to be genetically determined.” This
was also supported by tests in which two aphid strains of similar
vector efficiency were crossed. The efficiency of the progeny was
markedly below that of the parents.
Loss AND Recovery of Insect Transmissibility by Viruses
There is now considerable evidence that the insect transmis-
sibility of many plant viruses is not constant, but varies sometimes
in relatively short periods of time. For many years it has been the
not uncommon experience of those who work with insects and
viruses to find that known vectors of certain viruses sometimes
transmit them inefficiently or not at all. Very often this is encoun-
tered after an interruption of transmission work for several
months or years. It is apparently often due to a reduction in virus
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
litre in a plant which has been infected for an extended period
of time. However, in other instances it may occur with viruses
whose titre has been maintained at a high level by frequent
transmission to new plants or animals by means of mechanical
inoculation.
Transmissibility by mosquitoes of certain strains of yellow
fever, encephalitides and dengue viruses is greatly reduced or
eliminated after repeated passage by mechanical means in the
vertebrate hosts (Reeves, 1958).
Viruses are known to mutate and it is probable that vectorless
mutants may appear which, in the absence of insect transmission,
might supplant the insect transmissible virus strain.
Black (1953) maintained three isolates of potato yellow dwarf
virus for 12-16% years in plants without insect transmission. At
the end of this period the leaf hop per vector was unable to transmit
these isolates whereas control leafhoppers transmitted fresh
isolates of the virus, collected in the field, with normal high
frequency. Very recently Black et al (1958) reported the same
phenomenon for wound-tumor virus and its leafhopper vector.
Similar loss of transmissibility by aphids was reported by
Hollings (1955) for tomato aspermy virus. One isolate, at first
easily transmitted by aphids, was transmitted only with great
difficulty by vectors after two years of mechanical transmission
to tobacco.
I worked with an aphid transmissible virus of garden
nasturtium, Tropaeolum majus, over a period of several years.
Vector work was then discontinued for approximately two years
during which the virus was transmitted by juice inoculation
every few months. When aphids were tried again as vectors trans-
mission occurred only rarely. Field collected Myzus persicae
were also tried as vectors but they succeeded no better than did
our greenhouse colonies.
In the above cases loss of transmissibility by insects followed
two or more years of virus maintenance or transmission in the
absence of insects. Swenson (1957) reported that one of two
isolates of bean yellow mosaic virus lost its ability to be trans-
mitted by three species of aphids within a period of one to
four months.
The most obvious explanation suggested by these results is
that the virus isolates in question lost their ability to be trans-
April, 1959] JENSEN INSECTS AND PLANT VIRUSES
69
mitted by their normal vectors as a result of mutations of the
virus. Since the tomato aspermy virus isolate became almost com-
pletely vectorless in a two-year period it may be inferred that the
alleged mutant strain was replacing the insect transmitted strain
gradually. In contrast to this, however, is the fact that Swenson’s
bean virus apparently became completely vectorless within one
to four months after having been transmitted readily by three
species of aphids.
That the apparent loss of insect transmissibility by a virus
may be reversible has been reported by Watson (1956, 1958).
Potato virus C, derived from potatoes, was not transmissible by
aphids. However, after mechanical inoculation into Nicotiana
glutiiiosa this virus could be transmitted by Myzus persicae.
When returned to potato by means of aphids, the virus ultimately
reverted to the vectorless strain although certain isolates remained
aphid transmissible through several passages in potato.
The first speculative explanations suggested by this phenomenon
were of two different types. One involved possible mutations; the
other required a quantitative rather than a qualitative hypothesis
and postulated vectorial and vectorless virus particles which varied
in ratio in the different hosts. Each of these hypotheses required
assumptions that are without precedent.
What may prove to be a more plausible explanation has just
been reported. Badami and Kassanis (1958) obtained a strain of
potato virus Y, from Solanum jasminoides from India, which in
potato closely resembled the potato virus C used by Watson.
However, after separation from two other viruses which were also
present in S. jasminoides, this virus was readily transmitted by
Myzus persicae. These previously undescribed viruses are reported
to decrease the multiplication of the virus Y strain and also its
aphid transmissibility.
This suggests that Watson’s potato virus C may not be aphid-
transmissable from potato because of the possible presence in
potato of another virus which reduces or prevents transmission of
virus by aphids. Tobacco may not be a host of this virus and thus
virus C would be available for transmission by aphids.
This phenomenon is just the opposite of that reported by Smith
(1945) for the virus complex known as tobacco rosette. One
component, mottle virus, is easily transmitted mechanically but
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
cannot be transmitted by Myzus persicae unless it occurs in the
same plant which carries vein-distorting virus.
Cross Protection Between Viruses in Insects
Although plants are not known to produce antibodies to infec-
tive disease agents such as we know to be common in animals,
plants, after infection by a virus, may acquire immunity to related
and sometimes more virulent strains of the same virus. The different
strains have been assumed to arise through mutation, but there
is now evidence that genetic recombination may also be involved.
The ability of one virus strain to prevent a second strain from
producing its own characteristic disease symptoms in the same
plant has been considered evidence that the two strains are elosely
related. However, it is also possible to have closely related strains,
such as those of curly top virus of sugar beets, which do not protect
against each other either in the plant or in the insect vector
(Giddings, 1950) .
Kunkel (1955) showed that the California and the eastern U.S.
strains of aster yellows virus protect against each other in some
of their common host plants. He also obtained evidence that the
same strains protect against each other in the aster leafhopper,
Macro steles fascifrons (Stal) . Working with groups of leafhoppers,
he found that those which fed for two weeks on plants infected
with one strain of virus and then fed two weeks on plants carrying
the other virus strain, always transmitted only the first strain.
Experiments of several different types have demonstrated that
aster yellows virus multiplies in the aster leafhopper as well as in
the plant. Although the mechanism of cross protection among
viruses is not known, it has been inferred that related strains need
the same materials for multiplication and that the first virus to
invade a host occupies the sites of virus multiplication and uses
up the materials available, thus denying to the challenging strain
the products it needs for multiplication.
However, more extensive experiments by Freitag (1958) in
California with three strains od aster yellows virus and the aster
leafhopper have shown that cross protection is not always stable
and permanent. Working with single insects and transferring them
daily over long periods of time, he found that under some circum-
stances the leafhoppers finally stopped transmitting the first strain
acquired and then transmitted the challenging strain. These were.
April, 1959] jensen — insects and plant viruses
71
however, exceptional cases. In most instances there was marked
cross protection in both insect and plant.
Maramorosch (1957, 1958a) has reported the same phenom-
enon with two strains of corn stunt virus and its vector Dalbulus
maidis (DeLong & Wolcott). In the studies conducted with aster
yellows virus and with corn stunt virus, one strain in each disease
complex showed greater dominance than the other in both the
insect vector and the host plant. In the leafhoppers, strain “A”,
acquired first, was sometimes replaced by strain “B”. However, if
strain “B” was acquired first, strain “A” failed to supplant it. This
indicates that the phenomenon of cross protection is more complex
than mere prior occupancy of virus multiplication centers in the
insect or plant by the first strain to enter.
Our perplexity regarding the nature of this apparent competi-
tion between plant virus strains within the body of the leafhopper
vector is compounded by the nature of strain replacement in the
insect. In a few instances, test plants fed on by single insects
showed symptoms of both virus strains. In most cases, however,
symptoms were entirely of one strain or the other. Also, replace-
ment of one strain by a more dominant strain within the same
leafhopper was not always permanent when first accomplished.
Sometimes the strains were transmitted alternately before the
dominant strain finally completely supplanted the other.
The presence and multiplication of two virus strains in the
same leafhopper vector have not yet been known to result in a
new hybrid virus. However, more extensive tests involving related
virus strains carried by the same vectors might produce new hybrid
plant viruses in insects as it has in plants and in vertebrate animals.
Recombinations of genetic units between related strains of
animal and plant viruses have already been reported. The first
work of this type was done by Burnet and Lind (1951) with
strains of influenza virus. Subsequently, Best and Callus (1955)
and Best (1956) achieved similar results with tomato spotted wilt
virus. Plants infected with mixtures of two strains of this virus
developed symptoms of both parent strains and also symptoms
of new strains. From these plants with mixed infections they
recovered both parent strains and also several new strains. The
latter were distinct from each of the parent strains but possessed
some of the characters of each parent. Further experiments led
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
to the conclusion that such new strains were genetically stable and
not mere mixtures of the two parent strains.
It would be of great interest to determine if parallel results
could be obtained by allowing the thrips vector to acquire two
or more of these same strains of spotted wilt virus. Multiplication
of spotted wilt virus in thrips has not yet been demonstrated, but
the 5—10 day incubation period of the virus in the vector, plus
long retention of the virus by the vector,' suggest multiplication.
Beneficial Effects of Plant Virus in Relation to
Insect Vectors
A few reports exist indicating that a plant virus may be of
indirect benefit to its own insect vector or to a non-vector species.
Carter (1939) found that infected Emilia sonchifolia, a weed host
of both spotted wilt virus and its vector Thrips tahaci Lindeman,
maintained a higher population of thrips than did healthy plants.
The reasons for this appeared to be that diseased plants had
curled leaves which provided improved shelter for the thrips vector
and that these plants also grew more slowly and survived longer.
A more direct beneficial effect of virus on Aphis fabae has
been reported by Kennedy (1951). He found that sugar beet
mosaic virus altered the physiology of the beet plant in such a
manner that the production of young aphids per mother averaged
higher on virus infected leaves of all ages than on healthy leaves
of comparable age.
Severin (1946), incidental to his search for new leafhopper
vectors of aster yellows virus, found that 9 species of leafhoppers
completed their nymphal development on celery or asters infected
with California aster yellows virus, but that the adults died within
a few days after transfer to healthy celery or asters. No data were
presented on the longevity of any control adults that may have
been held on diseased plants. The results given were interpreted
as demonstrating that aster yellows virus in some way altered
celery and aster plants so as to make them more suitable food hosts
for the leafhopper species tested.
Maramorosch (1958b) reported similar conclusions drawn
from experiments with Dalbulus maidis (DeLong & Wolcott), a
non-vector of aster yellows virus. This leafhopper, which transmits
corn stunt virus, was known to feed well and breed only on Zea
mays and Euchlaena mexicana. Eighty adult insects were caged
on healthy China asters and 80 were caged on asters infected with
April, 1959] jensen — insects and plant viruses
73
aster yellows virus. All insects on healthy asters were dead within
four days, but 63 of 80 were still alive on virus-infected plants
after 42 days. The survival on diseased asters was practically
identical with the survival on corn plants hut no eggs were
deposited in the aster plants. In subsequent tests D. maidis, after
five weeks on infected asters, were successfully maintained on
healthy asters. Adults and nymphs of a related leafhopper, D.
elimatus (Ball), with a limited host range identical to that of
D. maidis, were found to survive well on asters carrying virus, but
died rapidly on healthy asters. Maramorosch interprets his experi-
ments as indicating that the virus altered the chemical composition
of the aster plant in the direction of more adequate nutrition for
the leafhoppers which, in the case of D. maidis, became sufficiently
adapted to aster as to permit survival even on virus-free asters.
Among the. species discussed by Severin (1946) in his report
on the longevity of leafhoppers on virus-infected and healthy
plants was Texananus spatulatus Van Duzee. He stated that
individuals of this species which transmitted aster yellows virus
lived longer than those which failed to transmit virus. Only a
small part of the data on which this conclusion was based has
been published (Severin, 1945). Since the virus transmitting
efficiency of this species was exceedingly low (most individuals
carrying virus infected less than one percent of the plants fed
upon) and since it is not clear whether the transmitters and the
non-transmitters were maintained in the same manner, further
confirmation is needed for the generalization that the transmitting
insects lived longer than the non-vectors. Severin construed the
increased longevity to mean that the plants infected were better
hosts and prolonged the life of the leafhoppers. However, since
the insects were transferred daily to new test plants and trans-
mitted virus to only a few plants this explanation does not seem
feasible. If the transmitting insects lived significantly longer than
non-transmitters, it would be evidence that the virus per se was
beneficial to the insect.
No reports, parallel to those given for plant viruses, have been
found to indicate that animal viruses may render their hosts
suitable as food sources for arthropods if, in the absence of virus,
such hosts are unacceptable to the arthropod species. Virus-infected
animals sometimes carry abnormally high populations of arthropod
parasites but apparently this is only because such animals become
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
debilitated and therefore are less capable of ridding themselves of
the parasites than are healthy individuals.
In none of the situations just described was it suggested by
the research workers involved that the virus itself contributed
directly to the increased longevity of the insect vector.
A Virus Harmful to Both Animal and Plant
Although there have been many insect-borne plant viruses
known and a less lengthy list of insect-borne animal viruses, until
recently there has been no report of a virus that was harmful to
its insect vector.
It is true that we have such an example among the rickettsiae,
some of which have also been called viruses, but Snyder (1948)
classes these as “micro-organisms . . . intermediate in character-
istic between bacteria and viruses . . .” The body louse, vector of
typhus fever rickettsiae, is also killed by the infectious agent it
carries. Zinsser (1935), describes the plight of the body louse in
these words: “The louse shares with us the misfortune of being
prey to the typhus virus. If lice can dread, the nightmare of their
lives is the fear of some day inhabiting an infected rat or human
being. For the host may survive; but the ill-starred louse that
sticks his haustellum through an infected skin, and imbides the
loathsome virus with his nourishment, is doomed beyond succor.
In eight days he sickens, in ten days he is in extremis, on the
eleventh or twelfth his tiny body turns red with blood extravasated
from his bowel, and he gives up his little ghost.”
The first indication that a plant virus could cause tissue changes
in its insect vector was given by Littau and Maramorosch (1956).
They reported that aster yellows virus caused a higher percentage
of fat body cells to have stellate nuclei than occurred in virus-free
Macrosteles fctscifrons (Stal) . There is as yet, however, no evidence
that these effects are harmful to the leafhopper.
The effect of aster yellows virus on the longevity of this vector
was tested extensively by Severin ( 1947 ) . Both infective and non-
infective leafhoppers were held on Sacramento barley, which is
immune to the virus, and survival was recorded. Adult longevity
ranged from approximately 30 days to over 140 days. The 350
infective leafhoppers survived as long as did an equal number of
non-viruliferous individuals. He concluded that the virus itself is
neither beneficial nor injurious to adult aster leafhoppers.
A report from Japan (Yoshii and Kiso, 1957), indicates that
April, 1959] jensen — ^insects and plant viruses
75
in several respects the virus causing dwarf disease of orange alters
the metabolism of infected orange leaves and the metabolism of
the plant hopper vector, Geisha distinctissima WaL, in a similar
manner. For example, oxygen consumption and total phosphorus
were reduced in both host plant and vector. The publication does
not indicate whether or not these metabolic disturbances adversely
affected the infective insects in a way that was reflected in reduced
longevity, reproduction or activity.
Recently we have been able to demonstrate that the most im-
portant stone fruit virus in western North America, Western X-
disease virus, causes the premature death of at least one of its
leafhopper vectors.
Colladonus montanus (Van Duzee) had proved to be an exceed-
ingly inefficient vector of the virus from peach to peach. However,
after the discovery that celery is also a susceptible plant host of
the virus (Jensen, 1956), C. montanus was retested using celery as
the virus source. From these experiments it was determined that
C. montanus readily acquires the virus from celery. Groups of
leafhoppers, fed alternately on a series of healthy peach and celery-
plants, transmitted virus to 57 of 213 celery plants but to only
four of 238 peach trees (Jensen, 1957) . Because of the superiority
of celery over peach as both a virus source and a test plant and
because C. montanus lives well on celery but dies rapidly on peach,
experiments comparing the longevity of viruliferous and non-
viruliferous leafhoppers were carried out on celery. Longevity was
measured from the first day on test plants which was after com-
pletion of the average latent period of the virus in the vector.
The experiments, reported elsewhere (Jensen, 1958; 1959),
show that Western X-disease virus itself causes the premature death
of its insect vector. The leafhoppers which did not transmit virus
survived on the test plants approximately twice as long as did the
transmitters. The increased mortality was not due to altered plant
nutrition, because in many of the tests all insects, both transmitters
and non-transmitters, fed together on the same virus source plants.
The single variable was whether or not a given individual happened
to acquire virus from the diseased plant upon which all had fed.
Moreover, an alternative explanation cannot be found in inher-
ent differences between individual leafhoppers. The percentage of
insects proving to be infective was usually directly proportional
to the access time on the inoculum plant. Thus, in one experiment
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
insects from the same stock colony were caged on a diseased plant
and removed from the plant as three different groups each with
a different acquisition feeding time. Of those removed after three
days, 27 per cent transmitted virus. After seven days, 70 per cent
transmitted and after 16 days 90 per cent transmitted virus. In
each group, longevity was greatest among the non-transmitters.
Multiplication of Virus in Insect Vectors
Multiplication of persistent viruses in their aphid vectors has
not yet been demonstrated conclusively. Day (1955) reported
experiments which suggested to him that potato leaf roll virus
multiplies in the aphid Myzus persicae. However, Harrison (1958)
found that infectivity and retention of this virus by M. persicae
increased with feeding time on a virus source and that aphids
gradually lost their virus on immune hosts. He concluded that the
virus does not multiply in the aphid.
It has now been well-established that four plant viruses do
multiply in their leafhopper vectors as well as in their plant hosts.
These are the viruses of rice stunt, clover club-leaf, aster yellows
and wound tumor.
Fukushi (1939) demonstrated that rice stunt virus is trans-
mitted transovarially by its vector Nephotettix apicalis Motschulsky
var. cincticeps Uhler. Starting with a single infective female, the
experiment was carried through six leafhopper generations over
a period of 374 days. At the end of the experiment there was no
evidence of a decline in the number of insects per generation be-
coming infective nor in the percentage of plants infected.
Black (1950) carried out an experiment, similar to that of
Fukushi, with clover club-leaf virus and its vector Agalliopsis
novella (Say). Starting with a single viruliferous female, Black
maintained the insects for five years and through 21 generations
on alfalfa which is immune to the virus. At the end of this period
there was no reduction in virus infectivity in the insects. If there
was no multiplication in the insects the virus would have to retain
its infeetivity at a dilution conservatively estimated to exceed
1: 2.8X10^^* This is far beyond the dilution tolerance of the virus
and means that the virus multiplies in the vector.
Occasional transmission of plant virus through the egg of the
insect vector has also been reported by Black (1953) for wound-
tumor virus and potato yellow dwarf virus in their respective
vectors, Agalliopsis novella and Agallia constricta Van Duzee. Also,
April, 1959] JENSEN^ — insects and plant viruses
77
Grylls (1954) reported that rugose leaf curl virus is transmitted
through the egg of its leaf hopper vector, AustJ'oagallia torrida
Evans. It is not yet known whether these viruses can persist in
their vectors generation after generation, as has been demonstrated
for the viruses causing rice stunt and clover club leaf, without
being replenished by feeding on a diseased plant.
That aster yellows virus (Black, 1941; Maramorosch, 1952 j
and wound tumor virus (Black & Brakke, 1952) multiply in their
respective leafhopper vectors has been shown by serial passage
of the viruses through their vectors. Diluted virus was injected
mechanically into the bodies of the vectors. Later, virus was
recovered from the same insects, diluted, and injected into fresh
leafhoppers. Ten such serial passages were made with aster yellows
virus and seven with wound tumor virus, yet the concentration of
virus in the insects attained as high a level in the last passages as
in the first. In the absence of multiplication one would have to
postulate a dilutions of 10'^° for aster yellows virus and 10"^^ for
wound tumor virus.
It is probable that among the many other leafhopper trans-
mitted viruses, especially those having long incubation periods
in the vector, will be found additional plant viruses which also
multiply in insects. However, it should not be assumed that all
leafhopper vectors are also virus hosts. Freitag (1936) and Bennett
and Wallace (1938) have presented strong evidence that curly top
virus of sugar beets does not multiply in the beet leafhopper,
Circulifer tenellus (Baker). It should be added, however, that this
virus has a very short (approximately 24 hours) incubation period
in the vector.
Virus Origin
After tobacco mosaic virus was purified and shown to be a
crystalline protein (Stanley, 1935), viruses were considered by
some to be unrelated to living organisms. It was suggested that
plant viruses originated first from plant cell components and
secondarily developed the broad spectrum of specialization which
ranges from little or no dependence upon insect vectors, such as
in the case with tobacco mosaic virus, up to the leafhopper
transmitted viruses, most of which require insects for their
dissemination.
In opposition to this idea, is the organismal theory of virus
origin proposed by Green (1935) and supported by Laidlaw
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
(1938), Andrewes (1952) and others. According to this view
viruses originated by retrograde evolution from parasitic micro-
organisms possibly akin to protozoa and bacteria. The fact that
we now have several viruses which multiply in animals (insects)
as well as in plants has brought into greater prominence the
organismal theory of virus origin, and has resulted in its extension
(Maramorosch, 1954) to suggest that plant viruses were originally
arthropod viruses.
Viruses had been observed to cause disease symptoms in the
plant hosts, but not in the insect vectors. Until plant viruses were
demonstrated to multiply in the insect vector, their association
with insects had been considered somewhat fortuitous. However,
with the knowledge that some insects are hosts and not merely
vectors of these viruses the way was open to new interpretations
as to virus origin.
Among the widely held generalizations in biology is one stating
that those parasite relationships which are characterized by severe
damage to the host are of relatively recent origin whereas those in
which the parasite lives at the expense of the host but causes the
latter little or no damage are of much greater antiquity. Thus
plant hosts, such as those of aster yellows virus, which suffer
extreme damage, would be considered recently acquired hosts. The
leafhoppers in which this virus also multiplies without apparent
harm would be considered primitive hosts. Andrewes (1957) has
reviewed this subject extensively and suggests that arthropods may
have been the original hosts not only of the insect viruses, but
also of viruses commonly associated with plants and with verte-
brates. Insects play a critical role in all three of these general
groups of viruses. Originally viruses may have had insects as
their only hosts. Later the viruses may have made use of vertebrates
and plants to get from one insect to another. Lest we become too
carried away by this argument, however, it should be pointed out
that in the host range of some plant viruses and some vertebrate
viruses there are species which are as symptomless as are the
vectors which transmit the viruses. Nonetheless, this does not
invalidate the theory. It merely means that such viruses may have
been associated with the symptomless hosts much longer than with
those still suffering damage. Andrewes (1957) points out that
epidemics of yellow fever disease occur in South American
monkeys but not in African monkeys. The virus appears to be
April, 1959] JENSEN INSECTS AND PLANT VIRUSES
79
harmless to African monkeys and for this reason it may be inferred
that the virus has existed in Africa much longer than in the New
World.
Similar examples occur among plant viruses. The virus causing
Pierce’s disease in grapes is probably of New World origin because
its effect on the native American species of Vitis is mild whereas
it is lethal to the introduced V itis vinifera Linnaeus, the grape of
history, which is considered to be native from southeastern Europe
to western India. Also in America is a long list of apparently
symptomless host plants of Pierce’s disease virus, ranging from
grasses to woody shrubs. Moreover, in America are many species
and high populations of “sharpshooters,” the leafhopper vectors
of Pierce’s disease virus. This group of leafhoppers is almost
without representation in Europe.
The recent discovery of a plant virus which causes harm to its
insect vector adds support to the theory of an insect origin of plant
viruses. It provides more conclusive evidence that certain plant
viruses are also animal viruses. Moreover, it supplies a concrete
example of one stage in the postulated evolution of a virus which
until now existed only in theory. It may even raise a doubt, how-
ever microscopic, regarding the validity of one of our oldest
generalizations in virology, namely, that humans and other verte-
brates are immune to injury by plant viruses.
Literature Cited
Andrewes, C. H.
1952. The place of viruses in nature. Proc. Roy. Soc. 6139:313-326.
1957. Factors in virus evolution. Advances in Virus Research 4:1-24.
Badami, R. S. and B. Kassanis
1958. In: Report of the Rothamsted Experimental Station for 1957.
(fide: Rev. Appl. Mycology 37:631.)
Bennett, C. W. and H. E. Wallace
1938. Relation of the curly top virus to the vector, Eutettix tenellus.
Jour. Agr. Res. 56:31-52.
Best, R. J.
1956. Living molecule: A survey of recent advances in our understanding
of the nature of viruses. Austral. Jour. Sci. 18 (4A) : 106-120.
Best, R. J. and H. P. C. Callus
1955. Further evidence for the transfer of character-determinants
(recombination) between strains of tomato spotted wilt virus.
Enzymologia 17 :207-221.
Bjorling, K. and F. Ossiannilsson
1958. Investigations on individual variations in the virus-transmitting
ability of different aphid species. Socker. Handlingar II. 14(1):
1-13.
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
Black, L. M.
1941. Further evidence for multiplication of the aster-yellows virus in
the aster leafhopper. Phytopathology 31:120—135.
1950. A plant virus that multiplies in its insect vector. Nature 166:
852-853.
1953. Loss of vector transmissibility by viruses normally insect trans-
mitted. Phytopath. 43:466.
Black, L. M. and M. K. Brakke
1952. Multiplication of wound-tumor virus in an insect vector. Phyto-
pathology 42:269-273.
Black, L. M., Sylvia Wolcyrz and R. F. Whitcomb
1958. A vectorless strain of wound-tumor virus. Vllth Internat. Congress
for Microbiology, Abstracts p. 255.
Burnet, F. M. and P. E. Lind
1951. A genetic approach to variation in influenza viruses. 4. Recombina-
tion of characters between the influenza virus A strain NWS and
strains of different serological subtypes. Jour. gen. Microbiol.
5:67-82.
Carter, W.
1939. Populations of Thrips tahaci Lind, with special reference to virus
transmission. Jour. Animal Ecology 8:261—276.
Day, M. F.
1955. The mechanism of the transmission of potato leaf roll virus by
aphids. Austral. Jour. Biol. Sci. 8(4) :498— 513.
Freitag, J. H.
1936. Negative evidence on multiplication of curly-top virus in the beet
leafhopper, Eutettix tenellus. Hilgardia 10(9) :303-342.
1958. Cross-protection tests with three strains of the aster yellows virus
in host plants and in the aster leafhopper. Phytopath. 48(8) :393.
Fukushi, T.
1939. Retention of virus by its insect vectors through several generations.
Proc. Imp. Acad. (Japan). 15(5) : 142-145.
Giddings, N. J.
1950. Some interrelationships of virus strains in sugar-beet curly top.
Phytopathology 40(4) : 377— 388.
Green, R. G.
1935. On the nature of filterable viruses. Science 82:443-445.
Grylls, N. E.
1954. Rugose leaf curl — A new virus disease transovarially transmitted
by the leafhopper Austroagallia torrida. Austral. Jour. Biol. Sci.
7:47-58.
Harrison, B. D.
1958. Studies on the behavior of potato leaf roll and other viruses in the
body of their aphid vector Myzus persicae (Sulz.). Virology
6(1) :265-277.
Hewitt, W. B., D. J. Raski and A. C. Goheen
1958. Nematode vector of soil-borne fanleaf virus of grapevines. Phyto-
pathology 48(11) :586— 595.
April, 1959] JENSEN INSECTS AND PLANT VIRUSES
81
Rollings, M.
1955. Investigation of Chrysanthemum viruses. I. Aspermy flower dis-
tortion. Ann. Appl. Biol. 43(1) : 86-102.
Jensen, D. D.
1956. Insect transmission of virus between tree and herbaceous plants.
Virology 2:249—260.
1957. Differential transmission of peacb yellow leaf roll virus to peacb
and celery by the leafhopper, Colladonus montanus. Phytopath.
47(10) :575-578.
1958. Reduction in longevity of leafhoppers carrying peach yellow leaf
roll virus. Phytopath. 48:394.
1959. A plant virus lethal to its insect vector. Virology (in press).
Kennedy, J. S.
1951. Benefits to aphids from feeding on galled and virus-infected leaves.
Nature 168 :825.
Kunkel, L. 0.
1955. Cross protection between strains of yellows-type viruses. Advances
in Virus Research 3:251—273.
Laidlaw, P. P.
1938. Virus diseases and viruses. Cambridge Univ. Press. Cambridge,
England.
LiTTAU, V. C. AND K. Maramorosch
1956. Cytological effects of aster-yellows virus on its insect vector.
Virology 2:128-130.
Maramorosch, K.
1952. Direct evidence for the multiplication of aster-yellows virus in its
insect vector. Phytopathology 42:59—64.
1954. Biological transmission of plant viruses by animal vector's. Trairs.
N. Y. Acad. Sci. Ser. II, 16:189-195.
1957. Cross-protection studies of two types of corn stunt virus. Pbyto-
path. 47 :23.
1958a. Cross protection between two strains of corn stunt virus in an
insect vector. Virology 6:448—459.
1958b. Healthy and yellows asters as food plants for corn leafhoppers.
Vllth Internat. Congress Microbiol. : 260.
Reeves, W. C.
1958. Arthropods as vectors and reservoirs of animal pathogenic viruses.
In: Handbuch der Virusforschung 4:177—202. Springer-Verlag.
Wien.
Severin, H. H. P.
1945. Evidence of nonspecific transmission of California aster-yellows
virus by leallioppers. Hilgardia 17(1) :21— 59.
1946. Longevity, or life histories, of leafhopper species on virus-infected
and on healthy plants. Hilgardia 17(3) :121-137.
1947. Longevity of noninfective and infective leafhoppers on a plant
nonsusceptible to a virus. Hilgardia 17(16) :541— 543.
Smith, K. M.
1945. Transmission by insects of a plant virus complex. Nature 155:174.
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
Snyder, J. C.
1948. The typhus fevers. In: Viral and Rickettsial Infections of Man.
Edited by T. M. Rivers. J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia.
Stanley, W. M.
1935. Isolation of a crystalline protein possessing the properties of
tobacco mosaic virus. Science 81:644—645.
Storey, H. H.
1939. Transmission of plant viruses by insects. Bot. Rev. 5: 240—272.
Swenson, K. G.
1957. Transmission of bean yellow mosaic virus by aphids. Jour. Econ.
Ent. 50(6) :727-731.
Watson, Marion A.
1956. The effect of different host plants of potato virus C in determining
its transmission by aphids. Ann. Appl. Biol. 44 (4) : 599— 607.
1958. The specificity of transmission of some non-persistent viruses.
Proc, 10th Internat. Congress of Ent. Montreal, August, 1956,
3:215-219.
Yoshii, Hiromu and Akira Kiso
1957. Studies on the nature of insect-transmission in plant viruses (II).
Some researches on the unhealthy metabolism in the viruliferous
plant hopper, Geisha distintissima Wal., which is the insect vector
of the dwarf disease of Satsuma orange. Virus 7(5) :315— 320.
Zinsser, H.
1935. Rats, Lice, and History. Boston, Little, Brown and Co.
PYRAMIDOBELA ANGELARUM KEIEER ON ORNAMENTAL
BUDDLEIA IN THE SAN FRANCISCO BAY AREA
(Lepidoptera: Ethmiidae)
Pyramidohela angelarum was described in 1936^ from southern
California. Specimens had been reared in Los Angeles, Santa
Ana, and Santa Paula from various introduced species of Buddleia,
and Keifer presumed that the moth had moved into the area
from a more tropical region. The species was believed to breed
continuously throughout the year, larvae having been collected
in April, July, and October.
In recent years the species has apparently become established
around the San Francisco Bay area, our first record having been
an infestation at San Bruno, San Mateo County in May 1949.
During the last four years adults have been taken at lights in
Berkeley, Alameda County, in October, December, February, and
April (Powell, J. R. Powers, G. 1. Stage) and in Pleasant Hill,
Contra Costa County, in May (P. A. Opler). — A. E. Pritchard
and J. A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley.
’ Keifer, H. H., 1936. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 35(1) :13.
April, 1959]
ABBOTT BUTTERFLY MIGRATION
83
THE 1958 MIGRATION OF THE PAINTED LADY BUTTER-
FLY, VANESSA CARDUI (LINNAEUS), IN CALIFORNIA
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)
Charles H. Abbott
Redondo Beach, California
The most recent migration of the painted lady butterfly,
Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus), was particularly notable for its long
duration, from November, 1957 through May, 1958. Observations
on this migration have yielded rather definite information on
several doubtful points and are the subject of this paper.
The previous reports by the present author on the migration
of this species (Abbott, 1950, 1951), based on the migrations of
1924, 1926, 1941, 1945, and 1949, determined various points
which will be referred to here only incidentally. It became apparent
from these studies that the breeding area of this species, in non-
migration years, is chiefly, if not entirely, south of the California-
Mexico border, probably in both Baja California and Sonora.
Comparatively few of the butterflies are found in California in a
non-migration year, and these few chiefly in the Colorado Desert.
In a migration year the number emerging in these breeding
areas is presumably much greater. One result is a very visible
diurnal migration, in a generally north-northwest direction, cover-
ing southern California and in some years north to the San
Francisco Bay region. Yet the final eggs laid in these regions
where it is an immigrant fail to result in a permanent occupation
of this more northern habitat.
As in the preceding studies, the present report results from
a cooperative study; in this case with the added advantage that
most of the contributors are professional entomologists. Thanks
to the continued interest of R. F. Smith in collecting data for
the project, valuable contributions were secured from the follow-
^ ing members of the staff of the Department of Entomology and
Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley: P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
E, G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, R. F. Smith, W. E. Ferguson,
J. A. Powell and from the following members of the Agricultural
Extension Service: G. Beards, J. Dibble, R. Emparin, G. L. Smith,
J. E. Swift. I am also indebted to R. C. Dickson of the Citrus
Experiment Station, University of California, Riverside, and
G. D. Peterson, Jr., Farm Adviser for Imperial County, for
descriptions of the winter and early spring invasion of the
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
Colorado Desert, and to C. E. Strickler, Park Supervisor, and D.
E. Merkel, State Park Naturalist, for data for the entire season
from Anza-Borrego State Park. L. M. Martin of the Los Angeles
County Museum has been helpful with both data and criticisms.
Credit for individual contributions will be indicated in the text.
It should be understood that the author alone is responsible for
the conclusions drawn from the data.
The present status of our knowledge of insect migration in
general and of Lepidoptera in particular is summarized in two
recent papers by Williams (1949, 1957). The word “migration”
is defined by Williams (1949) as “a change of location which
is determined both in distance and direction by the insect itself,
and not a passive distribution of individuals by overpowering
forces such as strong winds.”
The present year, 1958, has presented a picture of a longer
continuing migration than any other in recent years. The season
was mild, with early rainfall resulting in extensive desert vegeta-
tion. Butterflies of this species emerged very early in their
normal breeding areas in northern Mexico in such numbers as
to result in migration. Numbers of them had already reached the
southern part of Anza-Borrego State Park by November, 1957
(Merkel), and Imperial Valley by late December (Peterson).
Peterson wrote : “As near as I could determine from actual flight
observations plus population density counts, the butterflies seemed
to be migrating generally from the desert areas south and east
of Imperial County and toward the north and northwest.”
Dickson wrote: “I first noticed the migration of painted lady
butterflies about the last week of January or possibly the week
before that. About that time I heard that automobiles coming
into Holtville from Yuma had the radiators practically clogged
by these butterflies. They were moving out of Sonora, flying
northwest to west, and more particularly numerous near Carpin-
teria. . .
“The painted ladies have laid eggs on suitable host plants
(particularly Cryptantha and Mailva) all over the deserts and
desert valleys. Large numbers of larvae are now (March 17)
feeding on these plants all over the Colorado Desert so that this
area may be a source of a later flight this season.”
The emergence of second generation adults from these meta-
morphosed larvae was recorded in February in Imperial County
April, 1959]
ABBOTT BUTTERFLY MIGRATION
85
by Peterson, who concluded that they joined the general migra-
tion which had been proceeding without interruption, and in
Borrego State Park by Merkel, who described increasing large
swarms somewhat farther north than the November— December
emergence, but did not observe the actual migration.
The height of the migration in the valleys of southern Cali-
fornia was in late February and early March. Under date of
March 17, Dickson wrote: “There has been some flight through
Riverside the past three weeks, but greater numbers flew through
Beaumont, Redlands, and Colton. Presumably others flew over
the Mojave Desert since I hear that some have reached the San
Joaquin Valley. I did not see any flight this week either on the
desert or in Riverside. This might indicate that the flight is over
for this year, or only that the cold weather has slowed emergence
of new butterflies in their areas of origin.” During this period the
“Redlands Facts” reported that “endless swarms” were flying-
through Redlands.
The “Los Angeles Times” reported on March 5 and 6 that a
“great invasion” had occurred in the Los Angeles area March
2—4. Particular mention was made of Hollywood, the Hollywood
hills, and the San Fernando and San Gabriel Valleys. The author
observed that they were still common at San Fernando, although
not in “millions,” on March 18 and 19. Many of them were
stopping to feed on wild radish flowers in vacant lots, before
continuing their flight to the north-northwest.
The western edge of this February— March migration was
recorded by the author at Redondo Beach. Individual V. cardui
were observed on garden flowers on January 4, 16, February 5,
19, 26, 27, March 9, 29; actual migrating butterflies were ob-
served February 21, daily March 1—6, 11, 16. The migration was
steady March 2—4, one or two per minute, the same days as the
maximum in Los Angeles.
After an interval in late March and early April, which was
marked by cold and rainy weather, a heavy migration wave
occurred in the middle of April in the San Joaquin and Salinas
Valleys. Summarized in brief:
San Joaquin Valley. — Heavy migration throughout valley from
south and east of Bakersfield to the region west and north of
Tracy. First flight recorded April 8, at height April 10, 11, began
to decline April 17, moderate flight April 20, a few stragglers
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO, 2
April 23 (R. F. Smith, Hurd, Linsley, MacSwain, Ferguson).
Stragglers to May 9 (R. F. Smith, Swift).
On April 13 they were abundant near Mt. Diablo (R. F.
Smith). On April 20 there was a heavy flight in the Walnut
Creek region (R. F. Smith, Swift).
Salinas Valley, April 17. — Migration reported (Dibble, Em-
parin) .
The author made one observation of three migrants at
Redondo Beach on April 19, but has no other report of this third
generation from the Los Angeles area.
Larvae, presumably from eggs laid by these April migrants,
were so abundant in the San Joaquin and Salinas Valleys from
about April 20 to May 9 that they were found not only on wild
plants, but damaging alfalfa, lettuce, and other crops (R. F. Smith,
Swift) . They were also abundant in clover fields in Glenn County,
farther north (reported by R. F. Smith). At Shafter, near the
southern end of San Joaquin Valley, the larvae were abundant
from about April 10, and in some cases caused enough damage
to cotton fields to require control measures (G. L. Smith, Beards).
The above description shows an apparent pattern of a built-up
migration through three generations rapidly succeeding each
Other. Most published descriptions of former spring migrations
of this species have assumed that the migrating adults were all of
one generation and in general from a common source. This has
applied not only to migrations in California and Utah, but also
to those in Europe. Campbell (1924) in California and Wood-
bury et al. (1942) in Utah described egg-laying along the way,
with the possibility that a new generation from these eggs took
part in a later migration the same year. It has, however, seemed
more usual that the larvae from these eggs either did not develop
to the adult stage, or, because of the smaller numbers, their
presence or possible later flight went unnoticed, except in rare
instances.
The interpretation of numbers of generations involved is
complicated by the apparent great variation in the length of the
egg, larva, and pupa stages. L. M. Martin, after checking the
literature, wrote me (June 19, 1958) : “As far as I can find out,
there are no figures on the length of these stages. We know that
they vary, for instance, in the egg stage from 7—60 days. The
April, 1959]
ABBOTT — BUTTERFLY MIGRATION
87
larval stage varies from 13-41 days and the pupae have been
known to stay in that stage for eight months.”
The most distinct three generation pattern is found in the
records of D. E. Merkel, State Park Naturalist at the Anza-Borrego
State Park. As a background, Merkel notes that in the period
1956—57, prior to November 1, 1957, no painted ladies were
observed in the park. “If any were present, they were in such
small numbers as not to attract attention.” This appears to
eliminate the Park as part of the breeding area in non-migration
years.
As the earliest record of the 1958 migration, large swarms
were first noted in November, 1957, in the Mud Hills region in
the southern part of the Park. They had apparently emerged
farther south, probably in northern Mexico, and had flown north
to this secondary breeding area. The subsequent history is as
follows: January, 1958, in same Mud Hills region, many pupal
casts. February, 1958, at Borrego Campground area, about 25
miles farther north, increasing large swarms of adults. March,
1958. Larvae numerous throughout Borrego Valley, some begin-
ning to pupate. April, 1958. Adults numerous in valley. Empty
pupal cases abundant, probably of this species (also noted by
Ferguson) .
The above summary shows at least three generations. The
November generation probably came from last year’s eggs in
the normal breeding area in northern Mexico, following a long
pupal stage during the summer and fall. The second began to
emerge in late January, reaching a maximum in February, and
the third began to emerge in late March, reaching a maximum
in April.
The first and second of these generations were also observed
by Peterson in Imperial Valley. He recorded a steady migration
from about December 20, lasting six or eight weeks, correspond-
ing to the November and February periods of adult abundance
reported by Merkel. Peterson thinks it is probable that two
generations of larvae were abundant on desert hosts (mainly
Cryptantha spp.) during this period, although, because of con-
tinuous migration, he could not separate them. “There may have
been an extremely small third generation in the cultivated area of
Imperial Valley, but this is in doubt.” The decrease in numbers
could have been caused by most of the second generation adults
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
migrating before egg laying, or by a drying up of the food-
plants of the second generation larvae, or, as Peterson suggests,
parasitism of the larvae may slow down the numbers of each
successive generation.
The timing suggests that these second generation migrants are
those reported as numerous through the San Gorgonio Pass and
San Bernardino Valley regions in February and which were
numerous in the Los Angeles region in early March. These reached
the San Joaquin Valley, laid eggs, and from the eggs came the
very abundant migrants observed throughout the valley in the
middle of April. (Linsley and MacBride noted that these migrants
seemed to be nearly all fresh specimens). Also belonging to this
same third generation were those reported from Salinas Valley
April 17, Mt. Diablo April 13, and Walnut Creek April 20.
It is not so easy to interpret the observations made in the
desert in April, but the time element is again used. The names
of the observers are given, the assignment to generations is by
the author.
Colorado Desert, 18 miles west of Blythe, April 14—18. — Enor-
mous numbers of hatched and parasitized pupae (eggs laid by
second generation). Few adults left (Hurd, Powell). Most of the
adults which had emerged must have flown north-northwest (third
generation) .
Borrego Desert, April 11—18. — Emerged pupae (eggs laid by
second generation) abundant. Adults abundant, but not seen to be
migrating (third generation) (Ferguson, Merkel).
Eastern Mojave Desert, April 12, near Amboy. — Pupae abun-
dant, not emerged (eggs laid by second generation). Some worn
adults, which had probably flown from farther south. A few adults
near Topock, Arizona April 14 (Linsley, MacSwain).
Western Mojave Desert, April 12, 13, 14, 19. — Mature larvae
abundant (eggs laid by second generation). Some adults migra-
ting (third generation) (Hurd, Powell, Linsley, MacSwain).
These interpretations as to the principal generations involved
do not eliminate the probability that some members of each
generation flew farther than the ones here described, either before
depositing eggs or afterwards. The timing best fits the basic inter-
pretation here given, but there is probability of an overlapping
of generations in each locality.
The larvae from eggs laid by the third generation were those
April, 1959]
ABBOTT BUTTERFLY MIGRATION
89
found so abundant in the San Joaquin and Salinas Valleys from
about April 20 to May 9 that they were transferring from weeds
to vegetables. Larvae found at the same time in Glenn County
showed that adults of the third generation had reached there.
This appears to show that it was the third generation larvae which
were in such numbers as to be considered destructive, although
it may be because these reports were from regions which have
extensive field crops.
Reports of a fourth generation and on the final extent of the
1958 migration are fragmentary. J. A. and F. C. Powell collected
V. cardui in Siskiyou and Del Norte Counties on seven scattered
dates between June 23 and August 29, while G. Pitman found
them on September 12, also in Siskiyou County. Specimens
appeared fresh on June 24, 26, July 9, 18, August 4. This suggests
continuation of the migration to the Oregon border and at least
a fourth generation.
Based on preceding years of observation, it may be predicted
that there will be no increase in resident population of V . cardui
in 1959 in the regions invaded. The population control is dis-
cussed below under parasitism of larvae.
The butterfly Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus) received its specific
name from the thistle, and is commonly thought to lay its eggs
chiefly on thistles. But in California, where thistles are not
particularly abundant, other plants appear to be just as acceptable
as food plants for the larvae. This year’s observations emphasize
a number of these, as follows:
Colorado Desert: Cryptantha spp. (Peterson).
Colorado Desert: Cryptantha, Malva (Dickson).
Mojave Desert: Cryptantha, Amsinckia, Phacelia (Hurd, Powell).
Mojave Desert: Cryptantha, lupine, mallow (Linsley, MacSwain).
San Joaquin Valley: Amsinckia. Alfalfa, lettuce, and other crops
( Swift) .
San Joaquin Valley: Malva, Amsinckia, sunflowers, weeds, cotton
(G. L. Smith, Beards).
Glenn County: Yellow star thistle, Amsinckia, dock (reported by
R. F. Smith).
Salinas Valley: Nettle, lettuce (reported by R. F. Smith).
This shows that a considerable variety of wild plants are
utilized and that in a year of special abundance, cultivated crops
may be attacked. This favors large succeeding generations in the
same year and continuation of migration.
The causes of a population increase resulting in a heavy
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
migration have already been enumerated to include a mild winter,
a large amount of rainfall, and consequent abundant desert vege-
tation. In addition, in 1958, an unusually long favorable season
has resulted in a build-up of population through at least three
generations in one spring, with migration occurring in all of them.
Yet it is almost an axiom that such a migration does not result
in colonizing new areas or in increasing the permanent population
in the areas reached. Possible checks are too rigorous a winter
climate, effective toward the north, drying up of the food plants
on which eggs are laid, effective toward the south and in arid
climates, and control by parasitic attack. This last point will be
discussed further.
Elton ( 1927 ) , after extensive studies of population control,
concluded that the most effective end of an outbreak or plague,
whether resulting in a migration or not, is caused by some form
of parasitic attack.
Schrader (1928) emphasized that V anassa cardui (L.) is
subject to the attacks of “a considerable number of parasitic
wasps and flies.” Essig (1926) in his section on Tachinid flies,
names three species, Zenillia blanda, Frontina archippivora, and
Chaetogaedia monticola, which have been reared from larvae of
V. cardui. This statement in no way limits the number of possible
parasites.
The prevalence of parasitism is shown by several of this year’s
reports, as follows.
“Adult emergence within (Imperial County) was much less
than would appear to be indicated by the larval populations
present on the desert. This was undoubtedly due to the high rate
of parasitization by both insects (Tachinidae) and entomoph-
thorous fungi.” (Letter from G. D. Peterson, Jr., May 19, 1958.)
“At Topock, Arizona, on April 14 we observed relatively few
butterflies but enormous numbers of Chalcid wasps which had
apparently emerged in that area. These wasps were congregated
around a creosote bush and several thousand were taken in a
single swing of the net.” (Letter from J. W. MacSwain, May 23,
1958.) The possibility is suggested that many of these may have
emerged from V. cardui larvae and may account for the small
number of adults observed.
“. . . enormous numbers of hatched and parasitized pupae
present at the 18 miles west of Blythe locality in late April. The
April, 1959]
ABBOTT BUTTERFLY MIGRATION
91
few adults present could be stragglers, late emergences, etc., which
had not gone farther north yet.” (Letter from J. A. Powell, May
19, 1958.)
The fact that the direction of flight of migrating V. curdui
through California is mostly toward the north-northwest and
directly against the prevailing wind has been generally observed
in all the migrations on record. In the 1958 reports, this was
emphasized by Dickson and Peterson in the Colorado Desert, by
Dickson in describing the course taken through southern Cali-
fornia, by Linsley, MacSwain, and Ferguson in the San Joaquin
Valley, and by R. F. Smith and Swift in the Walnut Creek region.
The most important variant was in the San Joaquin Valley on
April 20, when the majority were flying northwest near Merced,
mostly west Merced to Tracy, and mostly north west of Tracy
(Linsley and MacSwain). It was not reported whether there was
any difference in the wind direction between the regions just
enumerated.
The author made a few observations on the direction of flight
of 1958 migrants at Redondo Beach, about 1000 feet back from
the ocean front. As the migrants came over singly, it was possible
to follow the flight of individual butterflies. Variable winds are
normal at Redondo Beach. The beach faces the west and the fair
weather winds vary from northwest to southwest and on any day
constantly fluctuate. The early morning winds are usually north-
east, and on days of desert winds there may be northeast gusts
all day. Because of the very small numbers of butterflies recorded,
any conclusions as to the effect of direction of wind on direction
of flight are very tentative. There was an observed tendency of
butterflies to fly into the northeast wind in the morning (observed
on five mornings at varying times from 7:45 to 11:20), and for
the flight to be chiefly northwest, but varying slightly toward the
north, during the afternoon. The limited observations support
the former observations that flight, whether individual or mass,
is usually straight into the wind, with little individual variation
(Abbott, 1951).
A survey of collected information on the migration of Vanessa
cardui (L.) in North America points to its classification as a
unidirectional flight with no return (Williams, 1930, 1938, Abbott,
1951). Study of it in California has the special advantage that
the compass direction of flight is clearly seen, the same prevailing
direction occurs in every migration year, and the numbers in-
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
volved are great enough to insure the accuracy of these two
statements.
The fact that years of general migration occur at intervals,
four years more or less, supports the theory that migration occurs
only when a population has been built up to what Chapman
(1939) calls “outbreak proportions.” Chapman describes this as
resulting from a relaxation of environmental resistance. This
might occur and take effect all in one generation, or it could be
cumulative in result, reaching outbreak proportions after a series
of generations. The occurrence of migrations at irregular intervals
of years favors the cumulative interpretation, whereas a great
migration in a year which is particularly favorable from an
environmental standpoint indicates that it might occur in one
generation.
Observations on the 1958 migration suggest another kind of
cumulative result, namely, pressure of population and resulting
migration continued through three generations, all of them devel-
oped under exceptionally favorable conditions. It may also be
emphasized that larvae of the third generation were so numerous
as to be destructive of cultivated crops.
In the reports of former years (Abbott, 1950, 1951) it was
noted that the migration was in a series of waves of abundance,
particularly in 1926 and 1941. It was interpreted that the flight
was periodically slowed down by unfavorable weather. No data
were available to show a succession of generations. Both factors
were apparently involved in the 1958 season. The weather might
affect metamorphosis of larvae as well as flight of adults.
Migration is only one of the results of an excessive increase
in population, and why it affects only certain species has not
been determined. It may be mentioned that Williams, after collect-
ing all available information on migration of Lepidoptera, con-
cludes that there are many more migratory species than the most
abundant and conspicuous ones which are well known. He states
(Williams, 1949) : “We have evidence today of migration in two
or three hundred species of butterflies from almost all parts of
the world. In about fifty of these there is a considerable weight
of evidence which makes it almost impossible to accept any other
explanation.” In another reference (Williams, 1957) he states
that 20 or 30 migrant species are known from the United States.
Summary
(1) The migration of the painted lady butterfly, Vanessa
April, 1959]
ABBOTT BUTTERFLY MIGRATION
93
cardui (L.), in California in the spring of 1958 was exceptional
in its duration from November, 1957 to May, 1958, as well as in
the great numbers of individual butterflies involved.
(2) The north-northwestward distribution during the period
was gradual and was correlated with the development of three
generations. The first generation invaded the Colorado Desert
from northern Mexico from November, 1957 to January, 1958.
The second generation emerged on the Colorado Desert from
eggs laid by the first generation and flew north in February and
early March through the San Bernardino Valley and the Los
Angeles area to the Mojave Desert and the San Joaquin Valley.
The third generation, emerging in the two last named regions,
but chiefly in the San Joaquin Valley, resulted in a great flight
through the San Joaquin and Salinas Valleys in the middle of
April. The large number of larvae resulting from this third wave
of the flight attacked various field crops.
(3) The continuance of a migatory flight through successive
generations is favored by the fact that several widely distributed
food plants serve as food for the larvae. This applies to both wild
and cultivated plants.
(4) Extensive parasitism during the larval and pupal stages
was noted by several observers in both the Colorado and Mojave
Deserts. This furnished evidence toward the theory of Elton
(1927) that parasitic attack is the most important control of an
insect outbreak, whether or not accompanied by migration.
Literature Cited
Abbott, C. H.
1950. Twenty-five years of migration of the painted lady butterfly,
Vanessa cardui, in southern California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 26(4) ;
161-172; 1 fig.
1951. A quantitative study of the migration of the painted lady butter-
fly, Vanessa cardui L. Ecology 32(2) :155— 171 ; 4 figs., 5 tables.
Campbell, R. E. :
1924. Painted lady butterfly. Insect Pest Survey Bull. (Washington)
4:70-71.
Chapman, R. N.
1939. Insect population problems in relation to insect outbreak. Ecol.
Monogr. (Duke Univ. Press) 9(3) :261— 269.
Elton, C.
1927. Animal Ecology, xxi -j- 207 pp. N.Y. Macmillan Co.
Essig, E. O.
1926. Insects of western North America, xi 1035 pp. N.Y. Macmillan
Co.
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
Schrader, W.
1928. Experiments on a species of migrating butterfly. Bull. So. Calif.
Acad. S'ci. 27(2) :67-70; 1 pi.
Williams, C. B.
1930. The migration of butterflies, xi -|- 473 pp. Edinburgh, Oliver and
Boyd.
1938. Recent progress in the study of some North American migrant
butterflies. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 31 (2) :211-239 ; 7 figs.
1949. Migration in Lepidoptera and the problem of orientation. Proc.
Roy. Ent. Soc. (c) 13:70-84; 1 fig.
1957. Insect migration. Ann. Rev. Ent. 2:163—180.
Woodbury, A. M., J. W. Sucden, and C. Gillette
1942. Notes on migrations of the painted lady butterfly in 1941. Pan-
Pac. Ent. 18(4) : 165-176; 1 fig.
TWO NEW RECORDS EOR THE CONE BEETLE GENUS
CONOPHTHORUS HOPKINS IN CALIFORNIA
(Coleoptera: Scolytidae)
During the summer of 1956, a collection of cones of the
western white pine, Pinus monticola Douglas was made in the
Lassen Volcanic National Park area, Lassen County. Two speci-
mens of Conophthorus monticolae Hopkins were reared from
one of the cones. This species of cone beetle has been previously
known only from the cones of the western white pine in Idaho.
Washington and Canada (Keen 1958)^. During the same sum-
mer and following summers, collections of cones of the lodge-
pole pine, Pinus contorta var. latifolia S. Wats were made from
several locations in the Sierra Nevada mountains. In Calaveras
and Tuolumne Counties, the cones of this pine were found to
be heavily infested with Conophthorus contortae Hopkins. Until
now, this species has only been recorded from the cones of the
shore pine, Pinus contorta var. contorta S. Wats near Newport,
Oregon (Keen 1958). The author is indebted to Dr. S. L.
Wood of Brigham Young University in Provo, Utah for the
identification of these beetles. — Herbert Ruckes, Jr., University
of California, Berkeley.^
1 Keen, F. P., 1958 — Cone and Seed Insects of western forest trees. U.S.D.A. Technical
Bulletin No. 1169. pp. 48 & 55.
2 Studies of the cone and seed insect problems of the pines in California made possible by a
grant from the Gilbert M. Walker Fund.
April, 1959]
SCHUSTER — MALE PSELAPHID
95
NOTES ON MORIUS OCCIDENS CASEY WITH A
DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE
(Coleoptera: Pselaphidae)
Robert 0. Schuster
University of California, Davis
On the basis of a unique female, broken into many parts,
Thomas L. Casey described Morius occidens in 1893. Casey's
description is to be found in Bowman’s Pselaphidae of North
America and the genus is keyed into the North American
pselaphid fauna by Park ( 1953 ) . The male has not previously
been described.
The genera Morius and Rhinoscepsis are the only North
American representatives of the subtribe Rhinoscepsina, tribe
Euplectini. Morius was previously known only from the type
collected in Santa Cruz County, California.
What appears to be one species of Morius has been recovered
at a low frequency from leaf mold in the Coast Range from
Monterey to Mendocino Counties in California. The number of
specimens in the series now available for study is insufficient to
determine the nature of variation, mainly color and degree of
pubescence. The male is associated with Casey’s female because
(1) it is the predominant form recovered in Santa Cruz County,
(2) it is of the proper size and color, and (3) it agrees with the
type except for the male sexual characters. (Comparison with
the type, which I have not seen, was made by Gordon A. Marsh.)
Casey’s original description was good, and only a few char-
acters, mainly of the mouth parts of the female, and those pertain-
ing to the male are described here.
Morius occidens Casey
Additions to description of female. Head as in Casey’s description but
with weak median carina extending from neck to about the vertexal foveae.
Labrum straight across the front, rounded at lateral margins; 2 cone-shaped
structures occur medially on lower front margin and 5 or 6 in a row
behind the first 2; 4 macrosetae arise laterally, 1 on the dorsal surface
and 3 ventrally. Mandibles heavy, 6 teeth on each inner ramus; 1 lamellate
seta occurs midway on the dorsal surface along with a few smaller setae.
Maxillary palpus with segment I small, 1/3 length of II; II thin for basal
1/2 and swollen at distal 1/2; III slightly more than 1/3 length of II and
equally as wide; IV 3 times as long as III and noticably wider, terminated
by a long, thin palpal cone almost 1/2 as long as segment IV ; 2 specialized
setae occur midway on outer surface. Abdomen of 5 visible tergites and
6 visible sternites. Tergite I with fovea formed by 2 apodemes at each
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
3
Explanation of Figures
Morius occidens: Fig. 1, adult male, dorsal aspect; Fig. 2, maxillary
palpus; Fig. 3, aedeagus, dorsal aspect.
April, 1959]
SCHUSTER — MALE PSELAPHID
97
anterio-lateral margin and a large pubescent excavation occupying the
median 1/3; II with a much smaller depression at the anterior margin;
other tergites simple; sternite I entire behind coxal lines although this
condition is obscured by pubescence on point-mounted specimens; II 3 times
as long as I with a deep, pubescent, transverse sulcus at the front margin.
Mesosternum with 2 carinae and 3 anterior pubescent foveae; mesocoxae
narrowly separated, the coxal cavities confluent but nearly closed by pro-
cesses of the meso- and metasterna; a large pubescent fovea occurs laterad
and one posterior to each coxa; metacoxae contiguous.
Male . — As in the female with the exception of the abdominal tergites.
Brachypterous males have been noted and fully winged populations may
eventually be found. Six sternites are readily visible, and a seventh, a
minute penal plate strongly attached to a genital segment and usually
removed with the aedeagus during dissection, is sclerotized distally and
may at times be visible externally. A small, semi-triangular projection occurs
at the middle of the posterior margin of the third visible sternite. Male
aedeagus 0.23 mm. long X 0.15 mm. wide; dorsal surface of capsule
membranous, ventral surface mostly so, depending to some extent on the
age of the individual; two parameres ventrally, extending to rear of
capsule and bridged by wide connection at about 1/2 the length of the
aedeagus; a membranous tube, apically bifid, is weakly sclerotized near
the apex of each paramere and again at the terminal dichotomy; numerous
small pores are present along the apical margin of the parameres and a
number of fine setae occur along their lateral margins.
Literature Cited
Bowman, John R.
1934. The Pselaphidae of North America. Pittsburgh (privately pub-
lished), pp. 1—149.
Casey, Thomas L.
1893. Coleop. Notices V. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 7 :433— 509.
Park, Orlando
1953. Discrimination of genera of pselaphid beetles of the United
States. Chicago Acad. Sci. Bull. 9:299—331, pis. 1—5.
FOURTH ANNUAL INSECT PHOTOGRAPHIC SALON
The Pacific Branch of the Entomological Society of America
announces the fourth annual insect photographic salon to be held
in conjunction with its meeting in Sacramento, June 23—25, 1959.
Photographs will be judged in three categories: monochrome,
color transparency, and color transparency sequence. Deadline for
all entries is June 16, 1959. Entry blanks may be obtained from
Dr. E. S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco 18, California.
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO, 2
A FEW ODONATA FROM YOSEMITE
Edward J. Kormondy
Department of Zoology, Oberlin College
A small collection of dragonflies taken in Yosemite National
Park (Tuolumne County, California) and deposited in the Uni-
versity of Michigan Museum of Zoology has been determined by
the author. The series was taken July 10—13, 1939, by fifteen
children on a “nature hike,” under the direction of C. L. Gibson,
who gave the specimens to the Museum. The locales represented
are Miguel Meadows and Sand Pit Lake in northwestern Yosemite,
about two miles southeast of Lake Eleanor at an elevation of
5200 feet. According to Chief Park Ranger Elmer Fladmark (in
litt., December 9, 1958) there is no “Sand Pit” Lake at Yosemite
and the excavation currently known as Gravel Lake may have had
the former name at one time.
In the only collective report on California Odonata to date,
Kennedy (1917) listed ten species as occurring in Yosemite:
Lestes dryas Kirby, Enallagma cyathigerum (Charpentier) , Amphiag-
rion abbreviatum (Selys), Aeshna interrupta nevadensis Walker, Cordulia
shurteffi S'cudder, Libellula pulchella Drury, Libellula quadrimaculata
Linnaeus, Sympetrum semicinctum (Say), Leucorrhinia glacialis Hagen,
Leucorrhinia hudsonica (Selys).
The following list of fifteen species, none of which constitutes
a new state record, includes eleven (indicated by an asterisk)
reported from Yosemite for the first time (Sand Pit Lake and
Miguel Meadows are abbreviated as SPL and MM respectively) :
Lestes dryas Kirby, 5 $ $ , 9 9 9, SPL and MM ; Enallagma cyathi-
gerum (Charpentier), 1^, SPL; Isclinura perparva Selys*, 3$ $, 29 9,
SPL and MM; Atiax junius (Drury)*, 2$ $, SPL; Aeshna palmata
Hagen*, 1^, MM; Aeshna multicolor Hagen*, SPL; lAbellula pulch-
ella Drury, 10 ^ ^ , 19, SPL and MM; Libellula quadrimaculata Lin-
naeus, 12 $ S , MM; Libellula saturata Uhler*, 11 ^ ^ , 19, SPL;
Sympetrum corruptum (Hagen)*, 19, SPL; Sympetrum madidum
(Hagen)*, 2$ $, 19, SPL and MM; Sympetrum occidentale californicum
Walker*, 19, MM; Sympetrum pallipes (Hagen)*, 1^, 29 9, SPL and
MM; Leucorrhinia intacta (Hagen)*, 1^, 19, MM; Tramea lacerata
Hagen*, 3$ SPL.
Literature Cited
Kennedy, C. H.
1917. Notes on the Life History and Ecology of the Dragonflies
(Odonata) of Central California and Nevada. Proc. U.S. Nat’l
Mus. 52:483-635.
April, 1959]
SMITH JAPYGIDAE I
99
THE JAPYGIDAE OE NORTH AMERICA 1—
PROVALLJAPYGINAE AND NANOJAPYX
Leslie M. Smith
University of California, Davis
The subfamily Evalljapyginae is characterized by the five
pectinate laminae of the lacinia and the bilateral asymmetry of
the forceps, as well as other characters. Silvestri (1949) studied
three specimens from the state of Sao Paulo, Brazil and noted
that they possessed a falciform distal lamina on the lacinia and
nearly bilaterally symmetrical forceps. He named this insect
Provalljapyx lanei new genus and new species and placed it in
the subfamily Evalljapyginae although it did not fit in the two
characters mentioned. Paclt (1957) placed Silvestri’s genus
Provalljapyx as a synonym of Evalljapyx but, as indicated below,
this is not justifiable.
In my collection are 63 specimens representing five species
which I assign to the new genus Nanojapyx. This genus from
California shows affiliation to Silvestri’s genus Provalljapyx from
Brazil. Neither of these genera can be placed logically in the
subfamily Evalljapyginae. In my opinion they represent an
evolutionary group between the Projapygidae and the Evalljapy-
ginae, and I therefore place them in the new subfamily, Provall-
japyginae. All of the Projapygidae known from the New World
have plumose body setae and bilaterally symmetrical anal cerci
which do not show sexual dimorphism. We may assume that the
Projapygidae arose from a primitive campodeid by the shortening
and thickening of the anal cerci, and later by the addition of
stout spines mesad on the cerci as a defensive mechanism for
protection against attack from the rear.
A further step in the evolution is represented by the Provall-
japyginae wherein the anal cerci are modified into unsegmented
forceps which are symmetrical and do not show sexual dimorph-
ism. The final evolutionary step is exhibited by the Evalljapyginae
wherein in the left forcep is different than the right forcep and the
forceps of the male are different from those of the female. This
line of evolution is also supported by anatomical features other
than the forceps.
Pro vail japyginae, new subfamily
Similar to the Evallj apginae except: antennae with 20 to
23 segments, distal lamina of lacinia falciform, styli each with a
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
single seta, tergite VII slightly lobed or bilobed, pleura VII not
heavily sclerotized or projected to the rear, forceps approximately
similar and without sexual dimorphism, length of body 2 to 4
mm.
Inasmuch as this subfamily is now known from eastern South
America and western North America, it seems probable that a
rich fauna exists in this group. They have undoubtedly been
overlooked by earlier collectors because of their small size and,
if seen, they were probably mistaken as nymphal stages of larger
species.
Key to the Genera
1. Stylus with a single seta, distal lamina of lacinia falciform, forceps
similar (Pro vail japyginae) 2
— Stylus with two setate, distal lamina of lacinia pectinate, forceps
not bilaterally symmetrical (Evall japyginae) 3
2. Two large median teeth on each forcep, no other teeth or denticles,
posterior seta on pleuron plumose, segment X tergite setae
4 -|- 1 + 4 Provalljapyx
— Four or more similar teeth on each forcep, posterior seta on pleuron
simple, segment X tergite plumose setae 3 -|~ 3 Nanojapyx
3. Setose frontal sinus Ctenjapyx
— Without setose frontal sinus Evalljapyx
Nanojapyx L. Smith, new genus
Type species: Nanojapyx paged L. Smith, new species.
Head. — Antenna with 22 ± 1 segments; vertex covered with a number
of and a lesser number of m ; distal half of antenna with segments
showing two fairly regular rows of m, a a little more to the base than to
the extremity of the segment, longer than m on the same segment; apical
lamina of lacinia falciform, shorter than the other four, pectinate laminae.
Thorax. — Pronotum 6 -{- 6 M, meso- and metanotum 7 to 9 7 to 9 M ;
legs, femora dorsal apex with two subequal small usually plumose setae
and one simple seta in a line; tarsus with two ventral rows of spine-like
setae, two or three setae per row. Abdomen. — Tergites with four to five
irregular transverse rows of M, and fewer m, M with 6 ± 2 pinnulae;
sternites with five irregular transverse rows of M and fewer m, M with
3 ± 2 pinnulae; tergite X with 3 3 plumose M between the carinae and
a variable number of m ; lateral subcoxal organs broad with about four
to seven plumose sensory setae each, in a single row, and two or three
irregular rows of distinct glandular setae; styli on segments I— VII, each
with one mesad seta, approximately one-third as long as the stylus ; abdominal
pleura ; anterior pleurite with two large setae, with the anterior one plumose ;
1 Abbreviations : M — • macrosetae, plumose; m — sub-macrosetae, usually simple but occa-
sionally plumose, a — dorsal sense-seta on the fourth antennal segment; LI, L 2, L 3, —
first, second, and third pair of legs; A, B, C, D — anterior, second, third, and posterior rows
of M on the abdominal sclerites; I-X — abdominal segments.
April, 1959]
SMITH — JAPYGIDAE I
101
pleuron with three large setae, posterior one simple; forceps apparently
symmetrical, differing only in number of teeth, teeth usually sharp pointed,
not rounded denticles; all setae on forceps simple, except one or two basal;
no sexual dimorphism in forceps.
This genus is close to the genus Provalljapyx but can be
distinguished from it by the presence of four or more teeth on
each forcep.
Nanojapyx pages! L. Smith, new species
Female. — Head: antenna with 22 segments; segments 13 to 22 with
all setae of same size, arranged in two transverse rows, about 16 setae in
distal circle, and about 20 setae in basal cricle; segment IV circled with
eight to ten larger setae anterior to a; labrum with 7 7 simple setae
of various sizes; mandible with three fused teeth and a fourth, distinct,
less heavily sclerotized, pointed tooth; first tooth (ventral) of mandible
largest and recurved at tip; galea of maxilla with sclerotized thumb at
apex of anterior lobe with five spatulate projections at tip of thumb; palpus
with ten simple setae; lacinia heavily sclerotized, arcuate, lamina 1 a rod,
shorter than lamina 2; laminae 2 to 5, typical combs; labium with numer-
ous simple setae; labial palpi short, conical, with two long and one short
simple setae; dorsum of head with about 24 -|- 24 setae, mostly all plumose.
Thorax. — Pronotum with 6 + 6 M and 5 + 4 m ; mesonotum, prescutum
with 1 -f 1 M and 1 + 1 m ; scutum with 7 + 8 M and 7 + 7 m ; metano-
tum with 8 + 9 M; legs short, setae at dorsal apex of femur, numbers 1
and 2 plumose, number 3 simple, number 3 longer than number 1, number 2
shortest; large ventral setae on tarsus in two rows of two setae each, tarsal
claws simple sub-equal. Abdomen . — Tergite I: prescutum with 1 + 1 M and
1 + Im, scutum with 6 + 6 M and 6 + 6 m; sternite I — prescutum with 4 +
5 M, and no m, scutum Ar=4 + 4M, B — 2+ 2 M and 2 + 2 m, C = 4 +
4 M, D =: 9 + 9M ; lateral subcoxal organs with 7 + 7 M and numerous
glandular setae arranged in two irregular rows; stylus simple, conical with
slightly bulging base, one simple curved seta; tergite II, A — 4 + 4 M, B — 2
+ 2 M, C = 2 M and 3 + 3 m alternating in row with M; segments III to
VII inclusive similar to segment 2; six ventral setae associated with stylus
VII, as illustrated, setae 1, 3, and 5 with 3 or 4 pinnulae, setae 2 and 4
present. Segment VIII width 0.16 mm, length 0.18 mm; tergite, A = 4 + 4
M and 1 + 1 m, Br=2+2M and 1+ 1 m, C=:3 + 3M and 3 + 3 m
alternating in row with M ; sternite, A = 3 + 3 M and 1 + 1 m, B
3 + 3 M and 1 + lm, C = 3+ 3M and 3 + 3 m ; spermatheca between
B and C, bulbous with a long anterior spike; genital opening with many
simple setae, no palps. Segment IX tergite, 3 + 3 M and 3 + 3 m alterna-
ting; sternite with 3 + 3 M and 3 + 3 m; segment X, width 0.14 mm,
length 0.20 mm; tergite, (between crenulae) A = 2 + 2M, B = 1 + 1M,
C = 3 + 3 M of which the four mesad setae are simple, about six m
scattered over the tergite; sternite A = 3 + 3 M followed by a row 2 + 2
m, B = 2 + 2 M and 1 + 1 m, C=:1 + 1M, D — 3 + 3M and 2 + 2
m; acropygidium distinct, rounded, edge crenulate; carinae distinct;
forceps short and broad (as illustrated) and strongly bent upward toward
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
the tips; right forcep with seven sharp, recurved teeth, left forcep with
five similar teeth, each forcep with ten large setae of which the outer,
basal one is plumose; and nine smaller setae of which four arise near the
dental margin; length of forcep 0.14 mm; length of body, including
forceps 2.89 mm.
Male. — Similar to female except no spermathecae ; large median internal
setose sac opening ventrally on scutum III near the suture between the
prescutum and scutum, tip of sac extending anteriorly to posterior margin
of second urosternite, setae near the mouth of the sac plumose, the rest
simple; lateral subcoxal organs with 6-1-6 plumose sense-setae and
numerous hyaline glandular setae almost as long as the sense setae; right
forcep with six teeth, left forcep with five teeth ; length of body 2.72 mm.
Holotype female and allotype male (California Academy of
Sciences) and paratype female and male (University of California,
Davis) were collected in leaf mold near Oakland, Alameda
County, California, in January, 1953 by Mr. Robert 0.
Schuster.
I take pleasure in naming this species after M. L. Pages of
the Labor atoire de Biologie Animale, Universite de Dijon, France,
in recognition of his fine work in the taxonomy of the Japygidae.
Nanojapyx pricei L. Smith, new species
Female. — Similar to N. pagesi L. Smith except setae at dorsal apex
of femora, number 3 equal in length to number 1 ; setae on labial palp
4; meso-and metanotum 8 -f- 8 M; setae number 1 on forceps usually simple
or minutely plumose; length of forceps 0.18 mm; right forcep with seven
teeth, left with six teeth ; tips of forceps strongly curved inward, as
illustrated; lateral subcoxal organs each with six or seven plumose sense
setae; ventral setae associated with stylus VII as in pagesi but with three
pinnulae each ; abdominal segment X, width 0.20 mm, length 0.28 mm ;
length of body, including forceps 3.83 mm.
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1, lacinia of Nanojapyx pagesi L. Smith showing rod-like structure
of the first lamina, e = 0.05 mm; fig. 2, male sac in III of pagesi dorsal
view, e n: 0.05 mm ; fig. 3. spermathecae of pagesi dorsal view ; fig. 4,
eighteenth antennal segment of pagesi female, dorsal view, e = 0.05 mm ;
fig. 5, apex of femur of pagesi dorsal view showing plumose setae 1 and 2,
and simple seta number 3 ; fig. 6, tarsus of L 2 of pagesi ventral view show-
ing two rows of two stout setae each, e = 0.05 mm ; fig. 7, fourth antennal
segment of pagesi female, dorsal view showing dorsal sense seta at a;
fig. 8, labial palpus of pagesi female, ventral view; fig. 9, pleuron of left
side of pagesi female showing setal pattern, left = pleurite, right —
pleuron; fig. 10, tergite X of pagesi female, dorsal view, e 0.10 mm;
fig. 11, right stylus VII and associated setae of pagesi, ventral view, e =
0.05 mm; fig. 12, right stylus VII and associated setae of N. gentilei L.
Smith ventral view, e rr 0.05 mm.
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
Male. — Similar to female, except right forcep with six teeth, left with
five teeth ; male sac with few setae mostly simple, but nine setae show
minute pinnulae near the opening of the sac; abdominal segment X, width
0.17 mm, length 0.22 mm; length of body including forceps 3.54 mm.
In addition to the six paratypes, I have examined a series
of eight metatype adults from Sharp Park, San Mateo County,
California. In some of these the females lack the basal tooth on
the right forcep.
Holotype female and allotype male (California Academy of
Sciences), and 18 paratypes (California Insect Survey; Univer-
sity of California, Davis; U.S. National Museum) were collected
in chaparral leaf mold in the San Bruno Mountains, San Mateo
County, California, in January, 1957.
I take pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Douglas W.
Price who collected it.
Nanojapyx gentilei L. Smith, new species
Female. — Similar to N. pagesi L. Smith except setae at dorsal apex
of femora, number 3 longer than number 1, number 2 shortest and not
plumose; setae on labial palp 4, setae on maxillary palp 7; meso- and
metanotum 7 -)- 8 M; seta number 1 on forceps minutely plumose;
length of forceps 0.12 mm; right forcep with six teeth, left with five teeth,
tips of forceps strongly curved inwards; lateral subcoxal organs each with
four or five plumose sense setae; ventral setae associated with stylus VII
as illustrated with setae number 2 and 4 missing; abdominal segment X,
width 0.11 mm, length 0.16 mm; length of body including forceps 2.72 mm.
Male. — Unknown.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences), paratype
female and juvenile (University of California, Davis) were
collected ten to twelve inches deep in sandy soil in a growth of
poison oak by L. M. Smith and R. 0. Schuster near Trenton,
Sonoma County, California, on August 7, 1957.
I take pleasure in naming this species for Mr. Adriano
Gentile who has been of great assistance to me by translating
Silvestri’s works on Japygidae from Latin.
Nanojapyx hamoni L. Smith, new species
Female. — Similar to N. pagesi L. Smith except setae at dorsal apex
of femora, numbers 1 and 2 plumose, with number 3 equal in length to
number 1; setae on labial palp 4, setae on maxillary palp 7 + 8; ventral
Explanation of Figures
Forceps of Nanojapyx females, dorsal view, reversed left to right, setal
pattern of all as shown in fig. 13. All figures at same magnification, e rz
0.10 mm. Fig. 13, pagesi', fig. 14, hamoni, a, right, and b, left forcep;
fig. 15, pricei; fig. 16, gentilei', fig. 17, coalingae.
April, 1959]
SMITH JAPYGIDAE I
105
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
setae pei’ row on tarsus 3 -j- 3 ; meso- and metanotum 1 1 M ; seta
number 1 on forceps minutely plumose; length of forcep 0.14 mm; left
forcep with eight teeth with distal tooth almost hidden, right forcep with
five teeth, all teeth pyramidal in shape, not recurved ; lateral subcoxal
organ with 6 + 6 plumose sensory setae; ventral setae associated with
stylus VII with setae 2 and 4 present, these become progressively smaller
anteriorly, setae 1, 3, and 5 with 4 pinnulae each; segment X, width 0.19
mm, length 0.22 mm; length of body including forceps 3.40 mm.
Male. — Unknown.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences) collected
in redwood leaf mold near Half Moon Bay, San Mateo County,
California on July 21, 1957 by Mr. R. 0. Schuster. Three female
paratypes were collected in clay-loam soil and humus under
Monterey Cypress, by W. H. Lange and R. Schoeppner at Wolf
Ranch, San Mateo County, California, April 24, 1958 and are
deposited in the collection of the U.S. National Museum, Cali-
fornia Insect Survey and the University of California, Davis.
Nanojapyx coalingae L. Smith, new species
Female. Similar to V. pagesi L. Smith except antenna with 23 seg-
ments; antennal segment 18 with eight setae in the distal whorl; setae at
dorsal apex of femora, numbers 1 and 2 plumose with number 1 equal
in length to number 3 ; setae on labial palp 3, setae on maxillary palp 8 ;
meso- and metanotum 7 + 7 M ; ventral setae per row on tarsus L 1
2 + 2 ; L 2 and L 3 3 + 3 ; seta number 1 on forceps clearly plumose ;
tergum X setae between carinae, row A as in pagesi, the two pair of m
posterior to A strongly developed, row B anterior of middle, C irregular,
with one additional pair of m just mesad of the lateral setae, median pair
of M posterior, simple, all other M plumose; length of forceps 0.14 mm,
right forcep with one distinct sharp pointed recurved tooth and crenulations
suggesting reminants of six teeth, left forcep the same; lateral subcoxal
organ with 6 + 7 plumose sensory setae; ventral setae associated with
stylus VII, seta number 2 present but small, and seta 4 absent; setae 1, 3,
and 5 with four or five pinnulae; segment X width 0.14 mm, length 0.20
mm; length of body including forceps 3.06 mm.
Male. — Unknown.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences) was col-
lected in juniper leaf mold near Coalinga, Fresno County,
California on January 22, 1958, by Mr. H. L. Wilson.
Key to the Species of Nanojapyx L. Smith
1. Antennae with 23 segments coalingae
— Antennae with 22 segments 2
2. Three setae per row on tarsus... hamoni
— Two setae per row on tarsus (fig. 6).. 3
3. Three setae on labial palpus (fig. 8) pagesi
— Four setae on labial palpus 4
April, 1959]
CLAUSEN^ — -PARASITE RELEASES
107
4. Plumose seta at apex of femur shorter than adjacent simple seta
(fig. 5) gentilei
— Plumose seta at apex of femur same length as adjacent simple
seta pricei
Literature Cited
Paclt, J.
1957. Diplura. Genera Insectorum. Fascicule 212, p. 83.
SiLVESTRI, F.
1949. Contributo alia conoscenza degli Japygidae (Insecta Diplura)
Rend. Accad. XL, s. 3, 27:3—115.
RELEASES OF RECENTLY IMPORTED INSECT PARASITES
AND PREDATORS IN CALIFORNIA, 1956-57
C. P. Clausen
University of California, Riverside
The following list, reporting the first field releases of certain
imported species of parasites and predators by the Department
of Biological Control, supplements two preceding reports,^’ ^ cov-
ering the years 1952—53 and 1954—55. The year of first release
is 1957 unless otherwise indicated.
The species listed in the 1952—53 report as Platynaspis ( ? )
sp. has since been identified as Exochomus metallicus Korschefsky.
Area or County
Host and Parasites or Predators
Origin
of Release
Saissetia oleae (Bern.)
Coccophagus mexicensis Gir.*
Mexico
So. Calif.,
Tulare
Mesopeltis atrocyanea Masi
Mexico
San Diego
Metaphycus lichtensiae (How.)
Pakistan
Coastal
So. Calif.
Microterys consobrinus Comp.*
Mexico
San Diego
Microterys flavus (How.)
India
So. Calif.
(Black scale race)
Aonidiella aurantii (Mask.)
Aphytis sp. (Burma)
Burma
So. Calif.
Aphytis sp. (India)
India
So. Calif.
Aphytis sp. (Pakistan)
Pakistan
So. Calif.
Chilocorus tristis Fald.^
Japan
San Diego
San Bernardino
Cybocephalus sp.
India
So. Calif.
Pharoscymnus sp.
India
San Diego
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
Area or County
Host and Parasites or Predators
Origin
of Release
Physcus sp.
Burma
San Diego
Riverside
Telsimia sp.
Burma
So. Calif.
Lepidosaphes beckii Newm.
Chilocorus discoideus Crotch*
Kenya
So. Calif.
Parlatoria oleae (Colvee)
Aphytis sp.
Pakistan
San Joaquin
Valley
Archenomus sp.
Pakistan
San Joaquin
Valley
Coccophagoides sp.
Pakistan
Fresno
Tulare
Planococcus citri (Risso)
Nephus sp.
Mexico
V entura
Therioaphis maculata (Buckton)
Adonia variegata Gze.^
India
Riverside
Fresno
Yolo
Chrysopa carnea Steph.^
India
So. Calif.
Yolo
Scymus nubilis Muls.^
India
Riverside
Yolo
Synharmonia conglobata (L. )*
Turkey
San Diego
Aphis spiraecola Patch
Aphelinus chaonia Wlkr.*
Hong Kong
Riverside
Tetranychidae and Eriophyidae
( various)
Stethorus sp. “P”
Pakistan
San Diegc
Stethorus sp. “D”
India
San Diegc
Riverside
Santa Barpa:
Phytophagous Snails
Gonaxis kibweziensis (Smith)*®
Agiguan
San Diego
* First releases made in 1956.
1 Pan-Pacific Entoni. 31(2):90-2. 1955.
2 Pan-Pacific Entom. 32(3) :125-7. 1956.
3 Received from Canadian Department of Agriculture.
4 Received from Entomology Research Division, U.S.D.A.
5 Received from Pacific Science Board and Hawaii Board of Agriculture and Forestry.
April, 1959]
POWELL PYRALID NOTES
109
NOTES ON THE CALIFORNIA SPECIES OF THE
GENUS PYLA GROTE
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidoidea)
Jerry A. Powell
University of California, Berkeley
The black moths of the genus Pyla Grote are dayflying
phycitids which, in western North America, inhabit boreal regions.
Carl Heinrich, in his magnificent monograph of the Phycitinae
(1956), divided the genus into two superficial species groups,
those with grey forewings and those with shining black-brown
wings. Four species are recorded from California, all of which
are members of the latter group, the typical Pyla of the earlier
authors.
During the course of the past few seasons, collecting in the
mountains of northern California^ has produced certain distri-
butional data which seem significant. It has become apparent that
P. sylphiella Dyar, previously only reported from Washington
and British Columbia extends southward and is continuous with
the California species, P. scintillans (Grote). In addition, a few
remarks on variation and a description of the female of P.
nigricula Heinrich are included in the present paper. Where not
otherwise indicated in the data, the collection records are my
own.
Pyla scintillans ( Grote
Nephopteryx scintillans Grote, Papilio, Vol. 1, p. 18, 1881.
Pyla scintillans (Grote), Heinrich, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 207, p. 146,
1956.
Pyla sylphiella Dyar, Ins. Insc. Menstr., Vol. 9, p. 68, 1921; Heinrich,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 207, p. 147, 1956. (New synonymy.)
A shining, dark brown species with usually only faint indica-
tions of darker transverse banding on the forewing. Very dis-
tinctly marked specimens show dark markings on the forewings
as follows: a broad median band which angles slightly outward;
a thin subapical, usually somewhat sinuate, band; sometimes an
irregular blotch between the bands on the dorsal margin. It may
be easily distinguished from P. fasciella Barnes and McDunnough
and P. nigricula Heinrich, which it closely resembles, by its longer
palpi (exceed the head by about twice the diameter of the eye
as seen from side, fig. 1). Alar expanse 20—26 mm.
1 Field investigations during August, 1957 and July, 1958 carried out with the California
Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley.
2 Complete synonymy has been given by Heinrich (1956).
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
Heinrich lists the distribution as Sierran, from Mineralking,
Tulare County northward to Cisco, Placer County, all at high
elevations. It is apparent, however, from the specimens I have
examined, that in California the species ranges throughout the
Sierras, the north central part of the state, and thence southward
along the inner North Coast Ranges for some distance. The
species is, in general, an early flier compared to the other Cali-
fornia Pyla, with almost all collections having been made in July.
Heinrich, in his treatment of the genus, recognized both P.
scintillans (Grote) and P. sylphiella Dyar as valid species even
though they are indistinguishable on the basis of external charac-
ters. His criteria for separation were: minor differences in the
male genitalia, the markedly different female genitalia, and the
allopatric distribution of the two species. However, the California
specimens of the complex are extremely variable in genitalic
characters and include intermediates between his interpretation
of P. scintillans and P. sylphiella. A series from Del Norte County
seems to be fairly uniform in representing a southern extension
of P. sylphiella in both male and female characters. A male from
southern Siskiyou County appears to be intermediate in the harpe
enlargements, while the aedeagus is of the P. sylphiella type. A
male from Shasta County, although having the harpe characters
of P. sylphiella, has one element of the aedeagus with one short
thorn, the other with three, a situation typical of P. scintillans.
The female genitalia in the specimens examined exhibit more
variability than was indicated by Heinrich. Typical P. sylphiella
forms occur in Del Norte and Siskiyou Counties, but not consist-
ently. One interesting variety lacks both the heavily sclerotized
deep folds of the lower part of the cup-shaped portion of the ductus
bursae characteristic of P. sylphiella and the oval, blade-like
projections of the cup evident in P. scintillans. This variant (fig.
3) has been found in random individuals from Del Norte County
and in single specimens from Plumas and Glenn Counties. This
may represent an intermediate form. Specimens from the southern
Sierras seem more typical of P. scintillans in both sexes, but I
have not seen any females really typical of either of the P. scin-
tillans varieties figured by Heinrich.
In view of the nature of the intergrading characteristics evi-
dent in the complex, I regard Pyla sylphiella Dyar as a synonym
April, 1959]
POWELL PYRALID NOTES
111
of P. scintillans (Grote), P. scintillans being a widespread species
(central California north to British Columbia).
Material examined: (See map) 1^,5 mi. W. Sonora Pass, Tuolumne
Co. VII. 21.56; 1$, Sonora Pass, Tuolumne Co. VII. 21.56; 1$, Glen Alpine
Cr., El Dorado Co. VII. 18.09 (F. X. Williams); 1$, Mohawk, Plumas
Co. VII.8.38 (W. R. Bauer) ; 1$, Chester, 6 mi. E., Plumas Co. VII.14.54;
1^, Hat Creek P. 0., Shasta Co. VII. 11.56 (J. W. MacSwain) ; 1$,
“Caslella” [prob. Castella, Shasta Co.] VII.’02 (no collector); 1^, 1$,
Mt. Shasta City, Siskiyou Co. VII. 2. 58; 3$ $, 11 $ $ , Little Grayback.
N.E. Del Norte Co. VII. 9.58; 1?, 5 mi. N. Black Butte, Glenn Co. 6200',
VI.19.56.
Pyla nigricula Heinrich
Pyla nigricula Heinrich, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 207, p. 148, 1956.
Superficially P. nigricula is very much like P. scintillans, from
which it differs by the smaller palpi (exceed the head by only
about the diameter of the eye as seen from side, fig. 2), and
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1, Lateral view of head of Pyla scintillans (Grote) ; fig. 2,
Lateral view of head of Pyla nigricula Heinrich; fig. 3, Female genitalia
(variant) of Pyla scintillans (Grote) ; fig. 4, Female genitalia of Pyla
nigricula Heinrich.
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL, XXXV, NO. 2
apparently is almost indistinguishable from P. fasciella. All three
are easily separated by their genital characters. Heinrich described
P. nigricula from a unique male collected by A. H. Vachell at
Verdi, Nevada. 1 have encountered it at spots to the south of the
Lake Tahoe region, but only at elevations above 10,000 feet.
Verdi is on the eastern side of the Sierras, and it seems probable
that the specimen was collected in the mountains near Verdi to
the west.
The male exhibits some variation in wing color, and 1 have
a specimen which differs from the original description as follows:
both the antemedial and submarginal dark bands of the forewing
clearly indicated, the area between, as well as the margin, with
the same bluish overscaling as is present on basal area. Another
has just a faint suggestion of the median bluish, otherwise closely
resembling the type description. Alar expanse 23—25 mm. (the
type is 26 mm.) .
The unique type is a male, and the previously unknown
female is described at this time.
Head, palpi, other appendages, as in male. Forewing black, tinged
with bluish overscaling as follows: basal area, median area except for an
indistinct center blotch, a thin, distinct submarginal transverse line parallel
with margin, marginal area; remaining black bands as follows: antemedial
oblique line, irregular blotch at end of cell, two submarginal thin bands on
either side of the distinct blue line. (In older specimens the bluish tends
to become obscure, giving a less distinctly marked appearance). Hind
wing, shiny dark brown as in male. Alar expanse 23—24 mm. Genitalia as
in fig. 4 (three specimens examined), close to P. fasciella Barnes and
McDunnough but differing by the smaller ovipositor pads (ratio of ovipositor
pad length to: posterior apophyses distad of pads to: length of sclerotized
band of ninth segment about 1:6: 1.5; in P. fasciella about 1:4:1) and by
minor differences in shape of the sclerotization of the ninth segment and
paired plates of ductus bursae.
Neallotype femak: Sonora Peak, Tuolumne County, Cali-
fornia, August 10, 1957 (J. Powell) deposited in the California
Insect Survey collection. University of California, Berkeley.
I have not seen P. fasciella, but judging from the description
given by Heinrich, it is nearly indistinguishable from P. nigricula
in external characters. Although the genitalia are distinct, the
two entities are also geographically isolated (P. fasciella is known
only from Mt. Shasta in northern California), and perhaps the
status of P. nigricula should he reevaluated when more material
becomes available, especially from the intervening areas. It seems
April, 1959]
POWELL — PYRALID NOTES
113
a distinct possibility that P. nigricula Heinrich represents a
genitalic variant.
Material examined : 1 $ , Ruby Lake, Inyo County [11,250 ft.] VIII.13.57 ;
1$, near Mono Pass, Inyo County, 12,000', VIII. 11.57 (C. D. MacNeill) ;
1^, Sonora Pass, Tuolumne County, VII.21.56; 2$ $, near Sonora Peak,
Tuolumne County, 11,000', VII. 14.57 (C. D. MacNeill); 4$ $, Sonora
Peak, Tuolumne County, VIII. 10.57.
Pyla viridisuffusella Barnes and McDunnough
Pyla viridisuffusella Barnes and McDunnough, Can. Ent., Vol. 49, p.
406, 1917 ; Heinrich, U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 207, p. 149, 1956.
A smaller moth (expanse 17—20 mm.), quite distinct from the
Explanation of Map
Distribution of Pyla scintillans (Grote) (closed circles) and Pyla
viridisuffusella Barnes and McDunnough (open circles) in California ac-
cording to material examined and localities given by Heinrich (1956).
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
above mentioned species, with a shining metallic green or bronzy
overscaling and usually with rather distinct transverse bands on
the forewing. The intensity and quality of the color varies consid-
erably between individuals.
Heinrich gives its distribution as the southern high Sierras,
ranging from Miner alking, Tulare County, north to Kennick
Meadows, Tuolumne County. The present records extend a little
more northward. It was flying quite abundantly in northwest Inyo
County in mid-August, along with occasional examples of P.
nigricula Heinrich and another abundant Phycitine, Catasia histri-
atella (Hulst), which it resembles on the wing.
Material examined: (See map) 1^, 2$ ?, Ruby Lake, N.W. Inyo Co.
VIII. 13.57 (C. D. MacNeill), 1$ $, 3 9 9, same data (J. Powell); 3$ $,
29 9, nr. Mono Pass, Inyo Co. 12,000', VIII. (10-15) .57 (C. D. MacNeill) ;
3^ S, 4 9 9, same data (J. Powell); 1,$, Tuolumne Meadows, Tuolumne
Co. “VIII. (1—7)” (no collector); 3$ $, 19, Kennick Meadows, Yosemite
Nat’l. Park, alt. 9,250', VII.28.34 (E. 0. Essig) ; 19, nr. Sonora Peak,
Tuolumne Co. 11,000', VII. 10.57 (C. D. MacNeill), 29 9, same data (J.
Powell) .
I would like to acknowledge with thanks the help of C. Don
MacNeill of the Department of Entomology, California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco, for the loan of specimens and for
assistance in the field, and Dr. P. D. Hurd, Jr., of the Department
of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley, for reading
the manuscript and suggestions.
Literature Cited
Heinrich, Carl
1956. American moths of the Subfamily Phycitinae. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. 207, 581 pp.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE SURVIVAL OF ARHOPALUS
PRODUCTUS (LeCONTE) LARVAE IN DOUGLAS-FIR
LUMBER
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
Charles B. Eaton
California Forest and Range Experiment Station^
Forest Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture
Larvae of the roundheaded borer, Arhopalus productus
(LeConte), often are found in the wood of dying or dead
1 Maintained at Berkeley, California, in cooperation with the University of California.
April, 1959]
EATON CERAMBYCID SURVIVAL
115
Douglas-fir trees. They are known to be able to survive and to
continue to develop in recently cut lumber from such trees, even
after it has been used in buildings. Because the adults and larvae
of this beetle occasionally bore holes through floors, ceilings,
walls, and roofs of new structures, they sometimes are a problem
to lumber suppliers, builders, and home owners (Eaton and Lyon,
1955).
Emergence in buildings has almost invariably been reported
as occurring within a year after the buildings were constructed.
One might infer that the beetles all complete their development
in a single year. This is contrary to what we know or suspect
about the insect’s life span in nature. Kimmey and Furniss (1943)
report that the beetles, normally, probably take several years to
reach maturity. A more plausible explanation for the absence of
the beetles in buildings after the first year is that the environment
becomes unfavorable for those that are unable to mature in this
period. Consequently they die.
In their natural environment A. productus beetles develop in
fairly moist wood. In buildings constructed with infested lumber
that is green when first used, the drying that takes place would
result in conditions quite different from those of wood still in
the tree in the forest. These conditions probably would tend to
deter larval development, and it is conceivable that only the more
fully developed individuals would reach the adult stage. Some
support for this belief was found from observations on the survi-
val of a few larvae in lumber kept indoors at Berkeley, California,
over a 13-month period.
In November 1955, two pieces of infested Douglas-fir, about
2 inches by 4 inches by 4 feet in size, were obtained from recently
cut fire-killed trees near Jenner, Sonoma County, California.
When brought indoors, the wood was very moist, prominently
bluestained, and well riddled with roundheaded-borer galleries.
The larvae were located by cutting along their galleries through
the wood. After their size and condition were noted, the larvae
were sealed in their galleries with black masking tape. The tape
was removed briefly at intervals of one to two months so that the
condition of the larvae could be observed.
Eight larvae were found in the two pieces of lumber. One
additional larva escaped detection, but was discovered when the
wood was split up in September 1957. The larvae were kept under
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 2
observation from November 16, 1955 to December 27, 1956. At
the beginning of this period they were thought to be between
one-half and three-fourths grown. However, head-capsule measure-
ments of those that died revealed that all but one were of the same
size, presumably full grown.
Only one of the eight larvae completed its development. The
remainder died at various lengths of time after observations were
begun. The one individual that survived was a male that emerged
as a full-grown beetle at seven months. Of those that died, one
succumbed after one month, one after four months, three after
seven months, one after ten months, and one after thirteen months.
The moisture content of green Douglas-fir sapwood is normally
100 per cent or more of its oven-dry weight. However, under
indoor conditions, such as those in which the samples were held,
moisture content would gradually decrease to the level commonly
reached in buildings in this area, i.e., about 10 per cent. During
the early part of the observation period, when the samples were
still fairly moist, most of the larvae continued their mines. How-
ever, as the wood dried, they became less and less active. The
frass they produced, which is normally fairly coarse, became very
fine. The larvae, instead of increasing in size, became smaller so
that in death their corpses were mummified. These observations
suggest that the wood became too dry for the larvae to survive,
and that they died from dessication. When infested lumber is
used in buildings, many larvae probably suffer the same fate. This
may explain why A. productus damage is seldom reported beyond
the first year after construction.
Literature Cited
Eaton, C. B. and Lyon, R. L.
1955. Arhopalus productus (Lee.), a borer in new buildings. U.S.
Forest Service, Calif. Forest and Range Expt. Sta. Tech. Paper
11, 11 pp., illus.
Kimmey, J. W. and Furniss, R. L.
1943. Deterioration of fire-killed Douglas-fir. U.S, Dept. Agr. Tech.
Bui. 851, 61 pp., illus.
A PREOCCUPIED NAME IN SOLIERELLA
(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
Solierella prosopidis Williams, new name, is proposed for
Solierella mandibularis Williams. Solierella mandihularis Williams
(Pan-Pac. Ent., 34:212, 1958) is preoccupied by Solierella
mandihularis de Beaumont (Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Phys. du Maroc,
36:147, 1957). — Francis X. Williams, La Mesa, California.
- ON
THE
TEAM
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
The basic principal guiding Sunland activi-
ties is to supply, from the modern world of
chemistry, those chemical tools necessary
to solve the production problems of agri-
culture in California's great producing
areas.
To this end we join research finding to
service and supply according to needs.
OUR CLAIM TO FAME . .
Players on the World^s
greatest Agribusiness Team.
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
P. O. Box 1669, Fresno AM 6-9881
11
Specialist!
Xhis handsome fellow specializes
in “inside jobs.” He’s the corn
borer. He may not be the ugliest
insect known to Agriculture, but
the damage he inflicts ranks him
right up there with the worst.
One fact remains very clear. The
corn borer and his flying, crawling,
burrowing and hopping “cousins”
Agricultural production.
Only through continuing research and experimentation can we
hope to win the vigorous battle with the insect world. Shell
Chemical Corporation, with the valuable co-operation of inde-
pendent entomologists, U.S.D.A. staff researchers, extension work-
ers and growers, strives to develop better and more successful
pesticides to reduce crop losses.
Modern Shell pesticides, now in use as a result of this close
co-operation, include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Methyl Parathion
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon® Soil Fumigants
and AUyl Alcohol weed seed killer.
Newer pesticides, now in the laboratory stages at Shell Chemi-
cal’s experimental research center at Modesto, Cahfornia, promise
an even more effective defense against insects.
Shell Chemical Corporation looks to a better tomor-
row for Agriculture through chemical research today.
For technical information on Shell products, write to:
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION
460 PARK AVENUE, NEV/ YORK 22, NEW YORK
still get too large a share of
Ill
HERCULES RESEARCH-
First Step toward Improved Pesticides
NX58-2
*Trademark
From the Hercules Research Center and Agricultural
Chemicals Laboratories come an ever increasing number
of products that contribute to more productive farming
and increased comfort for leisure hours. Here are the
established members of the Hercules family: Toxaphene
agricultural insecticide; Thanite® for oil base and aerosol
insecticides; Delnav* phosphate pesticide; meta Delphene®
insect repellent.
Today in the laboratories, research continues on the
products that will join them in the future. But before they
become available you can be sure that thousands of
compounds have been carefully screened and extensive
tests conducted in the field because only the best is good
enough to meet the standards of Hercules research.
That’s why you can look to Hercules for leadership in
the development of insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides.
Agricultural Chemicals Division, Naval Stores Department
HERCULES POWDER COMPANY
INCORPORATED
900 Market Street, Wilmington 99, Delaware
IV
A Cyanamid Report:
What’s new with Malathion?
New intervals for Malathion — Malathion continues to be the ideal
material for late season insect control. Reduced intervals between last
application and harvest were received on these crops in 1958:
Tomatoes — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsifi-
able Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
malathion 4% to 5% dusts.
Pears — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsifi-
able Liquid.
Cucumbers 'j
Squash >— from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57% Emulsi-
Melons ; fiable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
4% to 5% dusts.
Brambleberry Family — from 7 days to 1 day with malathion 57%
Emulsifiable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Pow-
der and 4% to 5% dusts.
Extended interval : — The label for leaf lettuce has been extended from
10 days to 14 days. The label for head lettuce remains the same : 7 days.
New crop uses for Malathion — Label acceptance of malathion for
insect control on figs and okra extends its already long crop use list to 95.
Okra — For the control of aphids. Use recommended rates of
malathion Emulsifiable Liquid, Wettable Powder or dusts
up to time pods start to form.
Figs — For control of dried fruit beetles and vinegar flies. Use
Emulsifiable Liquid or dusts at recommended rates. Apply
when necessary up to 3 days from harvest.
New animal claims — In addition to label acceptance for direct appli-
cation on cattle, hogs, poultry, cats and dogs, malathion has received
these labels for direct application on sheep, goats and swine:
For the control of lice, ticks and keds on sheep and goats. Apply 16 lbs.
of malathion 25% Wettable Powder per 100 gallons of water. Spray
animals thoroughly. Repeat application after 2 or 3 weeks if needed.
Do not apply to milk goats. Do not treat animals under one month of
age. When applying sprays, avoid contamination of feed, food contain-
ers and watering troughs.
For the control of lice on swine, use malathion 4% or 5% dust making
a thorough application to the animals. In addition, pens should also be
thoroughly dusted. Repeat application in 10 days, and thereafter as
needed. Avoid contamination of feed, food containers and watering
troughs.
Developer and producers of
malathion and parathion.
American Cyanamid Company,
Agricultural Division, Dept. HE,
New York 20, N. Y.
MALATHION
INSECTICiDES
V
Pest Control Chemicals
Fermate* ferbam fungicide
Zerlate"' ziram fungicide
Parzate''' liquid nabam fungicide
Parzate'" zineb fungicide
Manzate" maneb fungicide
Thylate''' thiram fungicide
Copper A fixed copper fungicide
Marlate"" 2-MR Methoxychlor insecticide (liquid)
Marlate* 50 methoxychlor insecticide (dry)
90% Technical methoxychlor oil concentrate
Deenate"'" 50W DDT insecticide
EPN 300 insecticide
Telvar'" monuron weed killer
Karmex'”' diuron weed killer
Kloben* neburon weed killer
“Tryben” 200 weed killer
Ammate'^' X weed and brush killer
Ceresan* 100 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
Ceresan* 200 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
Ceresan* M seed disinfectant
Ceresan* M-2X seed disinfectant
Arasan* 75 seed protectant
Arasan* SP-M thiram seed disinfectant
Arasan* SF-X thiram seed disinfectant
Delsan* A-D seed disinfectant and protectant
Semesan* seed disinfectant
Semesan Bel* seed disinfectant (for potatoes)
Semesan* turf fungicide (organic mercurial)
Tersan* thiram turf fungicide
VPM soil fumigant
Spreader-Sticker
On all chemicals, follow label instructions and warnings
carefully
*Reg. trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Technical representatives located throughout the West
Reg. u.s. PAT. OFF.
E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Grasselli Chemicals Department
701 Welch Rood Palo Alto, California
Du Pont
FUNGICIDES
INSECTICIDES
WEED AND
BRUSH KILLERS
SEED
DISINFECTANTS
OTHER
CHEMICALS
VI
Kelthane, the new longer-lasting miticide, is a real boon to any grower
who must keep mite populations at a low level. Its success is attested to
by growers of many fruits, vegetables, flowers, shrubs and ornamentals.
Kelthane gives you fast, positive kill of most troublesome mite
species, including “resistant” strains. Fewer applications are required,
because of its long residual activity. What’s more, Kelthane is
harmless to operators, beneficial insects, animals and adjacent crops
when used as directed. For minimum mite damage and maximum
yields . . . look to Kelthane, today’s really effective miticide in
emulsifiable concentrate, wettable powder, or dust formulations.
Chemicals for Agriculliire
ROHM e HAAS
COM PANV
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
Kelthane is a trademark, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in principal foreign countries.
Checkmate for mites . . .
kelthane
Vll
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM "L" • MULTI-FILM "C"
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X-77
C-P-S DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
COLLOIDAL PRODUCTS CORP.
100 GATE 5 ROAD SAUSALITO, CALIF.
THERE’S A
TRONA* INSECTICIDE
FOR EVERY FARM NEED . . .
ALKRON® BROMOTOX®
parathion formulaiions low dosage space
fumigant
. . ESTONMITE®
miticide containing ... .1 - .1
^ ovex miticide-ovicide
ESTONATE®
50% DDT liquids and
powders
Aramite
BROMOFUME®
EDB soil fumigants
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DEPARTMENT
MALAPHOS®
malathion formulations
MiBC FUMIGANTt
methyl bromide with
chloropicrin warning
agent
METHYL BROMIDE
space fumigant
METRONf
methyl parathion
formulations
NEMAFUME®
soil fumigant
TETRON®
TEPP formulations
ALDRIN, DIELDRIN
& ENDRIN
liquid formulations
PHOSDRIN
liquid formulations
fTrademar/s A P & C C
American Potash & Chemical Coiporation
3000 WEST 6TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 54, CALIFORNIA
235 Montgomery St., San Francisco 4, Calif. • 1320 S.W. Broadway, Portland 1, Ore.
Vlll
Latest word
from the front:
TRITHION® is doing a job
on mites, scale, aphid!
Stauffer TRITHION, in its first season of registration on a
wide range of bearing tree, field, and row crops, has per-
formed magnificently by controlling mites, scale, and aphids.
Dormant sprays with Trithion have cleaned up scale, mite
eggs, and aphid eggs. Late spring and summer sprays have
provided long-lasting mite control in orchards, grapes, cotton,
melons, and many other crops. Post-harvest cleanup sprays
have rid fruit trees of eg-laying mites and aphids.
(R)TRITHI0N is Stauffer Chemical Company's trade-mark, registered
in principal cities, for 0,0-diethyl S-p-chlorophenylthiomethyl
phosphorodithioate, an insecticide.
STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
WESTERN OFFICES': .
San Francisco, Los Angeles, North Portland, Glendale (Ariz.), Fresno
IX
EVERY
THERE’S
BONUS
BUSHEL
thanks
to
• RESEARCH
• QUALITY CONTROL
• FIELD TESTING
• FIELD SERVICE
Putting Ideas to Work
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL
CORPORATION
Niagara Chemical Division
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA ■ MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
X
FIRST IN SERVICE
AGRICULTURAL INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES WEED KILLERS
MOYER CHEMICAL COMPANY
P. O. Box 945, San Jose, California
Control Major Citrus Pests
at Lower Cost
with
PARATHION
You gei wide-range eifecfive confrol
with PARATHION . . . black, red,
yellow, purple, citricola and cottony-
cushion scales; aphids; mealy and
plant bugs; thrips, orange tortrix, and
little fire ants.
All these pests are controlled at the
lowest per-acre cost because you need
about half as much Parathion.
To fit your needs, leading insecticide
manufacturers offer formulations based
on NIRAN® (Monsanto Parathion)
. . . see your insecticide dealer for
dependable fast-control formulations
with Parathion.
NIRAN : Reg. U.S. Patent Office
\r~
Monsanto
Where Creative Chemistry
works wonders for you.
MONSANTO CHEMICAL CO.
Organic Chemical Div.
St. Louis, Mo.
In Canada: Monsanto Canada Ltd.,
XI
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
relied upon
from Coast to Coast
Known for
Quality • Service • Dependability
PENNSALT OF WASHINGTON DIVISION
PENNSALT CHEMICALS CORPORATION
TACOMA, WASHINGTON
Aurora, III. Bryan, Tex.
Montgomery, Ala. Portland, Ore.
Los Angeles and Menlo Park, Calif.
Pennsalt
Chemicals
ESTABLISHED 1B50
HEPTACHLOR
America's leading soil insecticide. Pro-
tects forage crops without contaminating mdk or meat. Used to control a wide variety of
msects on oU ma)or crops. '
CHLORDANE
America's leaamg lawn and garden insec-
ticide. Used extenswel/ by pest control operators for termite, control, 'because of its long
residual efiecti.eness.
ENDRIN
Im ILJf Bm ■ ■ " A powerful new weapon in the war against crop darringing
insects. Crop pests whicti previously were extremely difficult to, conlr'oPcan now be killed
easily and econorrically with Endrin, - ■' > '
VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois
'A'rilcforroinirtttrinfoniiutioii! ' ■
VC I0t«-I7l
Vol. XXXV JULY, 1959 No. 3
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
SCHUSTER, MARSH & PARK — Present status of the tribe
Mayetini in the United States. Part I 117
LINSLEY — A new species of Tragosoma from southeastern
Arizona 127
ALEXANDER — Undescribed species of Tipulidae from the west-
ern United States. Part V 129
RUCKES — An emergence note on the roundheaded cone borer,
Paratimia conicola Fisher. 134
HURD — Some nomenclatorial problems in the genus Xylocopa
Latreille 135
COLE — A new name proposed in the genus Thereva 148
FOOTE & BLANC — A new genus of North American fruit flies 149
ARNAUD — A new host record for Archytas calif orniae (Walker)
in California 156
REINHARD — New nearctic Tachinidae 157
CATTS & YOUNG — A chalkboard technique for making illus-
trations 163
CHEMSAK — Two new North American species of Anelaphus
Linsley 165
SCHOENING & TILDEN — Anoplodera laetifica (LeConte) and
Ergates spiculatus LeConte from knob-cone pine 167
A NEW ENTOMOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 168
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1959
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor R. L, Usinger
E. S. Ross J. A. Powell, Acting Editor H. B. Leech
D. D. Linsdale, Asst. Editor
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ing appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to J. A. Powell, at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address,
requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be addressed
to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco 18, California.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, $1.00. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
MEMOIRS SERIES
of the
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
THE SUCKING LICE by G. F. Ferris $6.00
A 320-page book which summarizes the knowledge on
the Anoplura of the world. Published by the Society,
October, 1951.
THE SPIDER MITE FAMILY TETRANYCHIDAE by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker $10.00
This world-wide treatment deals with the systematics
identification, and economics of the “Red Spiders” and
includes descriptions of thirty-three new species. Pub-
lished by the Society, July, 1955.
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park 18, San
Francisco.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
VoL XXXV July, 1959 No. 3
PRESENT STATUS OF THE TRIBE MAYETINI
IN THE UNITED STATES
Part I (Excluding California)
(Coleoptera: Pselaphidae)
Robert 0. Schuster^, Gordon A. Marsh^ and Orlando Park^
Introduction
The tribe Mayetini was transferred by Park (1947) from the
family Staphylinidae to the family Pselaphidae. The genus Mayetia
was included in keys to the North American Pselaphidae in 1951
and 1953 based on undescribed material (Park 1951, 1953). In
1955, Jeannel and Coiffait published a paper placing the tribe
Mayetini in the subfamily Faroninae of the Pselaphidae and
Coiffait (1955) revised the European species of Mayetia. The
revision and one subsequent paper by Coiffait considered a total
of 38 species of Mayetia occurring in countries bordering the
Mediterranean Sea.
Prior to any of the above mentioned papers, Dr. Robert
Bowman defined a species, “Mayetia chapini'\ in the appendix of
a manuscript entitled “Classification of Coleoptera”, About 20
manuscript copies of this work were given on request to coleop-
terists. Although the work was never published, the “type series”
was deposited in the USNM. The unpublished work of Bowman
was not sufficient to consider “M. chapini” as a valid species and
his material, with his consent, is reconsidered in this paper.
Specimens of Mayetia collected in the United States date back
to 1935. Until 1957, less than 100 specimens were available
for study. Although Mayetia are not common in collections, they
occur in moderate numbers at some localities and may be equally
abundant in other areas where they are to be found. On the
basis of the few collections thus far examined, it seems reason-
able to predict that in due time the species of North American
Mayetia as well as the number of specimens available for study
should be augmented greatly.
Adults are represented for all the seasons by composite
^Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis.
^Department of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley.
^Department of Biology, Northwestern University.
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
collections from various sections of the United States. Nothing
is known of the larval forms or of the habits of the adults.
Specimens of Mayetia have been recovered from such diverse
habitats as prairie soil, pine or oak situations, sphagnum moss,
and peach orchards. An attempt to correlate the distribution
of Mayetia with vegetation or soil types would be premature
at this time although most of the collection records point to
their preference for sandy soils. A possible historical factor
influencing the distribution of Mayetia in the eastern United
States may have been the Wisconsin Glaciation. Further collec-
tion is needed to substantiate the proposition that Mayetia occur
only south of perifery of that ice sheet.
Collection and Preparation
A suitable method of collection and preservation is given
below in hopes that our experience may prove helpful and
increase interest in collecting these soil-inhabiting insects.
Mineral soil immediately below any organic debris was
collected in the field, placed in multi-layered paper sacks and
later processed into 95% ethanol by modified Berlese funnel
in the laboratory. Due to the small particle size of the soil,
the combination of a mesh of window screen and a grid (New-
ell, 1955) proved insufficient to maintain debris-free samples.
The addition of a single layer of cheese cloth placed on the
screen eliminated most of the sand without impeding the
recovery of Mayetia. A volume of soil 4 inches deep and
16 inches square was processed from 8 to 12 hours using a
100 watt light bulb as the heat source. Specimens of Mayetia
were recovered from the sample bottles by pouring the contents
into petri dishes and examining under a dissecting microscope.
The specimens clear easily in a warm solution of 1 part
super-saturated Merk phenol and 3 parts 85% lactic acid. The
majority of our specimens have been mounted in Hoyer’s medium
after remoA'al of the lactophenol by placing the beetles for a
time in water. Specimens may be dehydrated and mounted in
diaphane or Canada balsam but caution must be exercised or
distortion of the extremities may result.
Stender dishes provide adequate containers for the solu-
tions in which specimens are processed. An insect pin with
the end flattened at a 60 degree angle to the shaft makes an
excellent scoop for handling these small beetles.
July, 1959]
SCHUSTER ET AL — U. S. MAYETINI
119
One method for removing the genital structure is preferred.
The cleared specimen is placed on a slide in a drop of Hoyer’s.
Either substaged lighting or a white-surfaced stage with adequate
top lighting and a magnification of about 60X is required.
Two sharp minuten pins in handles are used to open the
ultimate segment and remove the genital structure. This is
then transferred to a drop of Hoyer’s on a clean slide, the
genital segments removed and 15 mm. round cover slip applied.
Slight pressure at this time will position the aedeagus as desired.
The remainder of the insect is mounted on the same slide
obviating any chance of losing either part.
Taxonomy
European species of Maiyetia in the Bernhauer Collection
at the Chicago Natural History Museum were compared with our
American species and found to be congeneric. The type of
the genus, Mayetia sphaerifera Mulsant and Ray is in closest
agreement with species occurring in the eastern part of the
United States, and all of our species fall within the range of vari-
ability occurring in European species.
Some of the characters that help to separate the American
species are variable within certain populations and must there-
fore be used with caution. Others, usually degrees of develop-
ment of a structure, will adequately separate species.
The presence and degree of foveation, while extensively used
in the discrimination of pselaphid genera, varies in Mayetia.
Foveae are more pronounced in eastern populations, but elytral
foveae are frequently developed only on one elytron of a
given individual and are occasionally completely absent.
The most reliable characters of the head appear to be the
maxillary palpi and the mentum. When gross sense organs
are present on the maxillary palpi, segment 3 bears a large
lateral development and segment 4 bears a similar develop-
ment on the basal-lateral margin. Two, or occasionally three,
sensory setae of various configuration occur on the anterior-
lateral margin of the fourth segment as well as a terminal
palpal eone (fifth segment of some European authors). The
sensory areas of the palpi are reduced in one eastern species
and are absent in those from California which are to be con-
sidered in a later paper.
In all species 2 setae arise from the mentum. In only a few
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
species large integumental projections arise anterior to those
setae. One or two large circular markings occur on the head
capsule just behind the mentum, depending on the species.
One or two setae occur laterad of these markings, posterior
to the basal-lateral angle of the mentum. These setae vary within
species population. The left mandibular ramus of all eastern
species bears a triangular tooth, the right an “M”-shaped
tooth. Some emphasis is placed on the front margin of the
labrum in separating European species, and this structure is
of slightly different shape in American species. It is sexually
dimorphic but other characters more easily separate the sexes.
Due to an apparent change in shape of the labrum when the
angle of observation is changed, and to an actual diversity
of form displayed by specimens of a given species, this labral
character is not exploited in this paper.
Besides the characters of the head, the meso- or more usually
the metatrochanters are quite distinctive. These trochanter mod-
ifications may be present in both sexes, restricted to the males,
or lacking in both sexes.
The length and width of the sixth tergite and sternite of
the female is of some taxonomic value but many species will
share the same measurements. The ultimate sternite of the
male is medianly emarginate but the shape of this notch is
of limited value because of the similarity between most species.
As more species are described, the male aedeagus probably
will become the main structure for species determination. In
resulting species groups the females may be inseparable.
Mayetia bowmani Schuster, Marsh, and Park, new species
(Figs. 5, 11, 16)
Male . — Head 0.11 mm. long X 0.12mm. wide; pronotum 0.12mm X
0.11mm.; elytra 0.11mm. X 0.12 mm. total length 0.97 mm. Elongate
depressed; pale testaceous; impunctate; body pubescence monaxial, straight,
suberect. Head lacking eyes; tempera sharply rounded at neck; 2 small
vertexal foveae at middle, separated by the distance between fovea and
lateral margin; feeble sulci extend forward from each vertexal fovea;
frontal margin sinuate between antennal acetabulae; clypeus short, trans-
verse; labrum tridentate on each side of excavate middle; mandibles
arcuate; inner ramus of right mandible with symmetrical “M”-shaped
tooth ; tooth of left ramus triangular ; ventral surface of head with small cen-
trally located gular fovea; mentum with a pair of setae; a circular mark
:ccurs on the head capsule with a pair of setae behind each basal-lateral
mgle of the mentum. Maxillary palpus with large annular sensory areas
July, 1959]
SCHUSTER ET AL U. S. MAYETINI
121
on segments III and IV ; segment IV with 3 small sensory setae on lateral
surface. Antenna of 11 segments; I twice as long as II, narrowed basally;
III, IV, VI, and VIII narrower than V and VII; IX through XI forming
I pearsei
2 bulla
3 pearsei
II bowmani
12 turneri
13 bicorona
14 pearsei 15 domestica
Explanation of Plate 1
Figs. 1,2. Segments III and IV of maxillary palpi; fig.3. Mentum and
front margin of head capsule; fig. 4. Left mandible; figs. 5—10. Male
metatrochanters; figs. 11—15. Emarginations of male sixth sternites.
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
club with X and XI connate; X cup shaped with 4 macrosetae; XI with
7 long, lamellate setae spaced equidistally around base. Pronotum longer
than wide, widest near apical third. Apterous. Elytron lacks basal and
subhumeral fovea; definite fovea present at beginning of sutural stria;
humeral angles rounded; lateral margins weakly expanded. Abdomen of
6 visible tergites: I through V similar in shape; V and VI not separated
by areolate membrane; II through V with fovea at each basal-lateral
angle, foveae transversely connected by pubescent sulci; VI rounded
distally with marginal spiracles at the anterior fourth; six visible
sternites; I with wide coxal lines; II through V alike and similar to
the tergites; VI with a median emargination ; the apices of a paired
segment are external, sclerotized and terminal. Prosternum long, integu-
ment smooth before coxae, reticulate laterally; mesosternum reticulate;
meso- and metacoxae contiguous; each tibia with 1 macroseta midway
on anterior surface and definite combs of setae occur at the apex;
mesotrochanters with a slight inner-posterior angle ; metatrochanters rel-
atively square (Fig. 5), the posterior edge being developed with 1 or
2 tubercles at the angle, the inner tubercle bearing a seta; tarsi of 2
segments ending in a single strong claw. Sixth sternite is approximately
0.059 mm. long, the rather widely sinuate notch (Fig. 11) being just
less than 1/3 this length. Aedeagus 0.092 mm. long X 0.047 mm. wide (Fig.
16).
Female . — As in the male except for the termination of the sixth stern-
ite which lacks emargination.
This species is known from 8 males and 9 females from
Andropogon bald, Shut-in-Ridge, Bent Creek Exp. Forest,
Buncombe County, North Carolina by A. P. Jacot 4i^^34f34.
The holotype (USNM 64116) is deposited in the USNM, para-
types in the USNM, and in the collections of Orlando Park and
R. 0. Schuster.
This species may be recognized by the metatrochanters
which are modified in both sexes.
Mayetia turneri Schuster, Marsh, and Park, new species
(Figs. 6, 12, 17)
Male . — Head 0.11 mm. long X 0.11 mm. pronotum 0.13 mm. X 0.11
mm.; elytra 0.10 mm. X 0.12 mm.; total length 0.81 mm. In general as
described for M. boivmani: Maxillary palpi bearing large sensory areas
on third and fourth segments; tooth of left mandibular ramus triangular;
mentum simple except for the 2 setae ; front margin of head capsule
with 1 median mark and 1 seta on each side; metatrochanter (Fig. 6)
with broad inner-posterior spine. Sixth sternite is approximately 0.084 mm,
long, the notch 0.027 mm. (Fig. 12). Aedeagus 0.114 mm. long X 0.089 mm.
wide (Fig. 17).
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype male was collected at Moore County, North Car-
July, 1959]
SCHUSTER ET AL U. S. MAYETINI
123
OLINA, May 8, 1937 by W. F. Turner from a peach orchard.
Other information accompanying the specimen was “Ident.
Explanation of Plate 2
Figs. 16-22. Aedeagi, in figs. 18, 19, the same structure is rotated
45 degrees.
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
37-21727” and the number “T4300.” The type (USNM 64117)
is deposited in the USNM.
The large sensory areas of the palpi, lack of integumental
projections on the mentum and the single seta posterior to the
basal-lateral angle of the mentum distinguish this species.
Mayetia bicorona Schuster, Marsh, and Park, new species
(Figs. 7, 13, 18, 19)
Male . — Head 0.12 mm. long X 0.11 mm. wide; pronotum 0.12 mm. X
0.09 mm.; elytra 0.10 mm. X 0.10 mm.; total length 0.87 mm. Essentially
as described for M. bowmani: Maxillary palpus with large sensory areas;
left mandibular ramus with triangular tooth ; mentum lacking integu-
mental projections; head capsule immediately behind mentum with 2
large circular marks, 1 each side of center; 1 or 2 setae at the basal-lateral
angle of the mentum; metatrochanter not modified (Fig. 7). Sixth stern-
ite is approximately 0.046 mm. long, the notch being just over 1/5 this
length (Fig. 13). Aedeagus 0.094 mm. long X 0.46 mm. wide (Figs. 18, 19).
Female. — Unknown.
The single male (the holotype) was collected from Cecil
sandy loam, west edge of Thomasville, Upson County, Geor-
gia, July 21, 1936, by W. F. Turner. The holotype (USNM
64118) is deposited in the USNM.
The configuration of the aedeagus readily separates this
species from any other. It may be assumed that the female will
have the same markings as the male on the anterior margin
of the head capsule, and if so, this will be useful in associating
the sexes. '
Mayetia pearsei Schuster, Marsh, and Park, new species
(Figs. 1, 3, 4, 8, 14, 20)
Male . — Head 0.13mm. long X 0.13mm. wide; pronotum 0.15mm. X
0.12 mm.; elytra 0.13 mm. X 0.12 mm.; total length 1.18 mm. As in M.
bomani: Sensory areas of segments HI and IV of maxillary palpi large
(Fig. 1) ; left mandibular ramus with triangular tooth (Fig. 4) ; mentum
simple except for the 2 usual setae ; ventral front margin of head capsule
with median circular marking and 2 setae on each side (Fig. 3) ; metatro-
chanter not modified (Fig. 8). Sixth sternite is approximately 0.067 mm.
long with a small notch of about 1/5 the length (Fig. 14). Aedeagus long,
thin 0.161mm. X 0.147 mm. (Fig. 20).
Female . — As in the male except for the distal end of the abdomen
which is normal for this sex as described previously.
Holotype male was collected at Duke Forest, Durham,
North Carolina by A. S. Pearse on April 28, 1945, 2 to 5 inches
deep in clay soil under oaks. Eight additional male and 15
female paratypes were collected at the same locality by A. S.
July, 1959]
SCHUSTER ET AL U. S. MAYETINI
125
Pearse from sand and clay under pines and oaks during the
months of February through August, 1945. The holotype is
deposited in the Illinois Natural History Survey, paratypes in
the USNM and in the collections of Orlando Park and R. 0.
Schuster.
The 3rd and 4th segments of the maxillary palpus of both
sexes have on their lateral margins large, raised, annular
developments separating this species immediately from M.
bulla and the rounded posterior edge of the metatrochanters
distinguishes this species from M. howmani. At least these 3
species occur in North Carolina and will probably be found
together.
Mayetia domestica Schuster, Marsh, and Park, new species
(Figs. 9, 15, 21)
Male . — Head 0.13 mm. long X 0.13 mm. wide; pronotum 0.14 mm.
X 0.12 mm.; elytra 0.13 mm. X 0.14 mm.; total length 1.13 mm. This
species is, in general, as described for M. howmani'. Maxillary palpus
having large annular sensory areas on segments III and IV ; tooth of
left mandibular ramus with triangular tooth; mentum lacking integu-
anterior to each seta; the normal median circular mark with 1 long
seta on each side occurs on the front ventral surface of the head capsule;
metatrochanter with a small tooth midway on the inner surface (Fig. 9) ;
sixth sternite is 0.052 mm. long, the notch 0.013 mm. (Fig. 15). Aedeagus
long, thin 0.131mm. X 0.05 mm. (Fig. 21).
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype male (USNM 64119) was collected at Dexter,
Stoddard County, Missouri, September 26, 1936, by W. F.
Turner. It was taken from brown silt loam in a peach orchard
at Crowley Ridge, and is deposited in the USNM. An addi-
tional male considered as probably conspecific but not included
in the type series differs in having a mark (setal insertion?)
in addition to the seta on the head capsule behind the basal-
lateral angle of the mentum and in having a slightly shorter
sixth sternite. It was collected at Stoddard County, Missouri
on September 25, 1936 by W. F. Turner and bears the number
1213.
This species is separated by the characters of the mentum
from all other species possessing sensory areas on the third
and fourth segments of the maxillary palpi.
Mayetia bulla Schuster, Marsh, and Park, new species
(Figs. 2, 10, 22)
Male . — Head 0.11mm. long X 0.12 mm. wide; pronotum 0.14mm.
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXXV, NO. 3
X 0.12 mm.; elytra 0.12 mm. X 0.15 mm.; total length approximately
1.01mm. Essentially as described for M. bowmani: Lateral margins of
maxillary palpi bearing small knob-like sensory developments (Fig. 2) ;
left mandibular ramus with triangular tooth ; mentum lacking integu-
mental projections anterior to the pair of setae; front margin of head
capsule with single circular marking and 2 lateral markings or setae on
each side; metatrochanter not modified, the posterior edge rounded
(Fig. 10). Sixth sternite is approximately 0.084 mm. long, the notch about
1/3 this distance. Aedeagus broad, complex, 0.121 mm. long X 0.071 mm.
wide (Fig. 22).
Female. — ^As in the male except for the distal abdominal segment
which is normal for this sex.
This species is known from 1 male (the holotype) collected
from clay beneath pines at Duke Forest, Durham, North Caro-
lina by A. S. Pearse on August 18, 1945, and 1 female with
the same data except that it was taken from sand beneath pines
on July 14, 1945. The holotype is deposited in the Illinois
Natural History Survey, the female paratype in the collection
of Orlando Park.
Both sexes of Mayetia bulla may be separated from all known
species by the knob-like sensory developments on the maxillary
palpi.
Key to Species of United States Mayetia
Excluding California
1 Sensory developments of maxillary palpi small knob-like structures
occupying a small fraction of segments III and IV M. bulla
Sensory developments of maxillary palpi large areas about half the
length of segment IV 2
2(1) Mentum with 2 integumental projections anterior to a pair of
setae — M. domestica
Mentum lacking integumental projections anterior to the pair of
setae 3
3(2) Metatrochanter with inner-posterior edge rounded 4
Metatrochanter with inner-posterior edge forming a 90 degree angle
or developed into a spine 5
4(3) Single median circular mark occurring behind mentum M. pearsei
Two circular marks occurring behind mentum M. bicorona
5(3) Metatrochanter with large inner-posterior spine M. turneri
Metatrochanter roughly square in outline M. bowmani
The following localities pertain to collections of Mayetia
from which we have seen only females. Combined with the
records following the species descriptions, they show the genus
Mayetia to be widely distributed in the United States. They
also point to areas in which specimens might easily be collected
July, 1959]
LINSLEY NEW CERAMBYCID
127
by persons interested in advancing the understanding of this
group. 1. Pike County, Arkansas. 2. Mount Olive, Robertson
County, Kentucky. 3. Humboldt, Coles County, Illinois (natural
prairie soil) . 4. Matton, Coles County, Illinois. 5. Anson and
Moore Counties, North Carolina. 6. Brown County, Texas. 7.
Parker Islands, 7 miles S.E. of Lake Highland County, Florida.
Bibliography
CoiFFAIT, H.
1955. Revision des Mayetia Muls. et Ray. Revue Francaise d’Entom-
ologie. Tome XXII— Fascicule 1. p. 9—31.
1956. Deux lingees senescentes de coleopteres euedaphiques les
Mayetinae (Col. Pselaphidae) et les Leptotyphlinae (Col.
Staphylinidae) . Vie et Milieu 7(3) :400— 404.
JeANNEL, R. and H. CoiFFAIT
1955. Les Mayetia M. et R. sont des Pselaphides. Revue Francaise
d’Entomologie. Tome XXII — Fascicule 1. p. 5—8.
Newell, Irwin M.
1955. An autosegregator for use in collecting soil inhabiting arthropods.
Amer. Micros. Soc. Trans. 74:389—392.
Park, Orlando
1947. Observations on Batrisodes with particular reference to the
American species east of the Rocky Mountains. Bull. Chicago
Acad. Sci. 8(3):45-132, pi. 1-11.
1951. Cavernicolous pselaphid beetles of Alabama and Tennessee,
with observations on the taxonomy of the family. Geol. Surv.
Alabama, Mus. Paper 31. p. 1—107, Figs. 1—18.
1953. Discrimination of genera of pselaphid beetles of the United
States. Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci. 9(16) : 299-330.
A NEW SPECIES OF TRAGOSOMA FROM
SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
E. Gorton Linsley
University of California, Berkeley
The following new species of Tragosoma is described at this
time in order that the name may be available for use in connection
with biological studies to be reported elsewhere.
Tragosoma chiricahuae Linsley, new species
Male. Form elongate, narrow, subparallel; integument dark brown,
shining, sparsely pubescent. Head coarsely, confluently punctate; eyes
narrowly separated by a distance about equal to pedicel of antennae;
antennae attaining apical one-fourth to one-sixth of elytra, segments glabrous,
opaque, apices produced externally, punctures fine, dense, elongate. Pronotum
coarsely, irregularly punctate, disk irregularly elevated, shining, glabrous;
pronotal margins thinly clothed with long, erect golden hairs, lateral spine
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
projecting forward slightly; pro-, meso-, and metasterna shining, finely,
densely punctate, pubescence long and moderately dense but scarcely
obscuring integument. Elytra subparallel; surface glabrous, shining, punc-
tures large but less deep than those of pronotum ; sutural spines much
shorter than lateral spine of pronotum, slightly curved. Legs slender;
femora sparsely hairy. Abdomen shining, finely not densely punctate, thinly
pubescent; fifth sternite about as long as fourth, apex emarginate. Length,
23-31 mm.
Female. Form more robust than male, punctation and vestiture similar
but marginal pronotal pubescence lacking; antennae attaining only middle
of elytra; abdomen with fifth sternite elongate, apex entire or feebly
rounded. Length, 25-34 mm.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from the
Southwestern Research Station of the American Museum of
Natural History, Five miles west of Portal, Cave Creek
Canyon, 5400 ft. elevation, Chiricahua Mountains, Cochise
County, Arizona, August 16, 1958 (J. R. Quezada), allotype
female (Calif. Acad. Sci.), same locality, July 25, 1955 (P. D.
Hurd, Jr.) and seven paratypes (California Insect Survey),
also from the same locality, on various dates from June 20 to
August 18 (J. M. and S. N. Burns, C. W. Kirkwood, C. G.
Moore, P. D. Hurd, Jr.). Three additional paratypes from the
Chiricahua Mountains, a male collected July 27, 1957 and two
females collected August 2, 1952, are in the collection of J. N.
Knull. A male from Juan Miller Campground, 17 miles north
of Clifton, Blue Range of White Mountains, Greenlee County,
Arizona, July 7, 1958 (J. M. and S. N. Burns, in collection of
the California Insect Survey) is also assignable to this species
but is not designated as a paratype.
This species resembles T. pilosicornis Casey in the dark
color and glabrous pronotum but the average size is larger,
the punctation of the pronotal disk and base of the elytra is
less coarse, the antennae of the male are more opaque and
densely punctate, and the sutural spines of the elytra are much
shorter, being only about half as long as the thoracic spine.
Aside from the dark color, glabrous pronotum, irregular pronotal
disk and coarser punctation, which are similar in both sexes,
T. chiricahuae further differs from T. depsarius (Linnaeus) in
the narrowly separated eyes and opaque antennae of the male.
July, 1959]
ALEXANDER NEW TIPULIDAE
129
UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF TIPULIDAE FROM THE
WESTERN UNITED STATES
Part V*
(Diptera)
Charles P. Alexander
University of Massachusetts, Amherst
The preceding part under this general title was published in
the Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 26:81—85; 1950. At this time I am
describing three species belonging to the genus T ipula from
California, all collected by myself in 1953 and 1957. The major
work on the crane-flies for the California Insect Survey is pro-
gressing rapidly but records for many species that should occur
are still lacking and it is evident that further intensive field work
must be done. I am planning to do further collecting in the state
in 1958 and 1959 and any miscellaneous specimens from poorly
known parts of the state and at unusual seasons would be greatly
appreciated in order to complete the record.
Tipula (Bellardina) umbra Alexander, new species
Allied to gothicana Alexander; mesonotal praescutum with the restric-
ted ground huffy yellow, with four discal stripes and the lateral margins
brown; scutum chiefly dark brown, each lobe with a V-shaped pale mark;
femora obscure yellow, tips narrowly black, claws of male toothed; wings
strongly darkened, variegated by restricted darker and numerous small
yellow markings; veins beyond cord with numerous macrotrichia ; abdomen
brownish yellow, lateral tergal borders blackened; male hypopygium with
the tergite large, posterior border shallowly emarginate, with conspicuous
lateral lobes, ventral surface with a median lobe directed cephalad, the
apex spiculose; dististyles large, very irregular in outline.
Male . — Length about 21 mm.; wing 18.5 mm.; antenna about 3.4 mm.
Female . — Length about 20 mm.; wing 20 mm.
Frontal prolongation of head dark brown above, including nasus, more
reddish brown on sides, obscure yellow beneath at base; palpi dark brown.
Antennae of moderate length in both sexes; scape and pedicel obscure
yellow to brownish yellow, flagellum brown; verticils much longer than the
segments, basal enlargements small. Head dark brown, paler in front, orbits
restrictedly pale.
Pronotum obscure yellow, with three brown areas. Mesonotal praescu-
tum with the restricted ground obscure buffy yellow, the surface almost
covered by four brown stripes that are narrowly and vaguely bordered by
darker, the intermediate pair confluent at suture; humeral and lateral
* Contribution No. 1289 from the Entomological Laboratory of the University of Massa-
chusetts.
I wish to express my indebtedness to the National Science Foundation for financial aid in
conducting field explorations in California in 1957.
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
margins similarly darkened, restricting the lateral interspace to a narrow
line; scutum chiefly dark brown, each lobe with a V-shaped pale mark;
scutellum dark brown, broadly paler posteriorly; parascutella dark brown;
mediotergite light brown, posterior border with two circular pale areas,
pleura and pleurotergite chiefly brown, variegated with paler. Halteres
with stem brown, restrictedly reddened at base, apex of knob obscure
yellow. Legs with coxae infuscated basally, broadly yellow at tips, trochant-
ers obscure yellow, with a large brownish black spot on lower face; femora
obscure yellow, tips narrowly but conspicuously black, the amount subequal
on all legs ; tibiae obscure yellow, tips narrowly brownish black ; basitarsi
brownish yellow, the outer ends, with remainder of tarsi, black; claws of
male toothed. Wings with the ground strongly darkened, variegated by
restricted darker brown areas and small but more numerous yellow marks;
darker areas include stigma, origin of Rs and a spot at near one-third the
length of cell Cu; the yellow marks occur before and beyond origin of
Rs: poststigmal extending into cells Rs and Rs, at cord; near outer end of
cell M ■, before and beyond the darkened area in cell Cu, and as marginal
spots in cells Rs, M,, 2nd Ms, Ms, and two in cell 1st A, those in the medial
field small; prearcular and costal fields slightly paler than the ground;
veins yellowish brown. Veins beyond cord with numerous macrotrichia, more
restricted on M. Venation: Rs sinuous, narrowing the cell at near midlength;
cell 1st Ms small, subpentagonal; petiole of cell Mi and m subequal.
Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, lateral borders conspicuously
blackened, posterior margins of segments narrowly pale; basal sternites of
male clearer yellow, outer segments more darkened; hypopygium yellowish
brown. Ovipositor with valves elongate; cerci castaneous, gently upcurved,
tips obtuse; hypovalvae compressed, yellow. Male hypopygium with the
tergite large, narrowed posteriorly, the apex shallowly emarginate, with
conspicuous lateral lobes; on ventral surface with a large fleshy lobe
directed cephalad, the apex spiculose. Two dististyles, both very irregular
in outline, the outer style larger, at apex produced into two lobes or blades,
before tip with a further flattened blade subtended outwardly by a slender
rod ; inner style nearly as large, appearing as a slightly curved flattened
blade, the concave inner margin at near midlength produced into a point.
Gonapophyses appearing as two every slender rods, longer than the sheath
of the aedeagus; what appears to be the outer part of this organ lies
detached in the type slide, appearing as a slender sclerotized rod.
Holotype male, Castle Crags State Park, Shasta County,
California, 2000 ft., July 6, 1953 (Alexander) . Allotopotype
female, pinned with type.
The nearest ally is the generally similar Tipula (Bellardina)
gothicana Alexander, which is widely distributed in western
America and readily distinguished by the quite different male
hAqjopygium, especially the tergite and dististyles.
Tipula (Lunatipula) twightae Alexander, new species
Allied to perfidiosa Alexander; antennal flagellar segments of male
July, 1959]
ALEXANDER — NEW TIPULIDAE
131
strongly incised ; mesonotal praescutum with three orange-yellow stripes,
the interspaces slightly darker; wings weakly suffused with brown, the
prearcular and costal fields more brownish yellow, darkened pattern incon-
spicuous; abdomen obscure yellow, outer segments darker; inner dististyle
of male hypopygium without a dorsal crest, lower beak well-developed;
outer basal lobe much as in perfidiosa.
Male . — Length about 15 mm.; wing 15 mm.; antenna about 5 mm.
Frontal prolongation of head brownish yellow, nasus conspicuous;
palpi with basal segments testaceous yellow, outer segments black. Anten-
nae of male relatively long, as shown by the measurements; basal three
segments obscure yellow, remaining segments vaguely bicolored, the basal
enlargements black, tbe remainder brown; segments a trifle longer than the
verticils; flagellar segments very strohgly incised, the long outer swelling
being fully as deep as the short-oval basal enlargement. Head gray, clearer
gray in front and on tbe narrow orbits; vertex with the central area narrowly
darker brown, narrowed to a point behind, without setae.
Pronotum buffy yellow. General coloration of mesonotum orange-
yellow, including the three praescutal stripes, the interbases slightly darker
brown; centers of scutal lobes similarly orange-yellow; scutellum and
mediotergite sparsely pruinose, the former with a vague capillary darker
line. Pleura buffy yellow, sparsely pruinose. Halteres with stem obscure
yellow, knob darkened. Legs with coxae buffy, sparsely pruinose; trochan-
ters yellow; femora and tibiae obscure brownish yellow, tips narrowly and
inconspicuously darker hrown ; tarsi dark brown to brownish black ; claws
of male long, toothed. Wings weakly suffused with brown, prearcular and
costal fields more brownish yellow; stigma pale brown, relatively incon-
spicuous; darkened wing pattern very reduced, including small brown
areas at origin of Rs and over anterior cord; centers of outer cells vaguely
darkened; obliterative area at cord relatively conspicuous, extending from
before stigma into base of cell M 3 ; veins brown, more brownish yellow in
the prearcular and costal areas. Venation: Rs more than twice /?^+ 3 ; petiole
of cell Ml shorter than m ; m-cu at fork of the latter short, less than
one-half m.
Abdominal tergites obscure yellow, clearer basally, sternites still clearer;
outer subterminal segments more darkened. Male hypopygium with the
tergite deeply emarginate on both the posterior and cephalic borders, the
former produced into two lobes, margins narrowly sclerotized and micro-
scopically roughened; on ventral surface of plate on either side with a
V-shaped carina, the margins roughened. Ninth sternite with a complex
bilobed appendage on either side of the aedeagus. Basistyle with its dorsal
end produced into a slender arm adjoining the sternite. Outer dististyle
elongate, gently widened at outer end, the margin fringed with long conspic-
uous black setae; inner style with the main body relatively narrow,
beak very slender at outer end, lower beak much stouter; no developed
dorsal crest as in some allied species; outer basal lobe generally as in
perfidiosa and modoc Alexander, appearing as a flattened plate, the outer
third narrowed into a long slender spine, surface of expanded basal part
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
with long pale setae; sensory pits in a compact group at base between the
body of style and the outer basal lobe. Phallosome appearing as a flattened
blade that is produced into paired blackened points. Eighth sternite sheath-
ing, narrowed outwardly, the truncated posterior border with two triangular
groups of long brownish yellow setae, the hairlike tips pale and conspic-
uously twisted.
Holotype male, Castle Crags State Park, Shasta County,
California, 2000 ft., July 8, 1953 (Alexander).
I take great pleasure in dedicating this interesting crane-fly
to Mrs, Mary Twight (Mrs. Benjamin Twight), former custodian
of the Castle Crags State Park, to whom we are indebted for
many kindly favors. Mrs. Twight is a capable botanist who has
made many interesting plant discoveries in and near Castle Crags.
The type of this interesting fly was taken along small streamlets
that flowed into the Sacramento River at the park. It was closely
associated with the striking phantom orchid or silver slipper,
Cephalanthera Austinae (Gray), that was numerous and in full
flower at this date.
The fly is related to species such as Tipula (Lunatipula)
perfidiosa Alexander, T. (L.) modoc Alexander and T. (L.)
macnabi Alexander, all with somewhat similar antennae and
having the general plan of the male hypopygium the same, differ-
ing very conspicuously in the details of structure of the latter,
particularly the tergite and inner dististyle.
Tipula (Lunatipula) leiocantha Alexander, new species
Belongs to the impudica group, allied to carunculata Alexander; meso-
notal praescutum grayish yellow with a broad fulvous brown central stripe
that is narrowly margined laterally with dark brown; femora obscure yellow,
tips narrowly darkened; wings strongly tinged with brown, restrictedly
patterned with darker brown and subhyaline areas; male hypopygium
having the tergal canthi with smooth margins; inner dististyle with the
lower apical appendage nearly as long as the remainder of style; eighth
sternite with posterior border subtruncate, very densely fringed with long
yellow setae.
Male . — ^Length about 15—16 mm. ; wing 15—16.5 mm. ; antenna about
4.3— 4.5 mm.
Frontal prolongation of head elongate, polished brownish yellow; nasus
very short; palpi with basal three segments brownish yellow, terminal
segment dark brown. Antennae moderately long, as shown by the measure-
ments; scape and pedicel light yellow, flagellum brownish black to black;
flagellar segments exceeding the verticils in length; basal enlargements
well-developed. Head grayish brown, clearer gray on front and the very
narrow orbits; a capillary dark brown central vitta extending from the
low vertical tubercle backward.
July, 1959]
ALEXANDER — NEW TIPULIDAE
133
Pronotum obscure yellow, vaguely patterned with pale brown areas.
Mesonotal praescutum obscure grayish yellow, patterned with fulvous
brown and dark brown; a broad fulvous brown central stripe, narrowly
margined laterally with dark brown ; lateral stripes dark brown ; setae of
interspaces darkened; scutum grayish yellow, each lobe with two brown
areas, the anterior one very small; scutellum grayish yellow with a central
darkening and a less evident lateral spot near base; mediotergite grayish
yellow, more or less patterned with reddish brown on central and posterior
parts; pleurotergite with the katapleurotergite darker than the anapleuro-
tergite. Pleura brownish yellow, vaguely patterned with darker. Halteres
with stem brownish yellow, clearer yellow basally, knob dark brown. Legs
with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; femora obscure yellow, tips
narrowly darkened; tibiae and tarsi brownish yellow, the outer tarsal
segments passing into dark brown; terminal tarsal segment with a black-
ened ventral spot; claws of male toothed. Wings strongly tinged with brown,
somewhat darker in outer radial field and over m-cu; a restricted darkening
near midlength of cell 2nd A at margin; stigma darker brown; obliterative
areas whitened but relatively inconspicuous, poststigmal brightening more
yellowed; veins brown. Venation: Petiole of cell Mi subequal to or shorter
than m.
Abdominal tergites polished yellow; a narrow, nearly continuous median
brown vitta; lateral borders broadly light gray, margined internally by a
narrow broken darkened line, in some cases this is evident only on the basal
ring of the segment; sternites yellow, outer segments slightly darker;
hypopygium brownish yellow. Male hypopygium generally as in lyrifera
Dietz and allies. Ninth tergite with a narrow median incision, the canthi
triangular, subacute at tips, margins entirely smooth; inflexed lateral parts
subtriangular in outline ; subtergal process parallel-sided, the apex extended
into pale membrane. Basistyle with the apical sclerotized point short but
slender. Outer dististyle broad basally, strongly narrowed on outer half ;
inner style with the beak obtuse; lower apical appendage nearly as long
as the remainder of style, appearing as a straight flattened blade, the inner
margin with a few weak scattered setae, the outer margin of basal half
with abundant delicate setae. Eighth sternite with the posterior border
subtruncate, very densely fringed with long yellow setae.
Holotype male. Big Pine Creek, Inyo County, California,
on sage-covered hillsides at Glacier Lodge, 7800 ft., July 11,
1957 (Alexander). Paratopotypes, two males, July 10—11, 1957.
Associated with Tipula (Lunatipula) mono Alexander.
The described species of the impudica group that have the
lower apical appendage of the inner dististyle of the male
hypopygium greatly lengthened as in the present fly, include
Tipula (Lunatipula) carunculata Alexander, T. (L.) diver sa
Dietz and T. (L.) lyrifera Dietz, all differing among themselves
in coloration of the body and wings and especially in the structure
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
of the male hypopygium. The present fly is best told from
carunculata by the hypopygial characters, including the entirely
smooth tergal canthi.
AN EMERGENCE NOTE ON THE ROUNDHEADED CONE
BORER, PARATIMIA CONICOLA EISHER
( Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)
In September of 1956, a series of cones of the knobcone pine,
Pinus attenuata were collected from an area nine miles west
of Lakeport, Lake County, California. These cones were judged
to be two years old at the time of collection, that is 1954 was
the assumed year of maturation.
The cones were brought into Berkeley and placed in a
half gallon cardboard ice cream container, a device used in
cone-insect rearing studies. The container was kept in an outdoor
screened insectary.
On February 15, 1957, a single adult of Paratimia conicola
Fisher emerged from one of the cones. On March 12, of the
same year, two more beetle adults emerged, one from the cone
of the previous emergence and the second from another cone.
On April 16, 1958, a single female beetle emerged from the
cone which had produced the two beetles in the year before,
and on March 10, 1959, still another female emerged from
the cone which had produced three beetles in the past two
years. There were no emergence holes in the cones at the time
of collection.
These results suggest that the period of larval development
in this species is variable, a factor which might contribute to
survival of the species in years when few cones are available
for oviposition. It is possible, however, that the cones were older
than they appeared to be and that they may have been attacked
by females in more than one season, or that conditions in the
rearing container retarded the development of certain of the
larvae. — Herbert Ruckes, Jr., University of California, Berkeley.
July, 1959]
HURD — XYLOCOPA PROBLEMS
135
SOME NOMENCLATORIAL PROBLEMS IN THE GENUS
XYLOCOPA LATREILLE
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea)
Paul D. Hurd, Jr.
University of California, Berkeley
A sound nomenclatorial foundation is a fundamental and an
absolutely essential requisite for any well-executed taxonomic
study. Obviously, it follows that any investigation dependent
upon this foundation can only reflect it. Consequently, it is
incumbent on those individuals providing these nomenclatorial
bases to thoroughly, albeit exhaustively, investigate each nomen-
clatorial proposal before it is made. An investigator who fails
to recognize or even consider the eventual ramifications within
the sphere of knowledge that his proposal may have, clearly
demonstrates a genuine lack of concern for future endeavors.
It should be remembered that in the final analysis a name
serves as a basis for the accumulation of information. Intelligent
progress depends on this association and moreover demands it.
Inattention to these matters, for whatever reason, not only
hinders and confuses progress but invites such poignantly critical
views as those expressed by Starcke (1953) in his satirical essay
on nomenclature.
An examination of the literature pertaining to the members
of the genus Xylocopa Latreille (including Mesotrichia West-
wood) reveals that there have been more than 700 names applied
which involve a rather considerable bibliographic history. A
number of nomenclatorial problems require attention and this
opportunity is taken so as to facilitate their handling in a
forthcoming paper. Since the number of homonymic names
applied in the genus is relatively great, a listing of these is
presented in summary form. In view of the uncertain zoologi-
cal status of Mesotrichia Westwood (present studies tend to
support the view that it is an African subgenus of Xylocopa
containing less than a dozen species) no nomenclatorial changes
affecting the names proposed in Mesotrichia are made.
I am indebted to Dr. M. A. Lieftinck, Rijksmuseum van
Natuurlijke Historic, Leiden, The Netherlands for reviewing
the manuscript and offering particularly valuable advice.
The following name changes are effected for currently exist-
ing primary homonymic names which represent bona fide (i.e.
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
zoologically valid) members of the genus Xylocopa Latreille:
Xylocopa nigrella Hurd, nom. nov.
Xylocopa nigrella Hurd, nomen novum pro Xylocopa caffra nigrescens
Maidl, 1912, Ann. K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus., Wien, 26: 283, 330 (“. . .
2^, das eine aus Mikindani . . ., das andere aus W.— Usambara . . .”),
nec Xylocopa aestuans var. nigrescens Friese, 1901, Die Bienen Europa’s,
6: 227 (female, “Borneo”), nec Xylocopa sauteri var. nigrescens Friese,
1910, Verhandl. der K.K. Zool.— Bot. Gesellsch., 60: 410 (male, “Formosa”).
Since Maidl (1912:283) did not select one of the two males
as the holotype, I designate his first cited male (Mikindani,
[Tanganyika Territory] ) to serve this purpose. X. nigrella, while
clearly a member of the Xylocopa caffra (Linnaeus) group, is
a distinct species assignable to the subgenus Koptortosoma
Gribodo.
I have been unable to determine satisfactorily the zoological
status of Xylocopa aestuans var. nigrescens Friese which was
described from “Borneo.” The Xylocopa of Borneo (including
Sarawak) are rather poorly known. Apart from the description
of several new taxa, its carpenter bee fauna has been investi-
gated only coincidental with taxonomic studies of other geo-
graphic areas. From the description afforded by Friese (1901:227)
it seems very improbable that this carpenter bee is to be
associated with X. aestuans (Linnaeus). Its correct status,
however, must await future studies.
It should be noted that the Sarawak Xylocopa caerulea var.
viridis Meade-Waldo (1916:465) is preoccupied by X. viridis
Smith (1854:360) from Brazil. Dr. M. A. Lieftinck informs me
that viridis Meade-Waldo is correctly placed as a color variety
of X. (Cyaneoderes) caerulea (Fabricius), a position also held
by Maa (1939:94,95). Since Van der Vecht (1953:67) has
recognized a “local form” or subspecies of X. caerulea from
Bangka Island it seems altogether probable that the preoccupied
viridis Meade-Waldo may prove to be a subspecies and accord-
ingly is renamed.
Xylocopa caerulea meade-waldoi Hurd, nom. nov.
Xylocopa caerulea meade-waldoi Hurd, nom. novum pro Xylocopa
caerulea var. viridis Meade-Waldo, 1916, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 17:465
(female, “Sarawak: Kuching”), nec Xylocopa viridis Smith, 1854:360, (male,
“Hab. Brazil (Rio Tapajos)”).
Xylocopa isabelleae Hurd, nom. nov.
Xylocopa isabelleae Hurd, nomen novum pro Xylocopa eximia Friese,
1908, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. p. 569 (female, “von Ikutha, 1000 m, Brit.
July, 1959]
HURD XYLOCOPA PROBLEMS
137
Ostafrika”), nec Xylocopa eximia Perez, 1901, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux,
56 (ser. 6, vol. 6): 87—88 (female, “Bolivie”).
This species, which I take pleasure in dedicating to my wife
Grace Isabelle, belongs to the subgenus Koptortosoma and is
apparently related to Xylocopa lateritia Smith, 1854:346, a
species originally described from the “Isle of Johanna (Mozamb-
ique).” The Neotropical species, Xylocopa eximia Perez, 1901:87
is a member of the subgenus N eoxylocopa Michener and is
related to species of the “sirnilis group” (Moure, 1949:455—458),
Resurrection from synonymy of Xylocopa ocularis Perez,
1901 is necessitated by the discovery that the Lesser Sunda
Islands Xylocopa dimidiata Lepeletier, 1841 is a primary
homonym of the earlier described Neotropical X. dimidiata
Latreille, 1809.
Xylocopa ocularis Perez, new status
Xylocopa dimidiata Lepeletier, 1841, Histoire naturelle des insectes.
Hymenopteres, 2:199 (female, “He de Timor”), nec Latreille, 1809:95.
Xew Synonymy.
Xylocopa ocularis Perez, 1901, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 56 (ser.
6, vol. 6) :62— 63 (female, “Timor”).
For some curious reason the work of Latreille (1809),
in which two new species of Xylocopa (X. chrysoptera, p. 93 and
X. dimidiata, p. 95) were described, appears not to have been
directly consulted by specialists of this group, except by Perez
(1901:71—73), since the time of Smith (1874:287). If Cock-
erell (1907:228) had done so he most assuredly would not
have proposed Xylocopa batesi under the circumstances that:
“X. dimidiata Lep. is from Timor; ... X. dimidiata Smith,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 287, from Ega on the Amazons,
may take the name X. batesi, n. n.”. In any event Xylocopa
dimidiata Latreille, 1809:95 preoccupies X. dimidiata Lepeletier,
1841:199 and since both are zoologically valid members of
the genus Xylocopa Lepeletier’s preoccupied name should be
replaced with Xylocopa ocularis Perez, 1901:62, which has
been shown by Van der Vecht (1953:68) to be equivalent
zoologically to it. Lieftinck (1955:25—27) has treated this
species in some detail and has provided an excellent illustration
of the male genitalia.
Certain matters connected with the nomenclature of Koptor-
tosoma Gribodo and Schonherria Lepeletier require attention
if the manifold taxonomic problems associated with these cate-
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
gories are to be cogently pursued. Toward achieving that end
the following is offered as at least a partial solution of this
situation.
Subgenus Koptortosoma Gribodo
Koptortosoma Gribodo, 1894, Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, 26:271 (type:
Koptortosoma gabonica Gribodo, 1894:272 designated by Sandhouse,
1943, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 92:561).
Koptorthosoma Dalla Torre, 1896, Cat. Hymen., 10:202 (emendation
pro Koptortosoma Gribodo, 1894:271).
Coptorthosoma Perez, 1901, Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 56 (ser. 6,
vol. 6) : 3 (emendation pro Koptortosoma Gribodo, 1894:271 and Koptortho-
soma Dalla Torre, 1896:202.).
Orbitella Mala], 1938, Rec. Indian Mus., 40:270, 305 (type: Xylocopa
conjusa Perez, 1901:39, 57), nom. praeocc., nec Orbitella Douville, 1915.
Maiella Michener, 1942, Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 50:282, nom.
nov. pro Orbitella Ma[a], 1938, nec Orbitella Douville, 1915 = Coptortho-
soma Perez, 1901, teste Maa, 1954, Vidensk. Meddel. Dansk Naturhist.
For. Kobenhavn, 116:192; zoological status yet to be determined, teste
Lieftinck, 1957, Nova Guinea, new ser., 8(2) :325.
Euryapis Sandhouse, 1943, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 92 (3156) :551, nom.
nov. pro Orbitella Ma[a], 1938, nec Douville, 1915, antedated by nom.
nov. Maiella Michener, 1942:282, q. v.
As noted above, Sandhouse (1943:561) designated Koptor-
tosoma gabonica Gribodo (1894:272) as the type of Koptor-
tosoma Gribodo. Cockerell (1930:299—300) in his comment
concerning “Mesotrichia stanleyi (LeVeque)” states: “This is
undoubtedly the male described as M. gabonica (Gribodo) ; but
the female of gabonica, first described, must stand as the type
and I am not sure that the sexes are correctly associated.”
Following this action any interpretation to determine the zoo-
logical status of Koptortosoma Gribodo must be founded first
upon the characteristics of the Cockerell designated lectotype
(female) of Koptortosoma gabonica Gribodo.
Most assuredly the emendations Koptorthosoma Dalla Torre
and Coptorthosoma Perez were unnecessarily proposed for Kopt-
ortosoma Gribodo. In this connection, Dr. M. A. Lieftinck {in
litt.) points out: “I can not see why these emendations should
be accepted, since Koptortosoma is a validly proposed name,
not a lapsus calami, and Gribodo even gave an explanation
of the name, leaving no rights to an emendation.”
The zoological status of the subgenus Koptortosoma, which
currently embraces a large number of species (approximately
215 names applied) chiefly distributed in the Ethiopian, Oriental,
July, 1959]
HURD XYLOCOPA PROBLEMS
139
and Australo-Papuan Regions, cannot be satisfactorily determined
until the question of its correct type species is established.
Vitzthum (1930:314ff) concludes that the type of Koptortosoma
Gribodo, 1894:271 is Xylocopa aestuans (Linnaeus), 1758:579
(one of the several species included by Gribodo in his
original proposal), but states that it really doesn’t matter
(p, 315) since the Oriental and African forms agree in general
characteristics. Vitzthum redefines the subgenus largely by the
addition of a geographical qualification so as to exclude certain
New World species which would fit Gribodo’s original diagnosis
and further by a statement of the mites {Dolaea, currently
Dinogamasus) intimately associated with these Old World car-
penter bees. As Vitzthum (ibid.) so appropriately declares,
recognition of Xylocopa aestuans (Linnaeus) as the type species
presents certain difficulties because of the inexact type locality
given by Linnaeus for X. aestuans, viz., “Habitat in calidis
regionibus.”
Obviously, if Vitzthum’s type designation of Xylocopa aestuans
(Linnaeus) is construed as valid and therefore takes prece-
dence over that [Koptortosoma gabonica Gribodo) later pro-
vided by Sandhouse (1943:561) it appears to me that un-
necessary complications are introduced into an already con-
founded situation. In view of this it seems to me that greater
uniformity and less confusion would result if Koptortosoma
Gribodo with Koptortosoma gabonica Gribodo as its type species
be rigidly aecepted.
Not infrequently Mesotrichia Westwood (1838:112) has been
used interchangeably with and sometimes to supplant Kopt-
ortosoma Gribodo (including also its variant spellings). Cock-
erell (1906:364) concluded that it is sufficiently distinct from
Xylocopa to be maintained as a genus and he regarded “Koptor-
thosoma” as a subgenus of it. In his subsequent papers, as well
as those of his pupil Miss Norma LeVeque, Mesotrichia was
consistently accorded generic status and consequently all those
species described or assigned to Koptortosoma were included
in it. Maa (1940: 136—137) has discussed the scope and status
of Mesotrichia and “Coptorthosoma” and more recently (Maa,
1954:192) indicates that Mesotrichia is probably to be recog-
nized as an independent genus. Maa (ibid.,) also indicates that
the subgenus Platynopoda Westwood possibly also is to be
140
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
removed from the genus Xylocopa and accorded generic status.
My present investigations, however, tend to support a class-
ification wherein Koptortosoma Gribodo, Mesotrichia Westwood,
and Platynopoda Lepeletier are considered as subgenera of the
genus Xylocopa. This view is supported by the existence of
intermediate evolutionary units, many of which already have
been characterized as subgenera, which serve to interconnect
and emphasize tlie relationships existing within the genus
Xylocopa. In this arrangement Mesotrichia Westwood embraces
less than a dozen Ethiopian species typified by Xylocopa torrida
(Westwood) .
Subgenus Schonherria Lepeletier
Schonherria Lepeletier, 1841, Histoire naturelle des insectes. Hymenop-
teres, 2:207 (type Xylocopa (Schonherria) micans Lepeletier, 1841:208
designated by Sandliouse. 1943, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 92:598).
Maa (1954:192) has incorrectly stated that Sandhouse
(1943:598) designated Apis latipes Drury as the type species
of Schonherria Lepeletier. Sandhouse (1943:529) did, how-
ever, designate that species as the type species of Audinetia
Lepeletier and consequently Audinetia and not Schonherria, as
he stated, is the “isogenotypic” synonym of the earlier proposed
Platynopoda Westwood.
Since Lepeletier and Serville (1828) founded their Aus-
tralian carpenter bee genus Lestis on specimens contained in
the “. . . cabinet du Roi . . .” (p. 799) (and not on the Fabri-
cian type of Apis muscaria) and moreover misidentified their
specimens as constituting the sexes of Centris muscaria (Fabri-
cius) [i.e. Apis muscaria Fabricius, 1715, = Xylocopa muscaria
(Fabricius), teste Smith, 1854:364, and a recent examination
of the type by Padre J, S. Moure who finds it to be a South
American Xylocopa assignable to the subgenus Schonherria
and is not from “Habitat in nova Hollandia” as Fabricius
(1793:339) subsequently gave as the type locality], a petition has
been submitted to the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature by Dr. C. D. Michener and the author requesting
that the name Lestis be preserved for the Australian bees for
which Lepeletier and Serville intended to provide a generic
name. It seems almost unnecessary to mention the confusion
that would result if it were necessary to transfer under the
Rules of Zoological Nomenclature the name Lestis from these
July, 1959]
HURD — XYLOCOPA PROBLEMS
141
Australian carpenter bees and apply it to the American carpen-
ter bees belonging to the subgenus Schonherria Lepeletier.
At this writing no less than 25 names are involved in
homonymic conflicts. All except three of the combinations are
the result of primary homonymy involving members zoologi-
cally assignable to the genus Xylocopa. The exceptions are cases
of secondary coexistent homonymy which have been occasioned
by reasons of change in zoological generic assignment. For-
tunately the preponderance of names applied in the genus
Xylocopa has provided a sufficient number of available synonyms
which serve to replace many of these. For some strange reason
both Friese and Vachal (see below) appear to have proposed
anew names previously so proposed by them. Indeed, it appears
that most, if not all, of these double proposals are absolute
synonyms as well as homonyms of the earlier names in ques-
tion. It must be recognized, however, that since differing type
locality statements are offered by these authors for each of
their conflicting homonymic pairs an element of doubt exists
concerning the synonymical equivalency of the names involved.
Final solution of this problem must rest with an examination
of the types concerned.
The following listing presents a summary of the homonymic
conflicts known to exist in the genus Xylocopa. Those names
which are now regarded as established synonyms or renamed
homonyms are italicized. Superimposed on the list of names
are the pertinent bibliographic references together with a
statement of the type locality as given by its author, and in
the case of synonyms or renamed homonyms an indication of
its current taxonomic status.
Homonymic Combinations in the Genus Xylocopa Latreille
albohirta Friese, 1911:687 (“1$ vom siidlichen Kongogebiet”) •
albohirta Friese, 1922:7 (“$ von Katanga (Kongo), Westafrika”) , ? =
albohirta Friese, 1911:687.
caerulea (Fabricius), 1804:345 (“Habitat in nova Caledonia”, $), locality
erroneous, teste Cockerell, 1911:178.
caerulea Illiger, 1806:150 (“3. Xylocopa caerulea Nob. Brasilien. Sie
ist um die Halfte kleiner als Violacea, schmaler und unterscheidet
sich von ihr durch einen Leib.”), ? = lucida Smith, 1874:290; nec.
“s. descr.” as stated by Dalla Torre, 1896:207.
capensis Spinola. 1838:519 (“Cap de Bonne— Esperance”, $).
capensis Lepeletier, 1841:179 (“Cap de Bonne Esperance”, ^ $), =
capitata Smith, 1854:348. New synonymy.
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
capensis Enderlein, 1903:56 (“Capland, 42. Port Natal, 12”), renamed
enderleini Schulz, 1906:251.
dimidiata Latreille, 1809:95 ([South America, 21).
dimidiata Lepeletier, 1841:199 (“lie de Timor”, 2 ), = ocularis Perez,
1901:62, ante p. 137.
eximia Perez, 1901:87 (“Bolivie”, 2).
eximia Friese, 1908:569 (“von Ikutha, 1000m, Brit. Ostafrika”, 2),
renamed isabelleae Hurd, ante p. 136.
fasciata Lepeletier, 1841:202 (“Du Bresil”, $), — frontalis (Olivier),
1789:64, teste Smith, 1874:284.
fasciata Eversmann, 1854:198 (“Vorkommen: die siidlichen Kirgisenstep-
pen”), renamed zonata Alfken, 1930:78, recently assigned to the
genus Proxylocopa, teste Maa, 1954:194.
femorata Fabricius, 1804:339 (“Habitat in Algier”, ^), = violacea
(Linnaeus), 1758:578, teste Maa, 1954:217; Dalla Torre & Friese,
1894: 56; ITiese, 1901:202, et al.
femorata Smith, 1874:262 (“Hai.— Algeria”, $), nomen novum pro
grisescens Smith, 1854:347, nom. praeocc., nec grisescens Lepeletier,
1841:178, renamed commixta Dalla Torre and Friese, 1894:56, =
cirtana Lucas, 1846:167, teste Friese, 1901:218, := amedaei Lepeletier,
1841:188, teste Vachal, 1899:109.
frontalis (Olivier), 1789:64 (“Elle se trouve a Cayenne”, 2 ).
frontalis Reiche and Fairmaire, 1847:455 (“[Abyssinie]”, ^2), renamed
carinata Smith, 1874:265.
fulvopilosa Friese, 1909:230 (“Kamerun, Togo”, $ 2).
fulvopilosa Friese, 1922:7 (“^ 2 von Kamerun, 2 Bipindi”), ? =
fulvopilosa Friese, 1909:230.
grisescens Lepeletier, 1841:178 (“Patrie inconnue”, 2, = “i7a6.— Brazil”) ,
teste Smith, 1874:286.
grisescens Smith, 1854:347 (“Hah. Algeria”, $), renamed femorata Smith,
1874:262, nom. praeocc., nec Lepeletier, 1841:178, renamed commixta
Dalla Torre and Friese, 1894:56, = cirtana Lucas, 1846:167, teste
Friese, 1901:218, = amedaei Lepeletier, 1841:188, teste Vachal,
1899:109.
namaquaensis Friese, 1911:687 (“2^ von Ookiep (Kl. Namaland)”).
namaquaensis Friese, 1922:7 (“^ von O’okiep (Kl. Namaland), Willowmore,
Siidafrika”), ? = namaquaensis Friese, 1911:687.
nigrescens Friese, 1901:227 (“Borneo”, 2 ).
nigrescens Friese, 1910:410 (“^ [Formosa]”), = sauteri Friese, 1910:
409, teste Yu, 1954:2.
nigrescens Maidl, 1912:283 (“ . . . 2$, das eine aus Mikindani [here-
with selected as the holotype], das andere aus W.— Usambara, [both
localities in east Africa]”), renamed nigrella Hurd, ante p. 136.
nigriceps Friese, 1903:207 (“12 von Sierra Leone”).
nigriceps Friese, 1922:8 (“2 von Sierra Leone [herewith selected as the
holotype] von der Elfenbeinkiiste und auch von Usambara, also
westafrika und Ostafrika”), = nigriceps Friese, 1903:207, teste
July, 1959]
HURD — XYLOCOPA PROBLEMS
143
Hedicke, 1923:431.
nigriceps Friese, 1922:9 (“$ von Dibongo in Siidkamerun, Westafrika”) ,
renamed dibongoana Hedicke, 1923:431.
olivacea (Fabricius), 1787:300 (“Habitat in Sierra Leon, Africae”, ^),
= caffra (Linnaeus), 1767:959, teste LeVeque, 1928:3.
olivacea Spinola, 1838:519 (“Indes— Orientales et Java’", ^), ? =
confusa Perez, 1901:39, 57, teste Maa, 1938:313.
penicillata Maidl, 1912:308 (“1^ aus Annam (Phoc Son)”), = phalo-
thorax Lepeletier, 1841:194, teste Maa, 1940:131.
penicillata Enderlein, 1913:169 (“Columbien, 1^”), renamed maidli Maa,
1940:132.
quadrimaculata Meunier, 1892:64 (“Quito, Capture a 2000 meters de
hauteur”, ^ ).
4— [i.e. quadri—\ maculata Friese, 1916:328 (“^ ? von Mexiko (Jacubaya)
[ = Tacubaya!, D. F. Mexico; $ selected as the holotype], $ von
America centr. (Chiriqui) ”) , = azteca Cresson, 1878:228. New
synonymy
rejecta Vachal, 1910:320 (“Vu quatre $ et deux ^ de I’Afrique orientale
anglaise (Nairobi, Escarpment)”).
rejecta Vachal, 1922:987 (“Afrique Orientale Anglaise.— Naivasha; Nai-
robi et Escarpment, 4 $ ; Escarpment aout, 2 $ ” ) , ? = rejecta
Vachal, 1910:320.
rufotegularis Cockerell, 1947:144 (“ . . . Feira, N. Rhodesia . . .”, $).
rufotegularis Michener, 1954:157 {‘"‘'Canal Zone: Culebra— Arraijan trail”,
$ [type], ^ ) = ecuadorica Cockerell, 1909:403. New synonymy
senex Friese, 1909:242 (“Tanganjika— See, Madagaskar”, $ ).
senex Friese, 1922:8 (“3$ vom Tanganyikasee und 1$ von Tamatave
(im Dezember), Madagaskar” ^?!), ? = senex Friese, 1909:242.
serripes Burmeister, 1876:156 (“ . . . bei Rio Janeiro (Laranjeiras, im
Garten meines Freundes Lallemant) fing . . .”, ^9).
serripes Hedicke, 1938:189 (“19 (Holotypus) Iran: Bushire”), renamed
hedickei Maa, 1940:131, = fenestrata (Fabricius), 1798:273, teste
Maa, 1954:221.
virescens Lepeletier, 1841:186 (“De Cayenne”, 9).
virescens Gistel, 1857:29 (“Italien” 9), renamed virescentis Strand,
1917:98.
viridis Smith, 1854:360 (“Hab. Brazil (Rio Tapajos)” $).
viridis Meade— Waldo, 1916:465 (“Sarawak: Kuching”, 9), renamed
meade— waldoi Hurd, ante p. 136.
Literature Cited
Alfken, J. D.
1930. Die gruppe der Xylocopa olivieri Lep. (Hym. Apid.). Deutsche
Ent Zeitschr., pp. 77—79.
Burmeister, H.
1876. Hymenopterologische Mittheilungen. 1. Xylocopa— Nrlen des La
Plata-Gebietes. Stettiner Ent. Zeitg., 37:151—159.
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
Cockerell, T. D. A.
1906. Some carpenter-bees from Africa. Canadian Ent., 38:364.
1907. On a collection of Australian and Asiatic bees. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., 23:221—236.
1909. Descriptions and records of bees.— XXIII. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., (8)4:393-404.
1911. The bees of the Solomon Islands. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, 36:160-178.
1930. African bees of the family Xylocopidae principally from Li-
beria and the Belgian Congo. Rev. Zool. Bot. Africaines,
18:294-306.
1947. Xylocopa lugubris Gerstaecker (Apoidea). Entomologist, 80:144.
Cresson, E. T.
1878. Descriptions of new North American Hymenoptera in the
collection of the American Entomological Society. Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc., 7:61-136.
Dalla Torre, C. G. de
1896. Catalogus hymenopterorum. Leipzig, 10:202-222. (Xylocopa) .
Dalla Torre. C. G. de and H. Friese
1894. Synonymischer katalog der europaischen sammelbienen. Ent.
Nachrichten, 21:53—62.
Enderlein, Gunther
1903. Neue und wenig bekannte afrikanische Xylocopen, besonders
aus der ausbeute des Freiherrn von Erlanger in Galla und
Somali. Berliner Ent. Zeitschr., 48:45—64.
1913. Zur kenntnis des Xylocopen Siidamerikas und fiber einen
zwitter von Xylocopa ordinaria. Arch. Naturgesch., Berlin,
(A) 79(2) :156-170.
Eversmann, Eduard
1854 Beitrage zur lepidopterologie Russlands, und beschreibung
einiger anderer insecten aus den siidlichen Kirgisensteppen,
nordlich Ufern des Aralsees und des Sir— Darja’s. Moskovskoe
obshchestvo ispytatelei prirody (Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou),
26(3) : 174-205, 1 pi.
Fabricius, J. Chr.
1775. Systema entomologie. Flensburg and Leipzig, Korte, xxx
832 pp.
1787. Mantissa insectorum sistens eorum species nuper detectas
adiectis characteribus genericis, differentiis specificis, emen-
dationibus, observationibus. Copenhagen, Christ. Gotti. Proft.,
l:xx -(- 348 pp.
1793. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta. Copenhagen, Christ.
Gotti. Proft., 2:viii 4" 519 pp.
1798. Entomologiae systematicae supplementum. Copenhagen, Christ.
Gotti. Proft., 572 pp.
1804. Systema piezatorum. Brunswick, Reichard, xiv + 15 -p 440,
1—30 pp.
July, 1959]
HURD — XYLOCOPA PROBLEMS
145
Friese, H.
1901. Die Bienen Europa’s (Apidae Europaeae) nach ihren gattungen,
arten und varietaten auf vergleichend morphologisch-biologischer
grundlage. Innsbruck: C. Lampe, 6:192—279 (Xylocopinae) .
1903. Neue arten der bienengattung Xylocopa Latr. aus der Neotro-
piscben und Orientaliscben Region (Hym. ). Zeitscbr. f.
Hymenopterologie und Dipterologie, 3:202—208.
1908. Neue bienenarten aus Ostafrika. Deutsche Ent Zeitscbr., pp.
567-572.
1909. Die bienen Afrikas nacb dem stande unserer beutigen kenntnisse.
In Scbultze, Leonbard. Zoologiscbe und Antbropologiscbe
ergebnisse einer forscbungsriese in westlicben zentral Sudafrika
ausgefuhrt in den jabren 1903-1905, Band 2. Denkscbr. Med.-
Naturwiss. Gesellscb., Jena, 14:83—476, pis. IX— X (in color),
19 maps, 1 text fig.
1910. Neue bienenarten aus Japan. Verhandl. der K. K. ZooL— Bot.
Gesellscb., 60:404—410.
1911. Neue arten der bienengattung Xylocopa (Hym.). Deutsche
Ent Zeitscbr., pp. 685—687.
1916. Zur bienenfauna von Costa Rica. (Hym.). Stettiner Ent.
Zeitg., 77:287-348.
1922. III. Nachtrag zu “Bienen Afrikas”. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., Jena,
46:1-42.
Gistel, Johannes
1857. Achthundert und zwaiizig neue oder unbeschriebene wirbellose
Thiere. Verlag der Schorner’schen Buchhandlung. Druck von
J. F. Rietsch in Landshut, 94 pp.
Gribodo, Giovanni
1894. Note imenotterologiche. Nota H. Nuovi generi e nuove specie di
imenotteri antofili ed osservazioni sopra alcune specia gia
conosciute. Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, 26:262—314.
Hedicke, H.
1923. Nomina nova. IV. Deutsche Ent. Zeitscbr., p. 431.
1938. Uber einige apiden vom Hindukusch (Hym.). Deutsche Ent.
Zeitscbr., pp. 186—196, 3 figs.
Illiger, Karl
1806. William Kirby’s familien der bienenartigen insekten mit
zusatzen, nachweisungen und bemerkungen. Magazin fiir
Insektenkunde, Braunschweig, Reichard, 5:28—173.
Latreille, [P. a.]
1809. Insectes de I’Amerique equinoxiale recueillis pendant le voyage
de MM. de Humboldt et Bonpland, et decrits par M. Latreille.
In Humboldt, Al. de and A. Bonpland. Recueil d’observations
de zoologie et d’anatomie comparee, faites dans I’Ocean
Allantique, dans I’interieur du nouveau continent et dans la
mer du Sud pendant les annees, 1799, 1800, 1801, 1802 et
1803. Paris. Zoology, 2:9—138, illustr. in accompanying atlas.
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
Lepeletier. de Saint-Fargeau, M. Le Compte Amedee Louis Michel and
A. Serville
1828. Lestis. In Latreille, P. A., Encyclopedie methodique. Histoire
naturelle. [vol. 10] Entomologie, ou histoire naturelle des
crustaces, des arachnides et des insectes, [“Par”-“Zyg”].
Insectes, Paris, 7:795, 799-800. (1825)
Lepeletier de Saint-Fargeau, M. Le Compte Amedee Louis Michel
1841. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Hymenopteres. Suites a Buffon.
Paris, Roret, 2:1—680.
LeVeque, Norma
1928. Carpenter bees of the genus M esotrichia obtained by the Amer-
ican Museum Congo Expedition, 1909-1915. Amer. Mus. Novi-
tates, no. 300: 1—23, 29 figs.
Lieftinck, M. a.
1955. The carpenter-bees (Xylocopa Latr.) of the Lesser Sunda
Islands and Tanimbar (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Verb. Naturf.
Ges. Basel, 66:5—32, 20 figs.
1957. Revision of the carpenter-bees {Xylocopa Latr., subgenus Maiella
Michener of the Papuan Region. Nova Guinea, new ser.,
8(2): 325-376. 63 figs.
Linnaeus, C.
1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes,
ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, locis.
Editio decima, reformata. Stockholm, 1:824 iii pp.
1767. Systema naturae. Editio duodecima, reformata, 12:901—1068.
Lucas, Pierre Hippolyte
1846. Histoire naturelle des animaux articules. In Exploration scienti-
fique de PAlgerie pendant les annees 1840, 1841, 1842. Zoology
3(3) Insectes, 527 pp. 40 pis. (1849).
Maa, T. (Maa Tsing-Chao)
1938. The Indian species of the genus Xylocopa Latr. (Hymenoptera).
Records Indian Mus., Calcutta, 40:265—329, 14 text figs.
1939. On some Zy/ocopo— species from the Sunda Islands (Hymen.:
Xylocopidae) . Treubia, Buitenzorg, 17:73—98.
1940. On the nomenclature of certain ZyZocopa— species (Hymen.).
Notes d’Ent. Chinoise, Shanghai, 7:131—138.
1954. The 3rd Danish Expedition to Central Asia. Zoological results
14. The Xylocopine bees (Insecta) of Afghanistan. Vidensk.
Meddel. Dansk Naturhist. For. Kobenhavn, 116:189—231, 15 figs.
Maidl, Franz
1912. Die Xylocopen (Holzbienen) des Wiener Hofmuseums. Ein
beitrag zu einer monographie dieser gattung. Ann. K. K.
Naturhist. Hofmus., Wien, 26:249—330, 2 pis., 63 text figs.
Meade-Waldo, Geoffrey
1916. Notes on the Apidae (Hymenoptera) in the collection of the
British Museum, with descriptions of new species. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., (8)17:448-470.
July, 1959]
HURD XYLOCOPA PROBLEMS
147
Meunier, Fernand
1892. Observations sur quelques apides d’Ecuador. lorn. Acad. Sci.
Math. Phys. e Nat. Lisboa, (2)2:63—65.
Michener, Charles D.
1954. Bees of Panama. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 104:1—176,
155 figs., 3 tables.
Moure, J. S.
1949. Notas sobre algunas abejas de Tacanas, Tucuman, Argentina.
II. (Hymenopt. Apoidea). Rev. Ent., Rio de Janeiro, 20(1—3):
437-460, 2 pis.
Olivier, Guillaume Antoine
1789. Abeille. In Enc}'clopedie methodique. Histoire naturelle.
Publiee par une societe de gens de lettres, de savans et d’ artistes.
Insectes [Introduction— “Bom.”] Paris and Liege, 4:cclxxxviij
+ ccclxxiij -j- 331 pp
Perez, J.
1901. Contribution a Petude des Xylocopes. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux,
56 (ser. 6, vol. 6) : 1—128.
Reiche, [L.] and [L.M.H.] Fairmaire
1847. Ordre des hymenopteres (Zoology :Entomologie, pp. 451—465).
hi Ferret, [A.] and [ — ] Galinier, Voyage en Abyssinie dans
le provinces du Tigre, du Samen et de I’Ahmara dedie A.S.A.R.
Monseigneur le Due de Nemours. Paris: Paulin, Libraire-
Editeur, 3:536 pp.
Sandhouse, Grace A.
1943. The type species of the genera and subgenera of bees. Proc.
Lh S. Natl. Mus., 92:519-619.
Schulz, W. A.
1906. Spolia hymenopterologica. Paderborn, Junfermann, iii 356
pp., 1 pi., 11 text figs.
Smith, Erederick
1854. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects in the collection of the
British Museum. London, pt. 2, Apidae, pp. 199—465, pis.
VII-XII.
1874. Monograph of the genus Xylocopa, Latr. Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, pp. 247-302.
Spinola, Maximilien
1838. Compte rendu des Hymenopteres recueillis par. M. Eischer
pendant son voyage en Egypte, et communiques par M. le
Docteur Waltl a Maximilien Spinola. Ann. Soc. Ent. France,
7:437-546.
Starcke, a.
1953. There will never be peace in nomenclature. Ent. Berichten,
14:205-206.
Strand, Embrik
1917. Ubersicht der in GISTEL’s „Achthundert und zwanzig neue
oder unbesebriebene wirbellose Thiere” (1857) behandelten
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
insekten. Arch. Naturgesch., Berlin, (A) 85(5) :75— 101. (1916)
Vachal, J.
1899-1900. Essai d’une revision synoptique des especes Europeenes
et Africaines. Miscell. Ent., 7:89—112, 145—160 (1899); 8:
106-108 (1900).
1910. Diagnoses d’insectes nouveau recueillis dans le Congo beige par
le Dr. Sheffield-Neave (Hymenoptera, Apidae). Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belgique, 54:306—328.
1922. Melliferes. In Voyage de M. Le Baron Maurice de Rothschild en
Ethiopie et en Afrique Orientale Anglaise (1904-1905).
Resultats scientifiques, animaux articules. Deuxieme Partie. Paris,
pp. 983—996, figs.
Van der Vecht, J.
1953. The carpenter bees iXylocopa Latr.) of Celebes, with notes on
some other Indonesian Xylopoca species. Idea, Bogor, 9:57—69,
1 pi. Also publ. Org. Sci. Res. Indonesia Djakarta, no. 37:
2-14, 1 pi.
VlTZTHUM, H. Graf
1930. Acarologische beobachtungen. (14. Reihe). Zool. Jahrb. Abt.
Syst.. Jena, 59 (2/3) :281— 350, 41 figs.
Westwood, J. 0.
1838. Description of a new genus of exotic bees. Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, 2(2) : 112-113.
Yu, Feng-Ling
1954. The carpenter or Xylocopine bees of Formosa. Mem. College
Agric. Natl. Taiwan Univ., Taipeh, 3(3) :l-!22, 18 figs.
[In Chinese with English summary].
A NEW NAME PROPOSED IN THE GENUS THEREVA
(Diptera: Therevidae)
In my revision of the Therevidae (1923)’^, I proposed in the
genus Thereva the name pjgmaea for a small, hairy-faced therevid
fly found in the mountains of southern California. It is one of a
curious little group of related species, along with melanoneura
Loew, anomala Adams and xanthobasis James.
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., has called my attention to an older use
of the name Thereva pygmaea in what is now the family Tachi-
nidae. Thereva is an ancient name and was first used, like Bibio
and Musca, in a very broad sense. Thereva pygmaea Fallen is the
genotype of Catharosia Rondani (1820. Dipt. Suec. Rhiz., 4).
I propose the name nana for this little therevid fly, described
as T. pygmaea (pages 89—90). — Frank R. Cole, University of
California, Berkeley.
^ Cole, F. R., 1923. A Revision of the Therevidae. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 62 :1-140.
July, 1959] FOOTE & BLANC NEW TEPHRITID GENUS
149
A NEW GENUS OF NORTH AMERICAN FRUIT FLIES
(Diptera: Tephritidae)
Richard H. Foote
Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., U.S.D.A.
and
F. L. Blanc
Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agriculture^
Quisenberry’s (1950) revision of the tephritid genus Euaresta
characterizes the North American species as having, in addition
to other features, swollen male fore femora, two pairs of lower
frontoorbitals, dorsocentrals closer to the suture than to a trans-
verse line between the supraalars, two pairs of scutellars, and a
paired set of striations near the anal region of the claspers of the
external male genitalia. The holotypes of three Coquillett species
■ — Trypeta (Euaresta) calif ornica (1894), Euaresta munda
(1899), and Euaresta mundula (1899) — agree in all but the last
two of these characters, and but for them probably should be
placed in Euaresta. However, further study of this Coquillett
material and of additional specimens from Colorado, Idaho, and
California has brought to light other differences from Euaresta
which justify the proposal of a new genus.
Valentibulla^ F'oote and Blanc, new genus
Type species: Trypeta (Euaresta) californica Coquillett, 1894.
Generic characters. — Anterior oral margin not produced beyond Hat
whitish-pollinose face; proboscis not geniculate; two pairs of upper frontoor-
bitals. Humerals and supraalars present; no presutural dorsocentrals; one
pair postsutural dorsocentrals, situated closer to suture than to transverse
line between the supraalars; one pair well developed scutellars; head and
mesonotum with abundant, stout, white to yellowish-white setae. Abdomen,,
including external male genitalia and ovipositor sheath, dai'k brown to
black, highly polished; male without Euaresta-VAic grooves near the anal
region of external claspers; the proximal two-thirds or three-fourths of
ovipositor sheath of female distinctly swollen in contrast to the rather
suddenly narrowed distal third or fourth. Fore femora of male swollen to
at least 1.5 times the diameter of mid and hind femora. Wing as in figs.
4, 5, and 6, with hyaline spots in a dark brown disc; a distinct, large bulla
present in cell Rs; vein R4+5 sinuate distad of the m-cu crossvein and
curved forward at its termination in the costal margin ; middle marginal
hyaline spot in cell Ri usually extending across vein R2+3 into cell R3.
^ Assistance in this study was obtained from the University of California at Riverside, the
California Academy of Sciences, Stanford University, and the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard University.
^ Valentibulla : from the Latin valentis, meaning strong, referring to the prominent bulla
in cell Rs. The name was originally proposed by Quisenberry in an unpublished manuscript.
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
The most characteristic features of this genus are the flat or
rather tumid white-pollinose face, which terminates anteriorly
without any anterior production of the oral margin (figs. 1, 2,
and 3) ; the highly polished, dark brown to black abdomen,
exterior male genitalia and ovipositor sheath, the prominent bulla;
and in most specimens the extension of at least the middle mar-
ginal hyaline spot in cell Ri across vein R2+3 into cell R3.
The genus is closely related to Euaresta, from which it may
be separated by the absence of striations near the anal region of
the male claspers, by the presence of only one pair of scutellar
bristles, and by the terminally curved vein R4+5. Adults of this
genus, especially those of thurmanae Foote, superficially resemble
those of Aciurina Curran, but the presence of a large, prominent
bulla in cell R5 leaves no doubt about their proper affinities.
Key to the North American Species of the
Genus Valentibulla
1 — Dark areas in cells 2nd Ma and Cui wider than the hyaline marks
in those cells thurmanae Foote, new species
— Dark areas in cells 2nd Ma and Cui narrower than the hyaline
marks in those cells 2
2 — All pleural sclerites and at least the posterior half of disc of meso-
notum shining dark brown; hyaline spot at margin of cell Rs
occupying about one-third of that cell munda (Coquillett)
— All pleural sclerites and entire disc of mesonotum heavily gray
pollinose; hyaline spot at margin of cell Rs oecupying not more
than one-fourth of that cell... ...calif arnica (Coquillett)
Valentibulla californica (Coquillett) , new combination
(Figs. 2, 5)
Trypeta (Euaresta) californica Coquillett, 1894, Canad. Ent. 26:73 ($, type
loc., “Southern California”) ; Quisenberry, 1950, Jour. New York Ent.
Soc. 58:10 (excludes from Euaresta).
Euaresta californica, Aldrich, 1905, Smiths. Inst. Misc. Coll. 46(1444) :613
(repeats Coquillett data).
Euaresta mundula Coquillett, 1899, Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 7:265 {$,
type loc., Pareah, Utah) ; Aldrich, 1905, Smiths. Inst. Misc. Coll.
46(1444) :613 (repeats Coquillett data); Quisenberry, 1950, Jour. New
York Ent. Soc. 58:10 (excludes from Euaresta) . (New Synonymy).
Head (Fig. 2). — Front white to yellow, wider at vertex than width of
one eye, closely set with short, stout, white bristles; two pairs lower fronto-
orbitals, two pairs upper frontoorbitals ; face white pollinose, flat from
lateral view, the oral margin not at all projecting; cheek 0.15 to 0.25
times eye height; antenna 0.5 to 0.6 times as long as face. Thorax. — Meso-
notum densely gray pollinose, closely set with short, stout, white to yellowish-
white bristles; scutellum gray pollinose on proximal third, half or two-thirds.
July, 1959] FOOTE & BLANC NEW TEPHRITID GENUS
151
the remaining parts yellow, in some cases the gray covering so much of
dorsal surface that the yellow is seen only from a direct posterior view;
mesopleuron gray and yellow, the gray extending from ventral half to
almost the entire sclerite; the yellow, when present, appearing principally
on dorsal and posterior margins without a sharp line of demarcation;
sternopleuron definitely dark gray pollinose in all cases. Legs. — Usually
entirely yellow, occasionally with a narrow dark brown streak ventrally on
proximal half of hind femur; all tarsomeres entirely yellow. Wing (Fig. 5). —
Dark reddish brown except for hyaline spots as follows: three in costal
cell; subcostal cell often entirely dark, more commonly with at least the
suggestion of a hyaline spot at base, sometimes this spot very large and
filling basal third of cell; cell Ri with three spots extending from the costa
to vein Rn+ 3 , rarely the third spot in the row extremely small to absent; cell
Ra usually with a continuation of the middle hyaline spot over vein R2+3,
rarely with a small, round spot below the distal spot in cell R^; two spots
in cell R3 between the terminations of veins R2+3 and R4+5, the distal one
crossing vein Rj+s; a large spot in the distal end of cell Rs; three spots in
second cell M 2 , the distal one crossing vein M 1+2 into cell Rs; a very large,
distinct bulla in cell Rs; a large spot near center of cell R located directly
posterior to subcostal cell but absent in one specimen ; a large spot near
distal end of first cell M 2 halfway between crossveins r-m and m-cu; three
large spots in the distal two-thirds of cell Cm, the proximal one often
crossing over vein Cu 2 + 2nd A and fusing with distal light spot in second
anal cell, leaving a brown spot at the termination of that vein in the wing
margin, occasionally these spots separated by a dark area of varying width
along the vein; two to four light spots in second anal cell, varying from
small and well separated to quite large and narrowly separated, or one or
more obviously fused. Abdomen. — Shining dark brown to black. External
male terminalia as in generic description. Female ovipositor sheath shining,
constricted on apical third, about as long as the two preceding abdominal
tergites.
Specimens examined. — Holotype female, Trypeta (Euaresta) calijornica
Coquillett, with the following labels: “Los Angeles Co., Cal.”, “May”,
“Coquillett collector”, “Type No. 309, USNM”, and “Trypeta californica
Coq., type”. Holotype male, Euaresta mundula Coquillett, with the follow-
ing labels: “2426”, “Type No. 4408, USNM”, Pareah, Utah”. CALIFORNIA:
Kern Co. : S $ $ , 3 $ $ , Frazier Pk., 1 ^ , 2 $ $ , Rosamond, 3 ^ ^ , 1 $
Tehachapi (all IV.25.56, Chrysothamnus nauseosum, F. L. Blanc); 1$
Cuyama Valley, IV.8.32, E. P. Van Duzee; Los Angeles Co.: 2$ $, 2 9 9,
Gorman, IV.25.56, Chrysothamnus nauseosum, E. L. Blanc; Mono Co.:
Mammoth, IV.12.49, Chrysothamnus gall, D. D. Pierce; San Bernardino
Co.: 1^, 299 , Barton Flats, San Bernardino Mts., VI. 14.54, Chryso-
thamnus nauseosum, Timberlake; 1^, 2 9 9, Oro Grande Wash, 4 mi. S.
Adelanto, V.9.49, Chrysothamnus nauseosum, Timberlake; 19, Seven Oaks,
VI. 12.36, W. C. Reeves; 19, Seven Oaks, VI. 14.50, Timberlake; Siskiyou
Co.: 2$ $, 19 , Montague, V.20.36, Artemisia sp., Jones & Fosan; County
unknown : 1 ^ , 2 9 9, Horsethief Cr., IV.21.35, Salix sp., C. E. Norland.
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
NEVADA: 2$ $, Kyle Canyon, Charleston Mts. 7200', Clarke Co., VL4.41,
Chrysothamnus nauseosum, Timberlake.
The variation found in the rather extensive California series
completely closes the gap between the Coquillett types of cali-
fornica and mundula, leaving no doubt in our minds that the two
species are synonymous.
The hyaline wedge at the wing apex never occupies more than
the apical fourth of cell R5, and its lower margin is always well-
separated from the apex of vein Mj+s, which is never noticeably
curved backward apically. This character, together with the
densely gray-dusted mesonotum and pleural sclerites, is consist-
ently characteristic of californica in contrast to munda Coquillett
(see discussion of that species). V. thurmanae Foote may be
separated from both californica and munda by the widely separ-
ated hyaline spots along the posterior wing margin, the larger
size, the distinctly reddish cast of the body, and the short, blunt
bristles covering the front and mesonotum.
Valentibulla munda (Coquillett), new combination
(Figs. 3, 6 )
Euaresta munda Coquillett, 1899, Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 7:265 ($,
type loc. Elko, Nevada) ; Aldrich, 1905, Smiths. Inst. Misc. Coll.
46(1444) :613 (repeats Coquillett data) ; Quisenberry, 1950, Jour. New
York Ent. Soc. 58:10 (excludes from Euaresta) .
Tephrella euarestoides Bates, 1935, Pan-Pac. Ent. 11:106; fig. 1 , p. 105
($, type loc. Ridgway, Colo., 7000 ft., June 23—30, 1928; lat. view
of head.) (New Synonymy).
Head (Fig. 3). — Front white to yellow, almost two times as wide as
one eye at vertex, covered with short, stout, yellowish-white bristles ; two
or three pairs lower frontoorbitals ; two pairs upper frontoorbitals; face
white or yellowish-white, slightly tumid, about one-half the length of face.
Thorax. — Mesonotum with shining dark brown to nearly black ground
color with an extremely light gray dusting and closely set with short, stout,
yellowish-white bristles; scutellum concolorous with disc of thorax but
without short bristles; mesopleuron and sternopleuron shining dark hrown
with a very small amount of gray dusting. Legs. — Entirely yellow, includ-
ing coxae and tarsomeres. Wing (Fig. 6 ). — Dark reddish brown to brown
except for hyaline spots as follows: two in costal cell; subcostal cell
entirely dark or with a suggestion of a hyaline spot at base, in one or
two specimens distinct and filling basal fourth of cell; cell Ri with three
spots extending from costa to vein R2+3, rarely the apical spot small to
absent; cell Ra in all specimens with a continuation of the middle hyaline
spot over vein R 2 + 3 ; two spots in margin of cell R 3 , the distal one crossing
vein R 4 +B; a very large triangular spot in distal third or more of cell Rb;
cell Rb with a large, prominent bulla: three spots in 2 nd cell Mn, the
July, 1959 ] FOOTE & BLANC — NEW TEPHRITID GENUS
153
distal one extending across vein M 1+2 into cell R 5 , these hyaline areas
separated by infuscations distinctly narrower than the width of the hyaline
areas; a large round spot near center of cell R located directly posterior
to subcostal cell; a large round spot near distal end of first cell M 2 halfway
between crossveins r-m and m-cu; three in distal two-thirds of cell Cui, the
proximal one always separated from distal in cell 2nd A by a dark area
extending the entire length of vein Cu 2 4-2nd A; two to four light spots
of varying sizes in cell 2nd A, rarely fused. Abdomen. — Shining brown to
black. External male terminalia as in generic description. Female ovipositor
sheath constricted on apical third, about as long as last two abdominal
tergites.
Specimens examined. — Holotype male, Euaresta munda Coquillett with
the following labels: “Elko” and “Type No. 4407, USNM”. Holotype
female, Tephrella euarestoides Bates, with the following labels: “Ridgway,
Colo., alt. 7000', June 23—30, 1928”, “Type”, and “Tephrella euarestoides
Bates, holotype”. IDAHO: 3^ 3$ ?, Almo, Cassia Co., VI. 12— 13.53,
H, E. Cott; 1$, Oreana, Owyee Co., 111.16.33, from galls on Chryso-
thamnus; 5$ $, 1$, Wieser, Washington Co., IV.26.09.
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1 , Lateral view of head of Valentibulla thurmanae Foote; fig. 2,
Same, V. californica (Coquillett); fig. 3, Same, V. munda (Coquillett).
Along the margin of the wing of munda, the distance between
the terminations of veins R2+3 and R4+5 is only slightly greater
than the distance between those of veins R4+3 and Mj+o, due in
part to the fact that vein M1+2 bends posteriorly at its apex. The
resulting space is almost completely filled by a hyaline wedge
that occupies at least the apical third of cell R5 and almost
touches veins R4+5 and M1+2 at the wing margin. This character
is in distinct contrast to that of californica Coquillett, in which
the spot is much smaller (see discussion of that species). This
character, together with the shining brown to black thorax, will
serve to separate munda from the other species treated herein.
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
Differences from thurmanae Foote are treated in the discussion
of that species.
Bates (1934) himself recognized the doubtful position of his
euarestoides in Aciurina ( =T ephrella) . But for the smaller light
spots near the margin of its cell 2nd A, the holotype of euare-
stoides in the Museum of Comparative Zoology does not differ
markedly from that of munda.
Valentibulla thurmanae Foote, new species
(Figs. 1, 4)
Head (Fig. 1). — Front distinctly yellow, almost two times the width of
one eye at vertex, closely set with abundant yellowish bristles; two or three
pairs lower frontoorbitals; two pairs upper frontoorhitals ; face whitish-
yellow pollinose, slightly tumid from lateral view; cheek 0.25 times as
high as eye; antenna slightly over one-half the length of face. Thorax . —
Mesonotum densely gray pollinose, closely set with stout, blunt bristles
of a definite reddish-yellow color ; scutellum with a median triangle of
gray pollinosity similar to that of thorax, sides subshining, reddish; post-
scutellum and metathorax subshining black with reddish tinge ; meso-
pleuron reddish pollinose; sternopleuron gray pollinose in contrast. Legs.
— Entirely yellow, including coxae and tarsomeres. Wing (Fig. 4). — Reddish
brown except for hyaline spots as follows: three in costal cell; subcostal
cell entirely dark ; three in cell Ri, the proximal two extending from
costa to vein R2+3, the distal spot either small and not attaining that vein
or large and exceeding it; cell R 3 always with a continuation of the middle
hyaline spot over vein R 2+3 and almost always with a small round spot
below the distal spot in cell Ri, sometimes these two spots fused; two
marginal spots in cell Ra, the distal one crossing vein R 4 + 5 ; a spot in the
margin of cell R 5 extending into the cell only a very short distance; cell
Rs with a large, distinct bulla; three spots in 2nd cell M 2 , the distal one
crossing vein M 1+2 into cell Rs, the hyaline areas in 2 nd cell M 2 separated
hy distances greater than their respective widths; a large round spot near
center of cell R located directly posterior to tip of subcostal cell; a large
round spot just distad of r-m crossvein in 1 st cell M 2 ; three spots in distal
two-thirds of cell Cui, the proximal one always distinct and never fusing
with distal light spot in cell 2nd A, across the tip of vein Cuo -(- 2nd A;
cell 2nd A mostly brown with two to four small hyaline spots as shown.
Abdomen. — Shining brown to black. External male terminalia as in generic
description. Female ovipositor sheath constricted on apical third, about
2.5 times as long as the two preceding abdominal tergites.
Holotype female, Mt. Tamalpais, Marin County, California,
VI.23.18, E. P. Van Duzee (in collection of California Academy
of Sciences). Paratypes: I?? same data as type; Icf, 1? in
copulo, Mt. View, Santa Clara County, California, “Ehrhorn
Lot” (no further data) ; I 9 without data of any kind.
July, 1959] FOOTE & blanc — new tephritid genus
155
The most obvious wing character distinguishing thurmanae
from the two preceding species is the fact that the hyaline spots
along the posterior margin are separated by distances greater
than the widths of the spots themselves. Further, the light brown
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 4. Dorsal view of right wing of Valentibulla thurmanae Foote;
fig. 5, Same, V. californica (Coquillett) ; fig. 6, Same, V. mimda (Coquillett) .
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
area in the posterior third of the wing disc of thurmanae contrasts
markedly to the dark brown of the anterior two-thirds. Like
californica Coquillett and unlike munda Coquillett, the hyaline
apical spot is restricted to the apical 5th or 6 th of cell Rs and is
well separated from veins R 4+5 and M 1+2 at the margin, but unlike
both those species, is larger and redder and cell 2nd A is always
more extensively infuscated. The short, stout bristles covering the
front and mesonotum of thurmanae have a distinctly red cast in
contrast to the yellow to white found in those of the other two
species.
The species is named in honor of Ernestine B. Thurman.
Literature Cited
Bates, M.
1935. Notes on American Trypetidae (Diptera) III. The genus
T ephrella. Pan-Pacific Ent. 11(3) :103— 113, figs. 1—3.
Coquillett, D. W.
1894. New North American Trypetidae. Canad. Ent. 26:71—75.
1899. Notes and descriptions of Trypetidae. Jour. New York Ent. Soc.
7:259-268.
Quisenberry, B. F.
1950. The genus Euaresta in the United States. Jour. New York Ent.
Soc. 58:9-38.
A NEW HOST RECORD EOR ARCHYTAS CALIFORNIAE
(WALKER) IN CALIFORNIA
(Diptera: Tachinidae)
A small number of larvae of Euchaetias oregonensis (Stretch)
(Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) (Det. H. H. Keifer) were collected on
Apocynum capnabinum L. in the Sacramento, California vicinity
by H. H. Keifer on July 7, 1950 for rearing. On August 8 ,
1950 a male specimen of Archytas calif or niae (Walker) emerged
from one of the Euchaetias pupae. The larva of the Archytas
was found to have pupated within the pupal case of its host in
such a manner that its posterior spiracles were directed caudally
within the pupa of the Euchaetias. The Archytas adult emerged
through the anterior end of its host pupa. Archytas californiae
appears to be generally distributed throughout the Pacific Coast
states. It occurs in at least four life zones of California, since
I possess specimens from localities representing the Lower
Sonoran to the Canadian life zones. — Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.,
California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento.
July, 1959]
REINHARD — NEW TACHINIDAE
157
NEW NEARCTIC TACHINIDAE^
(Diptera)
H. J. Reinhard
College Station. Texas
The new species described below include some interesting
additions to the California muscoid fauna. I am indebted to
various collectors, viz.. Dr. Paul D. Hurd, Jr., A. T. McClay and
Paul H. Arnaud for the privilege of studying extensive lots of
materials submitted over the past several years. The present
report is based in part upon this material.
Viviania arrisor Reinhard, new species
Allied to lachnosternae Townsend, but the third antennal seg-
ment including arista and cheek grooves wholly black.
Male. — Head black in ground color with dense gray to plumbeous
pollen; front at vertex 0.21 of head width, equibroad to middle thence
widening rapidly into facial angle; frontalia black, a little wider than para-
frontal; outer verticals vestigial, three or four frontals below antennal
base and two or three suberect preverticals; ocellars long, proclinate; para-
frontal with a vestiture of black hairs which extend sparsely downward
almost to mid face level ; facialia coarsely irregularly bristled on lower-
third or less, vibrissae far above oral margin; proboscis short, palpus
yellow, subequal to length of haustellum ; antenna rather slender, third
segment slightly over twice length of second and barely reaching lower
third of face; long bare arista moderately thickened near base, thence
slender to tip, basal segments short : eye bare, extending below vibrissal
level; cheek one-third eye-length, clothed with black hairs; occiput flat
and pale-haired. Thorax and scutellum black, gray pollinose, mesonotum
marked with four broad dark vittae in front and five behind suture; dorso-
central 3, 4 ; acrostichal 2 or 3, 3 ; presutural 2 ; intraalar 3 ; supraalar 3 ;
sternopleural 2, 1; pteropleural 1 (small) ; scutellum with 4 lateral, 1 weak
non-decussate apical and 1 discal pair; prosternum with bristly hairs at
sides; postnotal slope setose. Legs black, mid tibia with two stoutish
anterodorsal bristles, claws and pulvilli elongate. Wing gray hyaline, costal
spine small; hind cross vein about its length from cubitulus; first posterior
cell open considerably before wing tip ; third vein with two or three setae
near base; calypters semitransparent white. Abdomen black sometimes with
a trace of red at sides, entire upper surface dusted with changeable gray
pollen showing a brownish tinge in a flat rear angle; one pair of median
marginals on segments one and two, a marginal row on three and four,
latter also with discals above except near basal margin; genital foi'ceps
triangular in rear view with prongs contiguous to tip ; accessory process
fingerlike, a trifle shorter than forceps but broader than same in profile ;
^ Contribution No. 2967, Department of Entomology, Texas Agricultural Experiment
Station.
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
penis shiny black, recurved near middle and terminating in a pale membrane
which is prolonged at the posterior apical extremity.
Female . — Vertex 0.26 of head width; two pairs of proclinate orbital
bristles, outer verticals short but differentiated; median marginals usually
absent on first abdominal segment and anal truncate at apex ; pulvilli and
claws shorter than last tarsal segment.
Length, 9.5—11 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female, Topaz Lake, Mono
County, California, June 26, 1957 (J. W. MacSwain) in the
California Academy of Sciences Collection. Paratypes: one male
and two females, same data as holotype.
Viviania pedita Reinhard, new species
As described for the preceding species, but differing in the
following characters among others:
Male only . — Head pollen yellowish gray, cheek grooves and vibrissal
angles pale or reddish in ground color; vertex 0.18 of head width; antenna
shorter or about three-fifths facial length, basal segments red ; arista micro
pubescent, brownish; fourth abdominal segment wholly red and contrasting
sharply with preceding ones; mid tibia with one submedian anterodorsal
bristle. Length, 10 mm.
Holotype male. Lake Placid, Florida, March 3, 1945 (J. G.
Needham) .
Phorocera regilla Reinhard, new species
A small species, which traces to festinam in Aldrich and
Webber’s key (Proc. U. S. N. M., 63:45— 48), but by comparison
with the type specimen differs in genital characters among others.
Male . — Head pollen gray with yellow tinge on parafrontals; latter
sparsely beset with fine hairs and about equal to width of dark brown
frontalia; two pre-verticals, ocellars and inner verticals about equal in
size ; frontals weak, three bristles below antennal base ; vertex 0.25 of head
width ; narrow parafacial equal to facialia inverted ; latter bristled to upper
third or higher and usually with a secondary outer row of hairs; antenna
entirely black, as long as face, third segment much broader than parafacial,
six times longer than second; black, bare arista thickened on proximal
two-fifths thence suddenly tapered outward to a thin or very delicate tip;
cheek hardly one-sixth eye length ; eye pilose ; proboscis short, palpus
brown to reddish apically. Thorax and scutellum black, lightly dusted
with grayish pollen leaving rather narrow poorly defined vittae on notum.
Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 2, 3; dorsocentral 3, 4; intraalar 3; supraalar 3;
presutural 2; posthumeral 2; humeral 2; sternopleural 3; pteropleural
1 (small) ; scutellum with 3 lateral, no apical, 1 poorly differentiated
discal pair. Legs black, weakly bristled; hind tibia not evenly ciliated;
mid tibia with one median bristle on outer front side; claws and pulvilli
exceeding length of apical tarsal segment. Wing slightly smoky becoming
grayish on hind margin; third vein with two or three setulae near base;
July, 1959]
REINHARD — NEW TACHINIDAE
159
first posterior cell open shortly before wing tip; hind cross vein oblique
and its length from the broadly rounded stumpless cubitulus; costal spine
small; calypters transparent tawny. Abdomen black, pointed apically, last
three segments with pale yellowish gray pollen which extends thinly rear-
ward to or beyond middle of each except along median line; one pair of
median marginal bristles on second segment, a marginal row on the two
following ones, besides a discal row on anal and a discal pair on each
intermediate segment; genitalia black; forceps tapered on basal third,
thence subparallel to a blunt or rounded apex, prongs divided on apical
half but not divergent; accessory process longer than forceps, ovate and
wide in profile but reduced to a subacute apex and concave on outer face;
penis shining black basally, with intermediate anterior portion pale mem-
branous, distal part black, compressed and beset with a vestiture of
oppressed whitish scales.
Female . — Vertex 0.28 (average of three) of head width; abdomen
broader and usually with grayer pollen than in male; two proclinate orbitals;
outer verticals differentiated; wing nearly clear; claws and pulvilli small.
Length, 3—4 mm.
Holotype male, Redwood City, San Mateo County, Cali-
fornia, July 27, 1952 (P. H. Arnaud) and allotype female,
Mountain Home, San Bernardino County, California, September
12, 1953 (E. I. Schlinger) in the California Academy of Sciences
Collection. Paratypes: 14 males, 2 females same data as holotype;
1 male and 2 females, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., July 8, 1932 and
July 4, 1940 (R. H. Beamer) ; 1 male and 1 female, Graham
Mountains, Arizona, 6000—7000 feet, August 9, 1955 (Butler-
Noon) .
Phorocera ustulata Reinhard, new species
Differs from the preceding species chiefly as follows:
Male . — Parafacial seal brown, pollen becoming thinner and lusterless
on parafrontal, latter blackish in most views and hardly equal width of
dark brown frontalia ; cheek nearly one-third eye length, dusted with gray
pollen which extends over entire hind surface of head; vertex 0.33 of
head width; third antennal segment subequal to parafacial width; five
times length of second; arista thickened on proximal half; facialia nar-
rower and subvertical, with a single row of bristles extending above middle;
palpus red to brownish basally; eye with moderately long pale dense hairs;
scutellum reddish apically and usually with a well differentiated pair of
erect discals. Abdomen obovate, last three segments dusted with gray or
yellowish gray pollen which extends thinly to hind margin of each in
favorable view; one pair of median marginals on segments one and two, a
marginal row on three and four besides a row of discals often irregularly
spaced on last; intermediate segments with one pair of discals and a
vestiture of longish hairs including some bristlelike and erect along median
line; genital forceps small, shiny black, tapering gradually with prongs
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
contiguous to subacute apex ; accessory process in profile about as thick
as forceps but a trifle longer and tapering to an equally narrow apex which
bears a few minute spinose hairs ; basal stalk of penis quite slender, distal
segment ovate, black with a pale semitransparent area along hind margin.
Female. — Vertex 0.34 (average of four) of head width; notal pollen
heavier and vittae more distinct than in male ; third antennal segment
three and one-half to four times second; facialia bristled about to middle;
abdomen broadly ovate, with moderately dense gray or yellowish gray
pollen on last three segments; claws and pulvilli small.
Length, 4—6 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female, Redwood City, Cali-
fornia, February 8 and 9, 1953 (P. H. Arnaud) in Paul H.
Arnaud’s Collection. Paratypes: 43 males and 1 female, same data
as type except in part dated February 1953, on foliage of Quercus
agrifolia; 6 females. Kings Mountain Road, Woodside, San Mateo
County, California, April 17, 1956 (P. H. Arnaud) ; 198 males
and 86 females, Stanford University, Santa Clara County, Cali-
fornia, February— April 1952—1958 (P. H. Arnaud) ; 3 males,
Ithaca, N.Y., July 11 and 24, 1935 (K. Y. Krombein) ; 1 male,
Babylon, L. I., N. Y., July 13, 1933 (F. S. Blanton) ; 2 males and
1 female. Bear Mountain State Park, Bear Mountain, N. Y., April
28, 1936 (L. L. Pechuman) ; and 1 male. Greenwood Lake, N. J.,
May 1, 1918 (Wm. T. Davis) ; 1 male, Torrey, Utah, May 9,
1941 (G. F. Knowlton, F. C. Harmston).
Phorocera anassa Reinhard, new species
Aside from its larger build the present species differs from
P. regilla Reinhard chiefly as follows:
Male. — Parafacial and parafrontal pale yellowish gray pollinose, cheek
and occiput cinereous; vertex 0.27 of head width; frontalia narrower than
parafrontal; latter with numerous erect black hairs extending from upper
extremity to lowermost frontals near aristal level; bare parafacial about
equal to width of third antennal segment, which is fully five times longer
than second; arista thickened on proximal half; facialia with a single row
of bristles ascending well above middle; cheek nearly one-fourth eye
length; palpus brownish yellow paler before tip; scutellum reddish apically,
with a pair of non-decussate apical bristles set slightly higher up and in
front of hindmost lateral and one pair of erect discals far behind middle ;
hind cross vein a trifle less than its length from cubitulus; calypters pale
yellow; last three abdominal segments with gray pollen, which extends
thinly to hind margin of each, hairs on entire upper surface erect longish
and somewhat bristly along median line; genital forceps slender, prongs
contiguous, gradually tapered from base to tip and very thin in profile;
accessory process shorter and much broader than forceps; penis entirely
black, distal segment glabrous, bowed rearward and tubular in cross
July, 1959]
REINHARD NEW TACHINIDAE
161
section but tapering slightly towards tip.
Female . — Thorax and abdomen with much denser pollen, otherwise
similar to male except for the usual sexual diffeernces.
Length, 7 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female, Lake Waha, Idaho,
August 8, 1941, no collector’s label.
Aphantorhapha hurdi Reinhard, new species
A minute black fly, dusted with opaque cinerous pollen; legs
more or less reddish; hind cross vein strongly retracted, etc.
Male . — Head pollen whitish on pale background; front nearly one-half
head width, inner orbits parallel from vertex to cheeks; frontalia pale
yellowish fully twice width of parafrontal, latter practically hare outside
frontal row; proclinate ocellars short but distinct; two verticals and pro-
clinate orbitals; one frontal bristle below antennal base; bare parafacial
sublinear below middle; facialia hare; vibrissae short, on oral margin;
antenna red hasally, third segment largely blackish and about four times
second; arista barely exceeding length of third antennal segment, thickened
to pointed tip, basal segments elongated and each subequal one-half length
of apical segment; proboscis short, palpus yellow; cheek bare, one-third
eye length; back of head flat and practically bare. Thorax and scutellum
with rather dense gray pollen, notum not vittate, transverse suture obsolete;
acrostichal 2, 3; dorsocentral 2, 3; presutural 2; sternopleural 3 (lowermost
hairlike) ; scutellum with extreme apex tinged with red, 3 lateral bristles
and a non-decussate liairlike apical pair; propleuron and postnotal slope
bare. Legs rather short and stoutish, bristling very weak; claws and
pulvilli minute. Wing hyaline, reaching well beyond apex of abdomen; first
posterior cell closed at costa a trifle before exact wing tip ; last section
of fifth vein three-fourths to equal length of preceding section; third vein
with three or four setulae extending half way or more to small cross vein;
costal spine minute; epaulet yellow; calypters opaque white. Abdomen
black with extreme hind edge of segments one to three contrasting pale
yellow in ground color, entire upper surface dusted with gray pollen, a
vague median vitta generally apparent; one pair of median marginals on
second segment and a marginal row on third and fourth; genital segments
small and retracted.
Female . — ^Very similar to male; genitalia retracted within anal orifice,
not adapted for piercing.
Length, 2.25-2.75 mm.
Holotype male and allotype female. Surprise Canyon, Pana-
MiNT Mountains, Inyo County, California, April 24, 1957 (P.
D. Hurd, Jr., G. I. Stage) in the California Academy of Sciences
Collection. Paratypes: one pair, same data as holotype.
Homalactia facula Reinhard, new species
Differs from H. harringtoni (Coquillett) mainly in having the
legs, abdomen and antennae mostly pale reddish in ground color.
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
Female only . — Head thinly gray pollinose; vertex 0.32 of head width;
decussate inner and erect outer verticals nearly equal in size; ocellars small
or hairlike; one proclinate and two reclinate orbitals; frontals in a single
row descending almost to aristal level; frontalia pale yellow, wider than
one parafrontal; entire face including cheeks pale in ground color; facialia
with a few bristly hairs next to vibrissae, which are situated on level with
oral margin ; parafacial very narrow and bare ; antenna largely reddish,
third segment slightly darker on outer side beyond middle, about two
and one-half times longer than second; bare arista rather short, thickened
on basal three-fifths or more; proboscis short; palpi yellow; cheek nearly
two-fifths eye length. Thorax black lightly sprinkled with grayish pollen;
three post dorso-centrals and three sternopleurals; pteropleural nearly as
strong as intermediate supraalar; scutellum yellowish apically, bearing
three lateral bristles and a decussate apical pair. Wing subhyaline with
small and hind cross veins infuscated, apex of first vein and base of third
less distinctly so; first, third and fifth vein setose; first posterior cell open
shortly before extreme wing tip ; epaulet yellow ; calypters tawny. Legs
except tarsi yellow; middle tibia with two median anterolateral bristles;
claws and pulvilli short; fore tarsi moderately flattened and stoutish.
Abdomen reddish yellow basally, hind margin of intermediate segments
infuscated, fourth wholly black and each gray pollinose on narrow basal
edge; second segment with one pair of median marginal bristles, a marginal
row on the two following ones besides a discal row on the last and one
pair of discals on segments two and three.
Length, 4 mm.
Holotype female. Riverside, California, July 15, 1955 (J.
C. Hall), in the California Academy of Sciences Collection.
Siphonopsis conata Reinhard, new species
A small species with a reddish yellow abdomen usually infus-
cated along median line ; male third antennal segment uncom-
monly large; slender labella folded back on haustellum, etc.
Male only . — Front and face wide, approximating one-half head width,
dusted with grayish yellow pollen on pale ground color; uppermost pre-
vertical small, preceding one stoutish or equal size of outer vertical; two
or three frontal bristles beneath antennal base with a few minute setae
extending below latter; frontalia pale reddish to yellow, nearly three times
parafrontal width; antenna subequal length of face, short proximal segments
red, third black, strongly widened to a subtruncate or broadly rounded
apex ; arista reddish, thickened on proximal two-fifths, second segment a
little under one-half length of third and basal segment short; parafacial
narrow ; facialia with a few setae next to vibrissae which are on oral margin ;
haustellum slender but barely one-half head height; palpus yellow; cheek
slightly under one-third eye length; eye bare. Thorax black, humeri, pleura
and apex of scutellum more or less reddish, notum with dense gray
patternless pollen, transverse suture evanescent; prosternum sparsely setose;
three post dorsocentrals and sternopleurals; scutellum with three lateral,
July, 1959] CATTS & young — illustration techinique
163
one hairlike decussate upturned apical and one appressed discal pair. Legs
yellow, tarsi black, claws and pulvilli minute. Wing clear with a yellowish
tinge; costal spine vestigial; third vein setulose halfway or more to small
cross vein ; first posterior cell narrowly open at wing tip ; hind cross vein
about mid way between small cross vein and cubitulus; latter broadly
rounded without fold or stump ; last section of fifth vein one-third length
of preceding section; epaulet yellow; calypters transparent tawny. Abdo-
men narrower than thorax, tapered toward tip ; hairs on entire upper
surface appressed; one pair of median marginals on second segment, a
marginal row on last two ; genitalia yellow, caudoventral ; forceps rather
short, triangular on basal half in rear view, thence compressed and very
slender to apex; accessory process a trifle longer than forceps, slender
beyond middle and moderately constricted before rounded apex.
Length, 4.5 mm.
Holotype male. Mill Valley, Marin County, California,
May 30, 1926 (E. P. Van Duzee) “Ex: Phiyganidia pupae , in
the California Academy of Sciences Collection. Paratypes: seven
males, same data as holotype.
A CHALKBOARD TECHNIQUE FOR
MAKING ILLUSTRATIONS
E. P. Catts and J. H. Young
University of California, Berkeley
In making certain illustrations of internal acarine morphology,
a chalkboard technique was developed which has proved to be
highly satisfactory. This method is economical, requires simple
dark room equipment, is time saving, tends to diminish small
drawing errors and gives both 35 mm. slides as well as negatives
for making prints.
Illustrations were drawn with white chalk on a 4 x 6 foot
portable blackboard. All permanent white marks and scratches
on the blackboard were covered with india ink. The drawings
were made as large as the board permitted. The fingernail of
the artist was used to make the rough outline on the blackboard.
Illustrations were outlined with white chalk and stippled and
highlighted with both white and black chalks. Freehand lettering
was employed although other methods, such as precut labels,
could have been substituted.
The finished drawing was photographed with a 35 mm.
camera (Leica, 50 mm., 3.5) mounted on a tripod at a distance
of approximately 12 feet. Camera “f” setting was 3.5, shutter
speed from .25 to I.O second, using Kodak microfile film. The
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
time of exposure varied with available light. The light sources
were overhead fluorescent lights supplementing daylight from a
ceiling skylight.
The film was developed in Kodak microdol developer and,
after washing and drying, was used to make a second film exposure
on positive film. This second negative was made by pressing
a small piece of positive fihn over the microfile negative and
exposing it for .5 of a second to a 15 watt light at 10.5 inches
on a contact printer. The positive film was developed in Dll
developer and was used to make the finished print for publication.
The final result is shown in Figure 1. Prints made from this
second negative produce black lines on a white background or
the reverse of the original chalkboard illustration.
Use of a light meter would simplify obtaining the correct
exposure, although taking each drawing at three different exposure
times (.25, .50, 1.0 second) produced at least one satisfactory
negative. Opaque film paint was useful for retouching the negative.
The microfile negative can be mounted for screen projection
in illustrating lectures. Series of graphs could be prepared by
first painting coordinates on the board with white paint and
then plotting curves in chalk. An opaque projector, such as a
balopticon, will be useful for roughing-in complex figures. The
use of sharpened chalk sticks permit drawing of very fine lines.
July, 1959]
CHEMSAK — NEW ANELAPHUS
165
TWO NEW NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
ANELAPHUS LINSLEY
( Coleoptera : Cerambycidae )
John A. Chemsak^
University of California, Berkeley
The genus Anelaphus was proposed by Linsley (1936) to
include certain species which had been referred to Anoplium or
FAaphidion. As currently defined, the genus consists of 13 species
including the two described below.
Anelaphus inflaticollis Chemsak, new species
Female. Form elongate; integument piceous to rufo-piceous; pubescence
yellowish or tawny. Head coarsely punctate with a slightly raised impunctate
area between eyes, a longitudinal sulcus extending the length of face
from impunctate area on vertex to clypeus; pubescence yellowish, appressed,
occurring in patches on vertex, antennal tubercles, and front; antennae
shorter than body, segments three to five spined at apices, segments four
to eleven excavated, obtusely carinate above, third segment subequal to scape
in length, fourth shortest, fifth to seventh subequal, shorter than third,
eighth to tenth gradually decreasing in length, tenth subequal to fourth,
eleventh subequal to fifth. Pronotuin inflated, sides broadly rounded, equal
to elytra in width; pubescence dense, pale, rather fine and appressed,
nearly obscuring surface; punctures dense, rather fine; disk with a long,
narrow, glabrous, slightly raised vitta reaching almost to apex of pronotum,
basally joined by two punctuate arcuate vittae on either side, assuming
a W-shape, prosternum not impressed in front of coxae, coarsely, contiguously
punctured, finely, moderately pubescent, anterior edge glabrous, transversley,
irregularly wrinkled, meso- and metasternum finely punctate with occasional
coarse punctures interspersed, finely pubescent, more densely at sides;
episternum of metathorax vei'y sparsely, coarsely punctate. Elytra about
2.7 times longer than broad ; surface sparsely, coarsely, punctate, much
more shallowly toward apices, punctures widely separated; pubescence
rather densely irrorate with depressed whitish hairs, suberect hairs about
same length as depressed; apices subtT'uncate, sutural angle not dentiform.
Legs rather short, femora moderately coarsely, shallowly punctate, moderately
pubescent. Abdomen finely punctate, moderately pubescent; fifth sternite
broadly rounded, very slightly emarginate at apex. Length 13 mm.
Holotype female: Apple Valley, San Bernardino County,
California, May 24, 1955 (D. F. Hardwick), in the Canadian
National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario.
This species is allied to A. hrevidens (Schaeffer) from which
it may be readily differentiated by the inflated appearance of
^ The writer is intlehted to Henry F. Howclen and E. G. Linsley for the opportunity of
describing these species, and to the latter also for the use of his manuscript key to the
species of Anelaphus.
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
the pronotum, the finer pronotal punctation, and the less dense
elytral punctation.
Anelaphus antennatus Chemsak, new species
Male. Form elongate, robust; integument light reddish brown; pubescence
sparse, pale; antennae twelve segmented. Head finely, confluently punctured
on vertex, coarsely, confluently between eyes, a narrow ill-defined linear
smooth area between eyes joining with frontal sulcus; pubescence sparse,
fine, suberect, small tufts of depressed yellowish hairs on antennal tubercles
and on vertex; antennae longer than the body, twelve segmented, segments
three to eight spined at apices, spines decreasing in length from the third,
segments beginning with fourth excavated dorsally, obtusely carinate;
scape longer than the third segment, fourth shorter than third, fifth to
ninth subequal to scape, tenth and eleventh shorter than scape but longer
than third, twelfth shortest except for second; antennal punctation fine,
dense, pubescence fine and moderate. Pronotum wider than long, broadly
rounded at sides, pubescence short, suberect, denser at sides, basal margin
with small linear patch of depressed hairs at middle; punctures moderate,
confluent, middle of disk with small glabrous callus; prosternum scarcely
impressed in front of coxae, moderately, densely, confluently punctate
except for anterior band which is shining and transversely wrinkled,
pubescence short, sparse; meso- and metasternum sparsely, moderately
punetate, moderately, finely pubescent. Elytra about 2.7 times longer
than broad ; surface rather finely, moderately, separately punetured, punctures
becoming shallow apically; pubescence sparse, short, suberect, with small
patches of whitish hairs scattered over surface ; apices obliquely truncate,
sutural angles slightly dentiform. Legs long, robust, finely, densely punctate,
moderately densely pubescent. Abdomen finely, sparsely punctate, finely
pubescent; fifth sternite broadly truncate. Length, 18 mm.
Holotype male: Fort Davis, Jeff Davis County, Texas,
August 1-15, 1927, deposited in the California Academy of Sci-
ences, San Francisco.
This species exhibits some affinity with A. subinermis Linsley
and A. inermis (Newman). It differs from these by having 12
segmented antennae, at least in the male, and spines at the apices
of six antennal segments. The first character will also separate
antennatus from all of the other described species in the genus.
The holotype has three segments missing from one of the
antennae and is also a little rubbed. However, the appressed
patches of white hairs on the elytra are evident, and fresher
specimens should reveal the extent of the pubescence.
Literature Cited
Linsley, E. G.
1936. Preliminary Studies in the North American Phoracanthini and
Sphaerionini. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29:464.
July, 1959] SCHOENING & TILDEN STUMP BEETLES
167
ANOPLODERA LAETIFICA (LECONTE) AND ERGATES
SPICULATUS LECONTE FROM KNOB-CONE PINE
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)
Ernest H. Schoening and J. W. Tilden
San Jose State College, San Jose, California
During May, 1958, the senior author found Anoplodera laeti-
fica (LeConte) in knob-cone pine {Pinus attenuata Lemmon) in
considerable numbers in a 1955 burn south of Ben Lomond in
the Santa Cruz Mountains. The exact area is southerly from Ben
Lomond, on the east side of the San Lorenzo Valley, and almost
half way between Glen Arbor Road and the top of the hill on the
right side of Quail Hollow Road. The slope is north-westerly.
The only species of pine that was studied was knob-cone pine,
although other pines occur at some little distance away.
All of the pines in the immediate area were killed by the fire.
The tops of the dead pines have fallen over and stumps from
eighteen inches to about three feet high remain. These stumps
range from eight to twelve inches in diameter. From these stumps
twenty adults of Anoplodera laetifica were collected.
The males among these specimens showed the usual dimor-
phism characteristic of this species. Several were all black, one
was black with small red humeral markings, and others were
reddish or dull brownish with various degrees of black marks.
The females were the normal red with black spots.
All adults were cut from solid, relatively dry wood, and within
two feet of the ground. Many larvae and pupae were also found
at the same time. The larval tunnels are concentrated in the
deeper parts of the wood, at a depth of more than one or two
inches, and seem to run generally in a longitudinal pattern to the
tree (that is, with the grain). Mature larvae turn toward the
periphery of the tree and make pupal cells facing the outside,
within a half inch of the surface and at right angles to the larval
tunnels.
In spite of the abundance of Anoplodera laetifica, little has
been noted concerning its food preferences and habits. The present
observations indicate that it utilizes wood of dead pines and that
knob-cone pine is suitable to its needs. The occurrence of A.
laetifica in many localities where knob-cone pine does not occur,
indicates that other trees also may be utilized. The junior author
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 3
suggests that since A. laetifica is a common species, it may be
useful in reducing stumps.
Larvae of Ergates spiculatus LeConte were common in the
downed tops of the pines as they lay on the ground, but were
absent, or nearly so, from the standing stumps. The Ergates larvae
were somewhat less than two inches in length and appeared to
lack at least a year of being mature. If this estimate is correct, it
suggests a lag of about four years between destruction of trees
by fire, and the emergence of Ergates from the killed trees.
A NEW ENTOMOLOGICAL JOURNAL
When circumstances forced Father T. Borgmeier to cease publication
of his outstanding “Revista de Entomologia” with Volume 22 in 1951,
he and the publishers, Editora Vozes, did manage to issue a new occasional
series under the title “Studia Entomologica.” Three numbers appeared
(1952, 1953, 1955) totaling 801 pages. Now, with the help of Brazil’s National
Research Council, this has become a formal journal: “Studia Entomologica.
Revista Internacional de Entomologia.” Under the direction of Thomaz
Borgmeier, O.F.M., and Walter W. Kempf, O.F.M., Volume 1, new series,
was published in 1958 (fasc. 1—2, January 31; 304 pp.; fasc. 3—4, November
29; 278 pp.). It will continue to appear twice a year, in double fascicles of
approximately 250 pages each.
The Revista’s worthy successor, very similar in format, will publish
articles in Latin, Portuguese, Spanish, Italian, Erench, English and German.
Papers may be on the biology and systematics of insects in general, but
emphasis is naturally on the Neotropical fauna. There is a section for short
notes, including quotations of significant paragraphs from articles in
other journals, and one on bibliography. Volume 1 (n.s.) fasc. 1—2 has
two articles on Coleoptera (T. Borgmeier; A. Reichensperger) , four
on Diptera (D. Albuquerque; C. Colyer; J. Lane; H. Schmitz), one
on Embioptera (D. Lacombe), four on Hymenoptera (T. Borgmeier; W.
L. Brown; W. Gldckner; W. Kempf); fasc. 3—4 has two on Coleoptera
(A. Martinez; R. Barth), six on Diptera (T. Borgmeier; M. Carrera and
K. Lenko; E. Hull; J. Lane and C. d’Andretta; J. Lane and N. Cerqueira;
H. Lopes), three on Hymenoptera (W. Glockner; W. Kempf), one on
Orthoptera (S. Toledo Piza) and one on Strepsiptera (M. Kogan). There
are many illustrations.
“Studia Entomologica” ( n.s.) is not available on exchange, but is
for sale at $6.00 post free from the manager, T. Borgmeier, Estrada Rio
Grande 2116, Rio de Janeiro ( Jacarepagua) , D. F., Brasil. Checks must
be made out in the name of Editora Vozes Ltda. We wish “Studia Entom-
ologia” every success, and as Father Borgmeier wrote in his tribute to Dr.
Hermann Schmitz: Ad multos annos! — Hugh B. Leech, California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco.
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
- ON
THE
TEAM
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
The basic principal guiding Sunland activi-
ties is to supply, from the modern world of
chemistry, those chemical tools necessary
to solve the production problems of agri-
culture in California's great producing
areas.
To this end we join research finding to
service and supply according to needs.
OUR CLAIM TO FAME . .
Players on the World^s
greatest Agribusiness Team,
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
P. O. Box 1669. Fresno AM 6-9881
—
11
Specialist!
This handsome fellow speciahzes
in “inside jobs.” He’s the corn
borer. He may not be the ughest
insect known to Agriculture, but
the damage he inflicts ranks him
right up there with the worst.
One fact remains very clear. The
com borer and his flying, crawling,
burrowing and hopping “cousins”
Agricultural production.
still get too large a share of
Only through continuing research and experimentation can we
hope to win the vigorous battle with the insect world. Shell
Chemical Corporation, with the valuable co-operation of inde-
pendent entomologists, U.S.D.A. staff researchers, extension work-
ers and growers, strives to develop better and more successful
pesticides to reduce crop losses.
Modern Shell pesticides, now in use as a result of this close
co-operation, include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Methyl Parathion
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon® Soil Fumigants
and AUyl Alcohol weed seed killer.
Newer pesticides, now in the laboratory stages at Shell Chemi-
cal’s experimental research center at Modesto, California, promise
an even more effective defense against insects.
Shell Chemical Corporation looks to a better tomor-
row for Agricultirre through chemical research today. vSHELLi
For technical information on Shell products, write to:
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK
Ill
HERCULES RESEARCH-
First Step toward Improved Pesticides
Agricultural Chemicals Division, Naval Stores Department
HERCULES POWDER COMPANY
900 Market Street, Wilmington 99, Delaware
*Trademark
NX5e-2
From the Hercules Research Center and Agricultural
Chemicals Laboratories come an ever increasing number
of products that contribute to more productive farming
and increased comfort for leisure hours. Here are the
established members of the Hercules family: Toxapheiie
agricultural insecticide; Thanite® for oil base and aerosol
insecticides; Delnav* phosphate pesticide; meta Delphene®
insect repellent.
Today in the laboratories, research continues on the
products that will join them in the future. But before they
become available you can be sure that thousands of
compounds have been carefully screened and extensive
tests conducted in the field because only the best is good
enough to meet the standards of Hercules research.
That’s why you can look to Hercules for leadership in
the development of insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides.
IV
A Cyanamid Report:
What's new with Malathion?
New intervals for Malathion— Malathion continues to be the ideal
material for late season insect control. Reduced intervals between last
application and harvest were received on these crops in 1958 :
Tomatoes — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsifi-
able Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
malathion 4% to 5% dusts.
Pears — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsifi-
able Liquid.
Cucumbers 'j
Squash >— from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57% Emulsi-
Melons j liable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
4% to 5% dusts.
Brambleberry Family — from 7 days to 1 day with malathion 57%
Emulsifiable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Pow-
der and 4% to 5% dusts.
Extended interval : — The label for leaf lettuce has been extended from
10 days to 14 days. The label for head lettuce remains the same : 7 days.
New crop uses for Malathion — Label acceptance of malathion for
insect control on figs and okra extends its already long crop use list to 95.
Okra — For the control of aphids. Use recommended rates of
malathion Emulsifiable Liquid, Wettable Powder or dusts
up to time pods start to form.
Figs — For control of dried fruit beetles and vinegar flies. Use
Emulsifiable Liquid or dusts at recommended rates. Apply
when necessary up to 3 days from harvest.
New animal claims — In addition to label acceptance for direct appli-
cation on cattle, hogs, poultry, cats and dogs, malathion has received
these labels for direct application on sheep, goats and swine:
For the control of lice, ticks and keds on sheep and goats. Apply 16 lbs.
of malathion 25% Wettable Powder per 100 gallons of water. Spray
animals thoroughly. Repeat application after 2 or 3 weeks if needed.
Do not apply to milk goats. Do not treat animals under one month of
age. When applying sprays, avoid contamination of feed, food contain-
ers and watering troughs.
For the control of lice on swine, use malathion 4% or 5% dust making
a thorough application to the animals. In addition, pens should also be
thoroughly dusted. Repeat application in 10 days, and thereafter as
needed. Avoid contamination of feed, food containers and watering
troughs.
Developer and producers of
malathion and parathion.
American Cyanamid Company,
Agricultural Division, Dept. HE,
New York 20, N. Y.
MALATHION
INSECTICIDES
V
Pest Control Chemicals
Fermate* ferbam fungicide
Zerlate"" ziram fungicide
Parzate* liquid nabam fungicide
Parzate* zineb fungicide
Manzate* maneb fungicide
Thylate* thiram fungicide
Copper A fixed copper fungicide
Marlate* 2-MR Methoxycblor insecticide (liquid)
Marlate'"'' 50 methoxycblor insecticide (dry)
90% Technical methoxycblor oil concentrate
Deenate* BOW DDT insecticide
EPN 300 insecticide
Telvar* monuron weed killer
Karmex* diuron weed killer
Kloben* neburon weed killer
“Tryben" 200 weed killer
Ammate* X weed and brush killer
Ceresan* 100 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
Ceresan* 200 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
Ceresan* M seed disinfectant
Ceresan* M-2X seed disinfectant
Arasan* 75 seed protectant
Arasan* SF-M thiram seed disinfectant
Arasan* SF-X thiram seed disinfectant
Delsan* A-D seed disinfectant and protectant
Semesan* seed disinfectant
Semesan Bel* seed disinfectant (for potatoes)
Semesan* turf fungicide (organic mercurial)
Tersan* thiram turf fungicide
VPM soil fumigant
Spreader-Sticker
On all chemicals, follow label instructions and warnings
carefully
*Reg. trademark of E. I, du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Technical representatives located throughout the West
REG. U.S. PAT. OFF.
E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Grasselli Chemicals Department
701 Welch Rood Palo Alto, California
Du Pont
FUNGICIDES
INSECTICIDES
WEED AND
BRUSH KILLERS
SEED
DISINFECTANTS
OTHER
CHEMICALS
VI
Kelthane, the new longer-lasting miticide, is a real boon to any grower
who must keep mite populations at a low level. Its success is attested to
by growers of many fruits, vegetables, flowers, shrubs and ornamentals.
Kelthane gives you fast, positive kill of most troublesome mite
species, including “resistant” strains. Fewer applications are required,
because of its long residual activity. What’s more, Kelthane is
harmless to operators, beneficial insects, animals and adjacent crops
when used as directed. For minimum mite damage and maximum
yields . . . look to Kelthane, today’s really effective miticide in
emulsifiable concentrate, wettable powder, or dust formulations.
Chemicals for Agriculture
ROHM e HAAS
COM PANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
Kelthane is a trademark, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in principal foreign countries.
Checkmate for mites . . .
KELTHANE
Vll
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM "L" • MULTI-FILM "C"
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X-77
C-P-S DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
COLLOIDAL PRODUCTS CORP.
100 GATE 5 ROAD SAUSALITO, CALIF.
THERE'S A
TRONA INSECTICIDE
FOR EVERY FARM NEED
ALKRON®
parathion formulations
ARATRONt
miticide containing
Aramite
BROMOFUME®
EDB soil fumigants
BROMOTOX®
low dosage space
fumigant
ESTONMITE®
ovex miticide-ovicide
ESTONATE®
50% DDT liquids and
powders
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DEPARTMENT
MALAPHOS®
malathion formulations
MBC FUMIGANTf
methyl bromide with
chloropicrin warning
agent
METHYL BROMIDE
space fumigant
METRONf
methyl parathion
formulations
NEMAFUME®
soil fumigant
TETRON®
TEPP formulations
ALDRIN, DIELDRIN
&ENDRIN
liquid formulations
PHOSDRIN
liquid formulations
^Trademark AP & C C
American Potarii (( Chemial Coiporation
3000 WEST 6TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 54, CALIFORNIA
235 Montgomery St., San Francisco 4, Calif. • 1320 S.W. Broadway, Portland 1, Ore.
Vlll
Latest word
from the front:
TRITHION® is doing a job
on mites, scale, aphid!
Stauffer TRITHION, in its first season of registration on a
wide range of bearing tree, field, and row crops, has per-
formed magnificently by controlling mites, scale, and aphids.
Dormant sprays with Trithion have cleaned up scale, mite
eggs, and aphid eggs. Late spring and summer sprays have
provided long-lasting mite control in orchards, grapes, cotton,
melons, and many other crops. Post-harvest cleanup sprays
have rid fruit trees of eg-laying mites and aphids.
©TRITHION is S+au-ffer Chemical Company's trade-mark, registered
in principal cities, for 0,0-diethYl S-p-chlorophenylthiomethyl
phosphorodithioate, an insecticide.
15TAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
WESTERN OFFICES:
San Francisco, Los Angeles, North Portland, Glendale (Ariz.), Fresno
IX
BONUS
EVERY
thanks
to
THERE’S
• RESEARCH
• QUALITY COHTROL
• FIELD TESTING
• FIELD SERVICE
Putting Ideas to Work
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL
CORPORATION
Niagara Chemical Division
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA • MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
X
FIRST IN SERVICE
AGRICULTURAL INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES WEED KILLERS
MOYER CHEMICAL COMPANY
P. O. Box 945, San Jose, California
Control Major Citrus Pests
at Lower Cost
with
PARATHION
You get wide-range effective control
with PARATHION . . . blacic, red,
yellow, purple, citricola and cottony-
cushion scales; aphids; mealy and
plant bugs; thrips, orange tortrix, and
little fire ants.
All these pests are controlled at the
lowest per-acre cost because you need
about half as much Parathion.
To fit your needs, leading insecticide
manufacturers offer formulations based
on NIRAN® (Monsanto Parathion)
. . . see your insecticide dealer for
dependable fast-control formulations
with Parathion.
NIRAN : Reg. U.S. Patent Office
Monsanto
_A/U
Where Creative Chemistry
works wonders for you.
MONSANTO CHEMICAL CO.
Organic Chemical Div.
St. Louis, Mo.
In Canada: Monsanto Canada Ltd.,
XI
Agricultural Chemicals
relied upon
from Coast to Coast
quality • servhe
dependabilty
AmJAu
PENNSALT OF WASHINGTON DIVISION
PENNSALT CHEMICALS CORPORATION
Aurora, III. TACOMA, WASHINGTON Bryan, Tex.
Berkeley, Calif. Los Angeles, Calif. Montgomery, Ala. Portland, Ore.
tect^^brage bt'ops withoutfgobtaOiih'aJtng m to control a wide variety b
•America’s leading lavtfh an tj garden inseG-
\A- : ' -■ ■•-■• ■ ..:
tors, for.ftermite control , becaii S6’t,qf' it's I on g
i^'ticide; Used eictenbi velV"
•'■ residual eff ectiveiiegs .
A powerful new, weapbiri^iflittl?©, War; against crop, damaging
Bviously-WerfitextremefrM^^ control carlfpovit be kilietj
jin'sefits
ba’sjjy arid econQmlcally'with Endrint
Y ELSlCQLll^e P p ipN
EasI 'Grand,'Avenue^^^’Chic^go ,11, lliinpjs
? ' ' ^.';''t^r;ite"^or.coWipZeti^'iWbrwati'on
insect
damage!
VC x>}6-t)ri
I
Vol. XXXV
OCTOBER. 1959
No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
CONTENTS
JERATH & RITCHER — Biology of Aphodiinae with special refer-
ence to Oregon 169
LATTIN & SCHUH — Hesperocimex coloradensis List from.
Oregon 175
SMITH — Japygidae of North America 2. The Genus Holjapyx and
descriptions of new species 177
GILLASPY^ — -A new berabicine wasp related to Stictiella tenui-
cornis (Fox), with certain phylogenetic considerations 187
TILDEN — A record of Pyramidobela angelarum Keifer from Santa
Cruz, California 194
POWELL & CHEMSAK — Biological obsei'vations on Psarnmaecius
c.dornatus (Bradley) 195
BLANC — A new species of Chaetostoma from California 201
FISHER — Occurrence of spermatophores in certain species of
Chilocorus 205
HARDY — A new Bibionidae from California 209
QUATE — Taxonomy of Neotropical Psychodidae (Diptera) 1.
Psychoda species of West Indies and Central America with
a key to Trinidad species 213
BOOK REVIEW AND NOTICE 211, 220
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 212
SAN r-RANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1959
Pabihhsd by ihB PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Ut T£JC r A I A AT'AnCA/tV r\C Cr'ICMC'CC
, 4 :
THE PAN.PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., Editor R. L. Usincer
E. S. Ross J. A. Powell, Acting Editor H. B. Leech
D. D. Linsdale, Asst. Editor
R. C. Miller, Treasurer J. E. Swift, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ing appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to J. A. Powell, at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4,
Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, < hanges of address,
requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be addressed
to the treasurer. Dr. B. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences, San
F’rancisco 18, California.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $4.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, $1.00. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
MEMOIRS SERIES
of the
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
THE SUCKING LICE by G. F. Ferris S6.00
A 320-page book which summarizes the knowledge on
the Anoplura of the world. Published by the Society,
October, 1951.
THE SPIDER MITE FAMILY TETRANYCHIDAE by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker $10.00
This world-wide treatment deals with the systematics
identification, and economics of the “Red Spiders” and
includes descriptions of thirty-three new species. Pub-
lished by the Society, July, 1955.
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society,
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park 18, San
Francisco.
Second-class postage paid at San Francisco, California.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXXV October, 1959 No. 4
BIOLOGY OF APHODIINAE WITH
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO OREGON
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)
Manohar Lal Jerath and Paul 0. Ritcher
Oregon State College, Corvallis
Our knowledge of the biology of the subfamily Aphodiinae
is still rather fragmentary. Such information as is now available
relates only to a few of the known species (Mulsant, 1842, 1871;
Xambeau, 1890; Cabanes, 1920; Madle, 1934; Hoffman, 1935;
Martyn, 1956; Ritcher, 1958).
Tribe Aegialiini
Species belonging to this tribe have been described since
1787, but so far no one has reported on the biology of the
group. We have collected several species under vegetation on
sand dunes at the Oregon coastal beaches and also in sandy areas
along inland streams.
At Waldport, Oregon, Aegialia hlanchardi Horn was collected
throughout the year from 1955 to 1957, inclusive. This species
was collected by sifting sand around and beneath the roots of
vegetation on the dunes. Apparently there is only one generation
a year because larvae and pupae were found only during early
summer from May 29 to July 16. Usually they were at a
depth of approximately 6 to 8 inches below the surface. At
this depth, the temperature ranges from 50° to 60° F. throughout
the year. Adults were present throughout the year just below
the surface.
Temperature seems to have some effect on the length of
the pupal stage within the range of 60° F, to approximately
70° F. ; it has considerable effect on mortality. On June 12,
1956, more than 200 third-stage larvae of Aegialia hlanchardi
Horn were collected at Waldport, Oregon. One group of 20 larvae,
each in a separate salve box, was kept at room temperature.
These larvae pupated in two to four days and the pupal stage
lasted for 12 to 15 days, but the mortality was 60%. Another
group of 20 larvae, each in a separate salve box, was kept at
60° F. These larvae pupated seven to 10 days later and the
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
pupal stage lasted for 15 to 19 days. The mortality in this
group was only 10%.
At Kiger Island, five miles southeast of Corvallis, Oregon,
on May 27, 1957, numerous second and third-stage larvae and
adults of Aegialia spp. were collected in sand drifts under willows,
by sifting the sand. (Dr. 0. L. Cartwright of the U.S. National
Museum identified the adults as Aegialia blanchardi Horn, A.
lacustris LeConte, A. latispina LeConte, and A. nigrella Brown).
Eight trips were made from May 27, 1957 to September 15,
1957, but no larvae were found on either August 15 or September
15, 1957. Pupae were found as early as June 17, and as late
as August 15, 1957. Examination of the fore gut contents showed
that the larvae were feeding only on decaying organic matter.
The above information indicates that the species of the
genus Aegialia apparently have one generation a year and the
adults over-winter. The adults probably lay eggs in spring,
and the larval stage lasts till the third week of July. Newly
transformed adults were numerous during late July and August.
Examination of the ovaries of the females during August and
September showed no egg development.
Tribe Aphodiini
Food Habits and Economic Importance: The members of this
tribe are commonly found in dung all over the world. Species
have been reported to occur in deer, cow, horse, sheep, human,
elephant, rat, and other animal manure. Eight species, however,
have been found to feed on live roots of plants. Four are
parasitic and one feeds on decaying leaves. Two species seem
to be myrmecophiles.
Lugger (1899) observed larvae of Aphodius granarius (Lin-
naeus) eating the sprouting seeds of corn in Minnesota. In
Oregon, larvae of A. granarius have been found in the soil
where they may have been feeding on grass roots. Downes (1928)
in British Columbia and Ritcher and Morrison (1955) in Oregon,
reported larvae of Aphodius pardalis LeConte feeding on golf
turf and doing considerable damage.
Swan (1934) and Came (1950) recorded Aphodius howitti
Hope {= A. tasmaniae Hope) destructive to pastures in the
southeast portion of Australia and Tasmania. Van Emden (1941)
records larvae of Aphodius fimetarius (Linnaeus) being noxious
on potatoes at Bremen, Germany, and larvae of Aphodius contam-
October, 1959] jerath & ritcher — aphodtinae biology 171
inatus Herbst were collected in a golf course. In England, adults
of A. fimetarius and Aphodius subterraneus (Linnaeus), which
are common in horse manure, have been reported to injure
mushrooms by devouring portions of the caps (Anonymous, 1944) .
Martyn (1956), in Tasmania, worked out the distribution in
relation to climate of Aphodius howitti Hope and Aphodius
pseudotasmaniae Given. According to him, the larvae of these
species feed on pasture plants.
Aphodius larvae were collected injuring mint roots at Quincy,
Washington, on July 27, 1955 by C. H. Starker. Adults reared
from these larvae were identified by 0. L. Cartwright as Aphodius
distinctus Muller. Larvae later identified as Aphodius hamatus
Say were found injuring the turf in pastures in Ruby Valley,
Nevada, by R. W. Lauderdale.
Chapman (1870) noted Aphodius porous (Fabricius) para-
sitizing the egg of Geotrupes stercorarius (Linnaeus). Howden
(1955) found Aphodius lividus (Olivier) and Aphodius rubeolus
Beauvois parasitizing and developing in the egg cell of Phanaeus
and Onthophagus medorensis Brown. Howden is of the opinion
that Aphodius larvae destroy and may consume the eggs or larvae
of the host.
Larvae of Aphodius sp. were collected in a Formica nest
at a locality eight miles east of Silver Lake, Oregon, on May
16, 1957. These larvae were found in the dry upper part of
the nest, with the ants, but were not being bothered by the
ants. Mann (1911) collected eight adults of Aphodius suspectus
Mann, on bait, from a Formica nest at Pullman, Washington.
Adults of Oxyomus silvestris (Scopoli) have been recorded
to occur in dung in Europe, Schmidt (1911). Larvae loaned
to the writers by the U.S. National Museum were collected in
the soil around roses at Luxemburg on May 24, 1949.
Length of Life Cycle: According to Madle (1934), Aphodius
fimentarius (Linnaeus) and Aphodius depressus Kugel have two
generations a year and Aphodius fossor (Linnaeus) and Aphodius
rufipes (Linnaeus) have a single generation a year in Dresden
(Germany). There, A. fimetarius and A. depressus overwinter
as larvae, whereas A. fossor and A. rufipes may overwinter
as larvae which pupate in spring. A. rufipes and A. fossor
may overwinter as adults, if the conditions are favorable in
early fall. Also, in Germany, Aphodius alpinus (Scopoli) over-
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
winters as larvae and Aphodius prodromus Brahm overwinters
as adults.
Most members of this tribe, in Oregon, have one generation
a year. According to the writers’ observations, Aphodius fime-
tarius (Linnaeus), Aphodius granarius (Linnaeus), Aphodius
pectoralis LeConte, Aphodius sparsus LeConte, and Aphodius
aleutus (Eschscholtz) have one generation a year. Aphodius
vittatus Say appears to have two generations a year in Oregon.
A. fimetarius, A. granarius and A. vittatus overwinter as adults,
whereas A. sparsus and A. aleutus overwinter as mature larvae.
According to van Emden ( 1941 ) , the larvae of lamellicornia
moult thrice, the third ecdysis releasing the pupa. The writers
have also found only three instars of Aphodius larvae.
Tribe Eupariini
Of the tribe Eupariini, biological information is available
only for Ataenius cognatus (LeConte), Hoffman (1935). Brief
notes on the habitats for some members of this tribe are given
by Cartwright (1944, 1948, and 1952) in his papers on adults.
Hoffman (1935) states that the larvae of Ataenius cognatus
(LeConte)^ infest golf courses in Minnesota. The adults in
Minnesota overwintered, and there was one generation a year.
According to him, the beetles were taken in light traps as
early as May 1, but the females oviposited in late May or
June. The length of pupal period in the laboratory was 8.7
days. On September 1, on digging in the golf course, no larval
stages were found, but the beetles were hiding in waste piles
of grass.
Adults and larvae of Ataenius spretulus (Haldeman) were
collected and reared in cow dung by Paul 0. Ritcher at Lexington,
Kentucky during 1944.
Adults of Ataenius saxatalis Cartwright were collected in
South Carolina in sand washed down to the edges of pockets
or islands of soil and vegetation on outcroppings of bare weathered
areas of granite or rocks, or in the sand or soil around the
lower edges or such areas of rock (Cartwright, 1944).
Adults of Ataenius fattigi Cartwright were collected in South
Carolina under leaves, twigs and surface litter along paths on
hard ground in woodlands. Two adults were taken under dry
^ According to O. L. Cartwright in a letter dated September 22, 1955, the species with
which Hoffman was dealing could be Ataenius spretulus (Haldeman).
October, 1959] jerath & hitcher — aphodiinae biology 173
cow dung in a burned-over woods and a few more taken in
light traps (Cartwright, 1948).
Adults and larvae of Euparia castanea Serville are recorded
occurring in ant nests (Schmidt, 1911). According to Horn
(1887), this species occurs in Florida, Alabama and Louisiana
in the nests of a small ant (species not given).
Adults and larvae of Saprosites are found under the bark
of trees (personal communication from 0. L. Cartwright). Adults
and larvae of Aphotaenius are common in cow and deer droppings
in North Carolina from April 29 to September 10 (Cartwright,
1952).
Tribe Psammodiint
In Oregon, adults and larvae of Psammodius spp. have
only been collected at the coastal dunes, under vegetation. In
other parts of the United States, species of Psammodius have
been collected along inland streams (Cartwright, 1955).
Adults and larvae of Psammodius oregonensis Cartwright were
found throughout the year, at Waldport, Oregon, under vegetation.
Larvae were found in the sand, six to eight inches below the
surface, where the temperature ranged from 55-60° F. Adults
were found just beneath the surface. Examination of the fore-gut
contents of the larvae showed live plant tissue, indicating they
feed on the roots of vegetation. Pupae and numerous newly
transformed adults were collected during August and September.
On September 5, 1957, a trip was made to sample the
coastal area from Oceanlake northwards to a point eight miles
south of Astoria, Oregon. A great many adults and larvae (second
and third-stage) were collected at numerous points along this
area. They were common at a distance of about half a mile
away from the ocean.
Adults of P. oregonensis from Waldport, Oregon, did not
lay eggs in captivity even though eggs were in the ovaries.
The length of pupal stage at room temperature was found to
be from 10 to 12 days, but the mortality was very high. At
60° F. third-stage larvae pupated in 60 to 80 days after they
were brought from the coast with the pupal stage lasting for
10 to 15 days. The mortality at 60° F. was about 8%.
Adults and larvae of Pleurophorus have been recorded occur-
ring in soil or in dung (Mulsant, 1842). Larvae of Pleurophorus
caesus (Creutzer) were collected in soil around roots of Zinnia
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
plants by J. B. Steinweden and P. C. Ting in an evergreen
nursery at San Francisco, California, on June 11, 1934. Adults
emerged on June 30, 1934.
Literature Cited
Anonymous
1944. Animal pests. 30th Kept, of Expt. Sta., Cheshunt, Hert, England:
32-57.
Cabanes, G.
1920. Contribution a I’etude de la biologie de TAphodius bonnairei
Reitt. (cuniculorum Mayer). Bull. Soc. d’etude des Sciences
Naturelles de Nimes 41:137—142.
Carne, P. B.
1950. The morphology of the immature stages of Aphodius howitti
Hope (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Aphodiinae). Proc. Linnaean
Soc. New South Wales 75:158—166.
Cartwright, 0. L.
1944. New Scarabaeidae from United States. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
37(1) : 28-36.
1948. Ataenius strigatus (Say) and allied species in the United States.
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 74:147—153.
1952. Aphotaenius, a new genus of dung beetle (Coleoptera: Scara-
baeidae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 102:181-184.
1955. Scarab beetles of the genus Psammodius in the Western
Hemisphere. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 104:413-462.
Chapman, T. A.
1870, Aphodius porcus, a cuckoo parasite on G. stercorarius. Ent.
Mo. Mag. 5:273-276.
Downes, W.
1928. On the occurrence of Aphodius pardalis LeC. as a pest of
lawns in British Columbia. 58th Annual Report, Ent. Soc.
Ontario, 59-61.
Emden, F. E van
1941. Larvae of British beetles. 2. A key to the British Lamellicornia
larvae. Ent. Mo. Mag. 77:117—127, 181—192.
Hoffman, C. H.
1935. Biological notes on Ataenius cognatus (LeC.) a new pest of
golf greens in Minnesota (Scarabaeidae: Coleoptera). Journ.
Econ. Ent. 28(4) : 666-667.
Horn, G. H.
1887. A monograph of the Aphodiinae inhabiting the United States.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 14:1—110.
Howden, H. F.
1955. Cases of interspecific “parasitism” in Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera).
Journ. Tennessee Acad. Sci. 30(1): 64—66.
October, 1959] lattin & schuh — Oregon cimicid
175
Lugger, 0.
1899. Beetles injurious to fruit producing plants. Minnesota Agr,
Expt. Sta. Bull. 66:162.
Madle, H.
1934. Ziir kenntnis der Morphologie, Okologie und Physiologie von
Aphodius rufipes Lin, und einigen verwandten Arten. Zool. .Tahr.
Abt. fiir Anat. und Ontog. der Tiere 58(3) :303— 396.
Mann, W. M.
1911. On some northwestern ants and their guests. Psyche 18:102—109.
Martyn, E. J.
1956. The distribution in Tasmania of Aphodius howitti Hope and
A. pseudotasmaniae Given, in relation to climate. Tasmania
Journ. Agr. 27:391—404.
Mulsant, E.
1842. Histoire Naturelle des Coleoptera de France. Pt. 2, Lamellicornes.
Lyon (et Paris) Maison 8:1-624.
1871. Histoire Naturelle des Coleoptera de France. Pt. 23, Brevipennes;
Aleochariens 1. Lyon (et Paris) 321 pp.
Ritcher, P. 0.
1958. Biology of Scarabaeidae. Annual Rev. Ent. 3:311—334.
Ritcher, P. 0. and H. E. Morrison
1955. Aphodius pardalis LeC. a new turf pest. Journ. Econ. Ent.
48(4) :476.
Schmidt, A.
1911. Coleoptera lamellicornia, family Aphodiidae. Genera Insectorum,
Ease. 110:1-155.
Swan, D. C.
1934. A scarab beetle (Aphodius tasmaniae Hope) destructive to
pastures in the southeast of South Australia. Journ, Dept. Agr.
South Australia 37:1149—1156.
Xambeau, V.
1890. Moeurs et metamorphoses des insects. Revue d’Entomologie
9:58-63.
HESPEROCIMEX COLORADENSIS LIST IN OREGON
(Hemiptera: Cimicidae)
John D. Lattin^ and Joe Schuh“
The junior author collected a series of Hesperocimex colora-
densis List from an abandoned woodpecker nest at Prairie City,
Grant County, Oregon, on April 25, 1959. This nest was in
a fallen poplar tree and would have been approximately 25 feet
^Department of Entomology, Oregon State College, Corvallis, Oregon (Supported in part
by General Research Fund, Oregon State College).
^Klamath Falls, Oregon.
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
from the ground. It was filled with dry blades of grass and
contained in the neighborhood of 300 immature and adult bugs.
These specimens agreed in all respects with the original description
with the following exceptions: total length varied from 3.8— 4.3
mm. as opposed to 3.3— 3.8 mm; total width varied from 2.45—2.9
mm. as opposed to 2,1— 2.6 mm. (the latter measurements in
hoth cases were those cited in the original description) ; meta-
sternum almost truncate posteriorly, lightly sinuate medially;
anterior margin of pronotum almost straight. The differences
in measurements may be attributed to the fact that the specimens
were collected into alcohol and became somewhat distended.
All other measurements of the various portions of the hody less
susceptible to expansion agreed with the original description in
every way.
List (1925, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 38:104), proposed a new
genus, Hesperocimex, at the same time as he described coloradensis
{loc. cit., 104), to contain this new species. Hesperocimex may
be distinguished from other cimicids occurring in the Pacific
Northwest by the short beak (not reaching beyond the front
coxae) ; triangular metasternum; rounded posterior margin of
the scutellum and the non-reflexed lateral margin of the pronotum.
H, coloradensis is generally considered a rare species, known
previously from Colorado, Nebraska, California and Mexico. It is
associated with the Purple Martin.
Prairie City is located in east-central Oregon in the south-
western foothills of the Blue Mountains at an elevation of 3,546
feet. This area contains certain elements of the Rocky Mountain
fauna that extend in a southwesterly direction along the tops of
the Wallowa and Blue Mountains. This species should be
recovered from other localities within the state of Oregon.
The discovery of this species of cimicid brings the total
to four species known to occur in Oregon ; Cimex lectularius
Linneaus, fairly common throughout the state; Cimex piloseilus
(Horvath) on Myotus, known from only three localities in the
state but concentrated collecting should prove it to be common
wherever hats occur; Oeciacus vicarius Horvath, associated with
swallows from several localities in the state, also should be
rather widely distributed; and Hesperocimex coloradensis List.
Close attention to cimicids occurring with hats and birds ma)^
disclose additional species for this region.
October, 1959]
SMITH JAPYGIDAE 2
177
JAPYGIDAE OF NORTH AMERICA 2.
THE GENUS HOLJAPYX AND DESCRIPTIONS
OF NEW SPECIES
Leslie M. Smith
University of California, Davis
The genus Holjapyx was established by Silvestri (1948) to
contain the single American species diversiunguis. This species
was originally described as Japyx diversiunguis by Silvestri
in 1910. No other species of this genus have been described
to date from America. Pages (1952) described ? H. forsteri, ?
H. forsteri archeyi, and ? H. punainuensis from New Zealand
but was doubtful that these species were properly assigned to
Holjapyx. H. forsteri has 28 segments in the antennae, H. punamu-
ensis has 33, and males of both species are without male sacs
in the third and fourth abdominal segments. Further study of
New Zealand japygids may establish their proper generic rela-
tionship. Pack (1957) placed Holjapyx as a synonym of Burm-
japyx Silvestri (1930). After studying the nine new species
presented in this paper, I conclude that the genus Holjapyx is
distinct from Burmjapyx.
Genus Holjapyx Silv. 1948, emend. L. M. Smith
Antenna with 26 segments, trichobothria subequal to on the same
segment, terminal segment lanceolate, longer than wide with three placoid
sensillae. First lamina of lacinia pectinate with five to ten teeth; a small
spine between lamina three and four. Lateral subcoxal organs with one to
four rows of long glandular setae and one row of shorter and much thinner
sensory setae. Median subcoxal organ area wrinkled, without disculi or
setae, except 2-f-2 minute setae at a 45° angle to mid-line. Styli with a distinct
secondary cone, Sr = 0.25—0.38. Male (in most species) with a median
ventral sac opening on the scutum of abdominal segments III and IV, each
containing one to ten minutely plumose small setae directed toward the pos-
terior. Postero-lateral angles of tergite VII obtuse, right, acute, or projected
to rear as lobes. Segment X, W:L 0.95—1.13, one or two median M.
Acropygidium small, rounded. Rectum visible through tergite X with an
irregular row of internal, short, stout setae directed posteriorly on each side
of rectum eight to 28 setae per row.
Forceps: R=:0. 371— 0.541, one prominent tooth on each forcep, predental
tubercles of left forcep always biserrate, predental tubercles of right
forcep usually uniserrate, but in some species biserrate. Post-dental
margins of both forceps crenulate or smooth. Genital orifice of male ringed
anteriorly with one row of extremely small setae and posteriorly with
^Abbreviations; M — macroselae; m — submacrosetae ; R — x/y, see fig. 20; x — distance from
tooth to tip of left forcep ; y — distance from basal articulation to tip of left forcep ;
Sr — ratio of length of secondary cone of stylus VII to length of stylus.
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
one row of 12 larger setae, genital papillae conical, as wide as long, each
with about 45 setae, mostly on the mesad side. Genital orifice of female not
ringed with setae, two short anterior papillae three times as wide as
long and one pair of larger posterior papillae as wide as long; all papillae
with normal setate and a few very short sense setae; on each side of the
genital opening a small, slightly raised area with 5—10 short sense setae
close together.
Type species: Holjapyx diversiunguis (Silv.). This genus
is close to Occasjapyx but differs from it in the presence of
five pectinate laminae on the lacinia, a single large tooth on
each forcep, two more segments in the antennae, and setae in
the rectum.
Holjapyx calaverasae L. Smith, new species
Female. — Head dorsum with about 12 -|- 12 M and 15 15 m, antennae
typical, mandible with four distinct teeth, fifth, basal tooth indicated
by small hump, inner surface of labrum with ll-pH similar, short, stout
setae, outer surface of labrum with 26-1-26 setae of various sizes, first
lamina of lacinia with four teeth, maxillary palpus with 12 setae, thumb
of galea with nine sensory cones, tip of glossa of labium fringed with
23 setae, labial palpus W:L = 0.46, with 6 M and 3 m. Thorax, pronotum
prescutum l-f-l M and l-f-l m, scutum 4 -(-4 M and 6-|-6 m, mesonotum
prescutum 1-fl M and I-]-! m, scutum 5-|-5 M and ll-j-ll m, metanotum
prescutum l-j-l M and l-j-l m, scutum 5 -(-5 M and 11-|-11 m. Legs long,
leg III 2.34 times length of forcep, dorsal apex of femur with a transverse
row of five setae; large ventral setae per row on tarsus, 4. Abdomen,
tergite I 3-|-3 M and lO-f-lO m, tergite II 4-1-4 M and 16-1-16 m,
tergites III— VII 7-1-7 M and about IS-f-lS m, postero-lateral angles of
tergite VII obtuse, not lobed, tergite VIII 5-1-5 M and about 14-1-14 m,
tergite IX 3 -b 3 m, tergite X 2 -b 2 -b 2 M and ll-bH m, carinae not
sclerotized, setae in rectum about 15; pleura II— VII pleurite 1 m, pleuron
I M and 6—8 m, sternum I apotome 3 -b 3 M and 5 -b 6 m, scutum
13-bl3 M and about 30-b30 m, lateral subcoxal organs one-third as
broad as distance between styli; two rows glandular seAe about 60-b60
and one row sensory setae 30-b30, median subcoxal area typical, sternum
II apotome without setae, scutum 17 -b 17 M and 17 -b 17 m, sterna
III— VII similar to II, sternum VIII 7-b7 M and 12-bl2 m, sternum
IX 2-b2 M and 3-b3 m, sternum X 10-blO M and about 20-b20 m,
genitalia typical, sense setae on anterior papillae 2-b3, sense setae clusters
laterad of genital pore 7 -b 7, sense setae on posterior papillae 3 -b 3,
Sr = 0.83. Forceps. Left arm with one tooth, R = 0.371 tooth distinct, not
fused with postdental margin, predental tubercles 5/ 6 upper row a cluster
of four basally (some specimens 4/5), and one distal removed, postdental
margin curved, smooth with three faint denticles; right arm with one
tooth, predental margin with two monoserrated denticles, postdental margin
with eight obscure denticles basally.
Male . — Similar to female except: six very small setae mesad in
October, 1959]
SMITH JAPYGIDAE 2
179
median subcoxal area, male sacs in III and IV without setae, Sr = 0.32,
median subcoxal organs with three rows glandular setae, setae in rectum
17, R = 0.371, left arm forceps postdental margin smooth, curved, right
arm forceps, postdental margin crenulate, curved.
Holotype female, one male paratype, seven female paratypes,
and one juvenile, two miles west of San Andreas, Calaveras
County, California, March 25, 1958 (L. M. Smith and R. 0.
Schuster), altitude 1,000 feet, sandy clay loam soil, pH 8, 20°
slope, under Quercus wislizenii.
Holotype female and paratype male in California Academy
of Sciences; paratype females in the California Insect Survey,
U.S. National Museum, and University of California, Davis.
Holjapyx schusteri L. Smith, new species
Female. — Similar to H. calaverasae L. Smith, except; first lamina
of lacinia with 11 teeth, tip of glossae with 26—28 setae, labial palpus
W:L = 0.50 with 6 M and 2 m, dorsal apex of femur with a transverse row of
four setae, tergite I 3 + 3 M, tergite II 5 + 5 M and 14 + 14 m, tergite IX 1 + 1
M and 2 + 2 m, tergite X 2 + 1 + 2, setae in rectum about 30, faintly
plumose, postero-lateral angles of tergite VII acute, not lobed, sternum I
scutum about 15 + 15 M, one row of 11 + 11 uniform m immediately
anterior to lateral subcoxal organs, lateral subcoxal organs and median
subcoxal organ each occupying 0.14 of the distance between styli, lateral
subcoxal organs with 2-5 + 2— 5 glandular setae in one row and one row
of 10 + 10 sensory setae, one-third as long as glandular setae, sternum
IX 3 + 3 M and 3 + 3 m, sense setae clusters laterad of genital pore
8 + 8, sense setae on posterior genital papillae 4 + 5, Sr = 0.32.
Forceps, left arm with one tooth, R = 0.385, tooth distinct, not fused
with postdental margin, predental tubercles 6/7, postdental margin curved
with 11 crenulations ; right arm with one tooth, predental tubercles 1/2,
postdental margin curved with 14 crenulations.
Male. — Similar to female except: labial palpus with 5 M and 4 m,
lateral subcoxal organs with 2 + 2 large glandular setae (one specimen
3 + 4) and 8 + 9 small sensory setae, male sacs in III and IV not visible;
genital orifice anterior plate with irregular arrangement of about 20
long setae, anterior to pore 21 very small irregularly arranged glandular
setae, posterior to pore a regular row of 10 medium setae, posterior plate
with about 40 large setae, genital papillae W:Lr=:0.31 with about 20
setae, laterad setae twice as long as mesad setae, and one group of three
very short sense setae laterad and one such seta near the tip, forceps
as in female, R = 0.427.
Holotype female, 1+ paratype, 1^ paratype, and 1$ juvenile,
ONE MILE WEST OF San AnDREAS LakE, SaN MaTEO CoUNTY,
California, November 1956, November 1957, and January 1957,
in soil, open grassland and under live oak (D. W. Price), and
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
1 cT collected by Mr. G. A. Marsh on Mount Diablo, Contra
Costa County, California, February 15, 1953. Holotype and
paratype cT in California Academy of Sciences; paratype ?
and cf in U.S. National Museum.
I take pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Robert 0.
Schuster.
Holjapyx humidus L. Smith, new species
Female. — Similar to H. calaverasae L. Smith, except: first lamina of
lacinia with 8—10 teeth, thumb of galea with 15 minute setae, tip of
glossa of labium tipped with 32 setae, labial palpus W:L = 0.47 with
10 M and 2 m, mesonotum and metanotum prescutum l-j-l M and
2-1-3 m, dorsal apex of femur with a transverse row of six setae, abdominal
tergite I 2-1-2 M and about IS-flS m, setae in rectum 46 not visibly
plumose, postero-lateral angles tergite VII acute but not lobed, sense
setae on posterior genital papillae 4-1-4, tergum X 2 -1-2 -1-2 M, sense setae
clusters laterad of genital pore 14-1-14, Sr = 0.29. Forceps: R = 0.454,
left predental tubercles 5/7 upper row not grouped, no postdental tubercles.
Male. — Similar to male of H. calaverasae L. Smith, except: male
sac III with about 16 bilaterally plumose setae, male sac IV with about
12 similar setae, Sr = 0.27, setae in rectum 25, R = 0.500, left forcep
predental tubercles 6/7.
Holotype female, Mendocino, Mendocino County, Cali-
fornia, December 25, 1958, and paratype male same locality June
4, 1954 (J. R. Heifer). Both deposited California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco.
Holjapyx hyadis L. Smith, new species
Female. — Similar to H. calaverasae L. Smith, except: labial palpus
W:L=0.40, with 6 M and 4 m, thorax mesonotum prescutum l-j-l M and
2-|-2 m, mesonotum, prescutum l-fil M and 2-|-2 m, dorsal apex of femur
with a transverse row of six setae, setae in rectum not visible, tergite
I 2-|-2 M, tergite X 2-|-l-|-2 M lateral subcoxal organ with one irregular
row of 25-)- 25 long glandular setae and one row of 25-1-25 small sensory
setae, sense setae on genitalia not visible, Sr = 0.30, forceps: R = 0.455.
Male . — Similar to male of H. calaverasae L. Smith except: first
lamina of lacinia with six teeth, labial palpus W:L = 0.36, dorsal apex
of femur with a transverse row of six setae, median subcoxal organs
with two rows glandular setae, male sacs in III and IV each with one
simple seta, Sr = 0.31, setae in rectum not visible, R = 0.450, forceps
left arm predental tubercles 5/5.
Holotype female and allotype male, Kings Mountain, San
Mateo County, California, December, 1957 (D. W. Price).
Kings Mountain is four miles north of Lahonda. The specimens
were found in deep humus of redwood, madrone, and tan bark
oak. The area probably remains moist throughout the year.
October, 1959]
SMITH JAPYGIDAE 2
181
Holotype and allotype deposited in the California Academy of
Sciences.
Holjapyx conspersus L. Smith, new species
Female . — Similar to female of H. calaverasae L. Smith except: labial
palpus W:L = 0.33 with 6 M and 6 m, pronotum scutum 4-|-4 M and 94-9 m,
mesonotum prescutum 14-1 M and 24-2 m, dorsal apex of femur with
transverse row of six setae, postero-lateral angles of tergite VII distinctly
lobed, abdominal tergite I with 24-2 M, tergite X 24-14-2 M and about
114- 11 m, carinae sclerotized, setae in rectum 17, lateral subcoxal organs
with two rows of glandular setae, about 704-70, sense setae clusters
laterad of genital pore 84 - 8 , Srrz:0.29; forceps R = 0.474, tooth left arm
fused with postdental margin, predental tubercles 6/8 upper row three
large denticles proximal and three smaller denticles distal.
Male . — Similar to male of FI. calaverasae L. Smith except: small
setae absent in median subcoxal area, male sac III setae obscured, male
sac IV with four small setae, minutely plumose, Sr — 0.36, median subcoxal
organs with two rows of glandular setae, setae in rectum obscured;
forceps: R = 0.467, left arm predental tubercles 3/5.
Holotype female and allotype male, three miles north of
Sharp Park, San Mateo County, California, February, 1958
(D. W. Price) in humus under chaparral, especially coffee berry,
Christmas berry, coyote brush and scrub oak. Holotype and
allotype deposited in the California Academy of Sciences.
Holjapyx imbutus L. Smith, new species
Male . — ^Similar to male of H. calaverasae L. Smith except: trichobothria
two-thirds as long as longest seta on same antennal segment, labial palpus
W:L = 0.40 with 6 M and 4 m, mesonotum prescutum 14-1 M and 24-2 m,
setae per transverse row on dorsal apex of femora: leg 1 and 2, five
each, leg 3, six; postero-lateral angles of tergite VII right-angles, tergite I
with 34-3 M, tergite X 24-24-2 M, lateral subcoxal organs occupy 0.76
of distance between styli, three rows glandular setae, about 904-90, lateral
genital papillae each with about 20 large setae mainly lateral, and a
compact mass of about 35 setae mesad, male sac in III with three curved
plumose setae, male sac in IV with one curved plumose seta, Sr = 0.30,
setae in rectum 19, R = 0.438, forceps left arm predental tubercles 6/3
(others 4/4 and 6/7) tooth distinct, postdental margin straight, smooth,
right arm predental tubercles typical, postdental margin straight with
three distinct denticles near tooth and crenulations distad.
Female unknown.
Holotype male, one mile north of Murphys, Calaveras
County, California, March 5, 1958 (L. M. Smith and R. 0.
Schuster), in humus under oak tree. Paratype H and one juvenile,
three miles west of San Andreas, Calaveras County, California,
March 25, 1958 (L. M. Smith and R. 0. Schuster), in wet humus
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
and soil; paratype cf, Calaveras Big Trees, Calaveras County,
March 5, 1958 (L, M. Smith and R. 0. Schuster), in rotten
redwood log, soil temperature 3" deep 4°C.
Holotype male in California Academy of Sciences, paratype
males in the California Insect Survey and University of California,
Davis.
Holjapyx insiccatus L. Smith, new species
Female . — Similar to H. calaverasae L. Smith except : 1st lamina of lacinia
with seven teeth, maxillary palpus with 12 setae and two minute sensory
cones at the apex, labial palpus W:Lrr0.23 with 6 M and 4 m, mesonotum
and metanotum prescutum 1-f-l M and 2-1-2 m, dorsal apex of femora
with a transverse row of six setae, abdominal tergite I 2-\-2 M and
12 -[-12 m, postero-lateral angles of tergite VII right angles, tergite X
2-|-l-|-2 M, carinae sclerotized, setae in rectum 26, simple, lateral subcoxal
organs with three rows glandular setae, Sr = 0.30, forceps, left arm
predental tubercles 7/6, strongly developed, uniformly spaced, R = 0.467,
right arm predental tubercles two, postdental margin crenulate with
13 rrenulations visible,
Male unknown.
Holotype female and paratype female, nine miles south of
Monticello, Napa County, California, December 13, 1957
(L. M. Smith and R. 0. Schuster), on grassy slope under stones,
one juvenile same locality May 12, 1957 (L. M. Smith and
R. O. Schuster).
Holotype $ in California Academy of Sciences, paratype $
in the California Insect Survey.
Holjapyx irroratus L. Smith, new species
Female . — Similar to H. calaverasae L. Smith except; maxillary palpus
with 15 setae and two minute sensory cones at the apex, thumb of galea
with 15 sensory cones, tip of glossa of labium fringed with 27 setae.
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 1—8, postero-lateral angles of seventh abdominal tergite:
(e = 0.50 mm.) 1. Holjapyx conspersus $, 2. H. diver siunguis 9,
3. H. humidus 9 , 4. H. madidus $ , 5, H. irroratus 9 , 6. H.
calaverasae 9 , 7. H. insiccatus 9 , 8. H. schusteri 9 , 9. lateral subcoxal
organ H. schusteri 9 showing five glandular setae and ten sense setae,
10. small portion of lateral subcoxal organ of H. humidus $ showing
three rows of glandular setae and one row of sense setae (e = 0.054 mm.),
11. dorsal view of tenth abdominal tergite of H. irroratus 9 showing
2-)-2-)-2 M and rectal setae (e = 0.50 mm.), 12. ventral view of third and
fourth abdominal sternites of H. humidus $ showing male setose sacs
(e = 0.50 mm.), 13. Male setose sac from fourth abdominal segment of
H. humidus.
October, 1959]
SMITH — JAPYGIDAE 2
183
labial palpus W;Lrr0.34 with 6 M and 4 m, dorsal apex of femur
with transverse row of six setae, abdominal tergite I 2-1-2 M and 10 -(-10 m,
postero-lateral angles of tergite VII acute, not lobed, tergite X 2 -(-2 -(-2 M,
carinae sclerotized, setae in rectum 25, median subcoxal area slightly
wider than either lateral subcoxal organ, lateral subcoxal organs with
one row glandular setae 22-1-22, one row sense setae 25-1-25, sense setae
13
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
clusters laterad of genital pore 9 + 10. Sr =0.27, forceps left arm R= 0.413,
predental tubercles 6/6, postdental margin nearly smooth, curved, right
arm tooth distinct, postdental margin with 10 visible crenulations.
Male unknown,
Holotype female and paratype female, Armstrong State
Park, Sonoma County, California, March 14, 1954 (J. Heifer),
in humus under redwood trees. Holotype ? in California Academy
of Sciences, paratype 9 in the California Insect Survey.
Holjapyx madidus L. Smith, new species
Male. — Similar to H. calaverasae L. Smith except: outer surface
of labrum with 19 setae, labial palpus W:L = 0.34, with 6 M and 2 or
3 m, mesonotum prescutum 1 + 1 M and 2 + 2 m, abdominal tergite I
2 + 2 M and 10 + 10 m, male sacs in III with two plumose setae, IV
with one similar seta, postero-lateral angles tergite VII obtuse, not lobed,
carinae sclerotized, setae in rectum 15, sternum I apotome 3 + 3 M
and 2 + 2 m, lateral subcoxal organs with one row glandular setae,
24 + 24, Sr = 0.37, forceps left arm, R = 0.532, predental tubercles 4/4,
tooth fused with postdental margin, postdental margin smooth, curved, right
arm predental tubercles 1/1, postdental margin slightly crenulate, curved.
Female unknown.
Holotype male, near Nashville, El Dorado County, Cali-
fornia, March 5, 1958 (L. M. Smith and R. 0. Schuster), in
rocky soil, deposited in the California Academy of Sciences.
Holjapyx diversiunguis Silvestri
Female. — Similar to H. calaverasae L. Smith except: first lamina of
lacinia with 10 teeth, maxillary palpus with 17 setae, labial palpus
W:L = 0.34, abdominal tergite I 2 + 2 M and 10 + 10 m, postero-lateral
angles of tergite VII obtuse, not lobed, tergite VIII 4 + 4 M and about
10 + 10 m, tergite X 2 + 1 + 2 M and 11 + 11 m, carinae sclerotized, setae
in rectum 56 not plumose, lateral subcoxal organs with two rows of
glandular setae about 55 + 55, and one row sensory setae 35 + 35, sense
setae clusters laterad of genital pore 8 + 8, Sr = 0.26, forceps left arm
R = 0.500, predental tubercles 8/7, tooth fused with postdental margin,
postdental margin smooth, curved, right arm postdental margin crenulate
with 14 crenulations visible.
Male. — Similar to the female above except: male sac in III with
eight plumose setae, male sac in IV with six plumose setae, Sr = 0.28
median subcoxal organs with three rows of glandular setae, setae in
rectum 52, not plumose, forceps left arm R = 0.541, predental tubercles
7/9, right arm predental tubercles two or three, postdental margin crenulate
with 17 crenulations visible.
Material examined: One male, Berkeley, California, March 24, 1938
(A. E. Michelbacher) , determined by Dr. F. Silvestri, one male Mill Valley,
Marin County, California, May 5, 1950 (Hugh B. Leech), in damp soil, and
one female Mill Valley, May 9, 1955, collected by Mr. Leech in soil.
185
October, 1959] smith — japygidae 2
Explanation of Figures
Figs. 14—21, dorsal view of forceps (e = 1.00 mm.): 14. H. hyadis $,
15. H. imbutus $ , 16. H. madidus S , 17. H. conspersus $ , 18. H.
schusteri $ , 19. H. calaverasae $ , 20. H. diversiunguis Silv. 5 , 21. H.
conspersus $. R = x/y as shown in fig. 20.
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Key to the Species of Holjapyx Silvestri
1. Abdominal tergite X with 2-\-2-\-2 M 2
Abdominal tergite X with 2 -f- 1-1-2 M 6
2. Abdominal tergite I with S-j-S M 3
Abdominal tergite I with 2-j-2 M 4
3. Tooth on left arm of forceps fused with postdental margin,
R = 0.438 imbutus L. Smith
Tooth on left arm of forceps not fused with postdental margin,
R = 0.371 calaverasae L. Smith
4. Predental tubercles on right arm of forceps 1/1,
R = 0.532 madidus L. Smith
Predental tubercles on right arm monoseriate, R less than 0.500 5
5. Lateral subcoxal organs with one row of glandular setae,
22-|-22 irroratus L. Smith
Lateral subcoxal organs with two or three rows of glandular setae,
60 to 100 -}- 60 to 100 humidus L. Smith
6. Predental tubercles of right arm of forceps biseriate,
1/2 schusteri L. Smith
Predental tubercles of right arm of forceps uniseriate... 7
7. Postero-lateral angles of seventh tergite distinctly
lobed conspersus L. Smith
Postero-lateral angles of seventh tergite acute or obtuse, but not lobed.... 8
8. Postero-lateral angles of seventh tergite obtuse, rounded, in female
R = 0.463, lateral subcoxal organs with one irregular row
glandular setae 25 -(-25 hyadis L. Smith
Postero-lateral angles of seventh tergite, acute, slightly projecting,
in female lateral subcoxal organs with two rows of glandular
setae 50 to 65 -(-50 to 65 9
9. Left arm of forceps with tooth distinct, female,
R = 0.463... insiccatus L. Smith
Tooth fused with postdental margin, female,
R 0.500 diver siunguis ( Silvestri )
Literature Cited
Paclt, J.
1957. Diplura. Genera Insectorum, fasc. 212, 1—123, Crainhem, Belgium.
Pages, J.
1952. Diploures Japygides de Nouvelle-Zelande. Rec. Canterbury Mus.
(Christchurch, N. Z.) 6:149—162.
Silvestri, F.
1910. Materiali per lo studio dei Tisanuri. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici.
6:72-87.
1930. Contributions to a knowledge of the Indo-Malayan Japygidae
(Thysanura). Rec. Ind. Mus. 32:439-489.
1948. Descrizioni di alcumi Japyginae (Insecta Diplura) del Nord
America. Boll. Lab. Entomol. Agr. Portici 8:118—136.
October, 1959] gillaspy — new bembicine wasp
187
A NEW BEMBICINE WASP RELATED TO STICTIELLA
TENUICORNIS (FOX), WITH CERTAIN PHYLOGENETIC
CONSIDERATIONS
(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
James E. Gillaspy
Texas Lutheran College, Seguin
Most of the specimens in museum collections under the
name Stictiella tenuicornis (Fox) have been found to represent
a new species which is here described in connection with
publication of biological data elsewhere on the genus Stictiella,
Stictiella clypeata Gillaspy, new species
Stictiella tenuicornis, Parker, 1917:47 (part); 1929 (part).
Female. — Length 14—19 mm. Color black except lemon-yellow maculation
as follows: posterior orbits exceeding inner angles of compound eyes but
not meeting at middle of vertex; upright V above frontal pit with upwardly
widening, outwardly rounded arms receiving anterior ocellus, sometimes
extending somewhat ventrad along midline toward socketal maculation;
maculate enclosures of sockets except above in some cases, sometimes
attenuated above along midline; broad anterior orbits narrowing unevenly
to eye margins above at vertex; clypeus, labrum and scape entirely;
flagellar segments ventrally except apical segments brownish; pronotum
except median area posterior to streptaular suture and smaller lateral
spots; mesonotum laterally on scutum and in anteriorly arcuately emarginate
band across scutellum (latter margined with black posteriorly) outlining
black shield containing tri-partite or complete U formed of lateral clavate
marks and often medially notched posterior bar; tegulae; postcutellum
except narrow anterior crescent; propodeal triangle except basal crescent;
posterior face, postero-lateral angles and sides of propodeum except extra-
triangle wedges broadest at spiracles, forming a Y ; metepisterna, hypoepimer-
al areas and mesepisterna except narrowly along sutures and pre-mesocoxal
spot on mesepisterna ; coxae and trochanters except base of some ; femora
except narrowly above (rarely entirely yellow) ; tibiae except narrowly
below and tarsal segments except distitarsi often dusky above; first tergite
except anterior face and squarish-lobate dorso-median posterior extension
from it, which may reach the transverse gradular swell and there exhibit
tri-radiate tendency, indicating (in combination with apical black) paired
elliptic or ovate maculae which are fused mesally and indistinct in this
species; tergites 2-6 with elements of this pattern usually discernible,
but anterior dorso-median lobe transversely barlike before gradulus, often
basally detached, also medially divided or tending to be so on tergites
3—6, never so on tergite 2, and tergite 6 without apical black; sternite 1
except narrowly at base; sternites 2—6 except basal arc, progressively more
strongly developed toward rear, trilobate on sternite 6. V estiture of clypeus
and anterior orbits consisting of very dense, flattened, silvery-appressed
hairs, completely concealing the integumental surface. Head wider than
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
thorax at posterior pronotal lobes (1.08:1.00) ; vertex and temples weakly
developed behind large compound eyes which bulge laterally beyond
them; vertex moderately depressed on either side of median elevation
which attains but scarcely exceeds upper level of compound eyes; lateral
ocelli separated from compound eyes by less than their own distance
apart (1.0:1. 2), forming approximately a 65°angle with anterior ocellus;
latter a glabrous, flattened, brownish, mostly light-pervious (except intrusive
black opacity from below) surface, defined above by a distinct, horseshoe-
shaped sutural arch, glabrous surface extending beyond open end of arch
below without evident sutural delimitation from frontal integument (con-
firmable by slide mounts), anterior ocellus including sutural arch and
maximum extent of glabrous area below one-third longer than broad
(1.6:1.0), enclosed in mound which appears U-shaped but is weakly
closed above, the crest describing an oval with length twice the width;
frontal line weakly impressed to frontal pit, weakly elevated below;
intersocketal carina arising at middle level of antennal sockets, distinct
to apex of clypeus. Clypeus width more than half of head width (1.0:2.3),
wider than distance between compound eyes at vertex (1.00:0.90), compound
eyes therefore appearing to diverge below, with least interocular distance
(between antennal sockets and frontal pit) more than one-third of head
width (1.0:2. 6) ; surface of clypeus not strongly arched or so protuberant
as to exceed plane of intersocketal carina when viewed laterally, distal
margin distinctly receding; basal third of clypeus with a planate area
on either side, separated from remainder of clypeus by a distinct angle ;
epistomal suture distant from lower level of antennal sockets by one-half
of intersocketal distance, almost straight or slightly elevated between
subantennal angles, which are weak, sloping downward slightly to tentorial
angles, base of clypeus broadly subtruncate between tentorial angles,
lateral sections of epistomal suture curving outward to compound eyes,
recurving to lateral angles. Mouthparts with labrum longer than basal
width (1.2: 1.0) ; maxillae apicad of palpal base in length equal to about
one-half of head width (1.00:1.96) ; maxillary palpi with six segments,
labial palpi with four. Antennae with scape moderately stout, length
about three times greatest width. Thorax with punctation of mesoscutum
and scutellum uniform; propodeal triangle formed by inwardly bowed,
almost rectilinear sutures, converging on posterior face of propodeum
at about a 60° angle. Legs moderately slender; distitarsi without strong
erect bristles ventrally and with large, bulbous pulvilli extending one-third
or one-half length of claws; claws all similar, uniform in curvature, outer
claw of each pair very little longer. Wings beyond humeral plate two
and one-half times thorax width, measured at posterior lobes (2.53:1.00) ;
second cubital cell subrectangular, wider than high. Abdomen with
tergites 2—3 having smallest lateral punctures, exclusive of those in
unpigmented marginal area, in same general size and density range as
those of subsutural area of first tergite, but less extensive in area on
tergite 3 ; tergite 4 with some lateral punctures almost equivalent in size
and density to lateral punctures of preceding tergites, but tergite 5 with
punctures entirely larger or more sparse.
October, 1959] gillaspy — new bembicine wasp
189
Male . — Length 14—19 mm. General appearance and pattern of markings
quite similar to female except maculation slightly less extensive. Labrum,
clypeus and frons devoid of appressed-silvery pubescence. Clypeus and
labrum narrower than in female, basal planate area of clypeus less
pronounced. Antennae with second flagellar segment not thickened as
compared to segments distad of it; antepenultimate segment about one-third
longer than its width (1.6: 1.0) ; flagellar segments apicad of second
sharply, longitudinally carinate, without evident specialized sensory areas
or pits; flagellar segments 3—10 weakly excised distally on side inward
to curvature of antennae; penultimate segment without inner apical
process. Legs moderately slender; distitarsi moderately slender, widening
apically, length about three times greatest width, all rather similar in
form and size; anterior femora moderately slender, not dorso-ventrally
thin; anterior tarsal segments 2—4 not distinctly lobed or flattened; middle
femora weakly fusiform, smooth, not notched, carinate, or serrate, and
without toothlike projection ventrally at apex; middle tibiae moderately
slender, equal in length to middle femora ; calcar of middle tibiae moderately
slender, apically curved and blunt, thumblike, brownish ; middle basitarsi
straight, apparently terete, ventral surface beset with several (about five)
evenly spaced bristles, without bunched bristles at base and without
apical process; second and third tarsal segments not produced apically;
posterior basitarsi slender, sub-cylindrical. Abdomen with seventh tergite
narrowed at apex, indistinctly bilobed, dorsal preapical surface coarsely,
sparsely punctate, not polished; lateral margins above spiracular lobes
inflected, in part broadly groovelike, receiving dorsal margin of spiracular
lobes, grooved surface bare but adjacent dorsal surface with a few long
hairs and spines; spiracular lobes moderately narrow, separated across
venter by twice width of either, thin but entirely sclerotized, at apex
narrowing to a dorsal point; suidace of spiracular lobes with only few
setiferous punctures, these distad of spiracle, which is placed well before
apex. Sternites 2—5 flat, unmodified; sixth sternite flat, apical margin
weakly convex ; eighth sternite with three terminal processes, median one.
equalling half of sternite length, lateral processes flattened, slender,
discal process represented by a weak, obtusely pointed carina arising
between lateral processes. Genitalia with parameres very slender, slightly
membranous ventrally at base, ventral surface mostly rather well sclerotized
and with sparse, rather long hairs; volsellae with cuspis slender, long,
slightly exceeding digitus in length; digitus and aedeagus with slender,
elongate heads.
This species resembles S. tenuicornis (Fox) in general appear-
ance but is less extensively maculated than that species, specimens
of medium maculation having a variegated, severely angulated
pattern. Punctation generally, especially on abdomen, finer and
more uniform than in S. tenuicornis. The most broadly maculated
specimens are those from Imperial Co., California. The specimens
from Mexcala, Guerrero, Mexico have considerable extension
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
of black, with total markings perhaps about equally black and
maculate in the female, and extensive black in the basal planate
areas of the clypeus, on the mesonotum, tarsal segments dorsally,
and first sternite at base. In addition the parameres of the
genitalia are somewhat more slender than usual in these specimens
from Guerrero.
Holotype male from 33 miles east of Deming, Dona Ana
County, New Mexico, 4300 ft., August 2, 1946, and allotype
female from Alpine, Brewster Co., Texas, July 1, 1942, both
collected by H. A. Scullen, both deposited in the collections
of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Paratypic material as follows. — Arizona: Cochise Co., Ash Canyon,
Hauchuca Mts., $ $, VIII.31.51 (C. D. MacNeill, JEG) ; Benson, 2^,
VIIL8.40 (E. S. Ross, CAS); Chiricahua Mts., $, IX.20.49 (D. K. Duncan,
CU) ; Chiricahua Nat. Mon., $, VIIL23.51 (Lloyd Martin, LACM) ;
Douglas, $ (W. W. Jones, CIS); 30 mi. N. Douglas, $, VII.17.42,
45 mi. N. Douglas, 4950 ft., $, VII.31.46 (H. A. Scullen, OSC) ; Pearce,
25 mi. E., 2$, VII.29.54, fls. Baccharis glutinosa (Butler- Werner, UA) ;
Pearce, 5 mi. S., S, VII.28.55, on Acacia angustissiraa (G. Butler and
F. Werner, UA). Graham Co., Coolidge Dam, 16 mi. E., 2500 ft., $,
VIII. 7.46 (H. A. Scullen, OSC). Mohave-Yuma Cos., Bill Williams Fork,
$, VIII. (F. H. Snow, UK). Pima Co., Tucson, VII. (J. Bequaert,
MCZ), 2$, VII.12.24 (A. A. Nichol, UACAS), $, VII.15.41 (R. H.
Crandall, UA), g, VIII.16.27 (P. A. Readio, UK), $, VIII.17.46 (H.
A. Scullen, OSC), $ $, VIII.28.51 (C. D. MacNeill, JEG); $, VIII.29.-
(F. M. Carpenter, MCZ), $, X.8.23 (C. D. Duncan, SJSC). Tucson,
15 mi. E., 6^, 2$, VIII.30.51 (C. D. MacNeill, JEG). Santa Cruz Co.,
Madera Cyn., Santa Rita Mtns., 2, IX.11.51 (C. D. MacNeill, JEG).
Yavapai Co., Congress Jet., 1^, 3$, VII. (F. H. Snow, UK. California:
Imperial Co., Experimental Farm, 2 $ , V.— 11, 14 ^ , 3 $ , VI.— 12, $ VI.6.12, on
Baccharis glutinosa, 6$, VI.— 11, $, VI.— 12 with prey Tubifera latifrons
(Loew) (J. C. Bridwell, USNM). Riverside Co., Ripley, $ , VIII. 19.46 (P. D.
Hurd, CIS); Shavers Well, $, IV.— .34 (G. E. Bohart, GEB). Kansas:
Kearny Co., 9, VIII. 20. 52, swept Solidago (H. E. Evans, HEE). New
Mexico: Dona Ana Co., Las Cruces, 30 mi. W., 2$, VII.23.54 (H. E.
Cott, UCD). Eddy Co., Carlsbad, 2$, VIIL17.51 (H. E. Evans, HEE);
Loving, $, VIH.16.50 (J. W. MaeSwain, CIS); Malaga, $, VH.11.36
(M. B. Jackson, UK). Grant Co., Lordsburg, 19 mi. E., 4600 ft., 19^,
VHL1.46, 15 mi. E. ,4500 ft., 2$, VHI.1.46 (H. A. Scullen, OSC); Separ,
3 mi. S., 9, VIH. 11.29, on Salsola pestifer (V. E. Romney, USNM).
Hidalgo Co., Rodeo, 17 mi. N. of, 4200 ft., VIII.1.46 (H. A. Scullen, OSC).
Luna Co., Deming, 20 mi. S., 4200 ft., 1$, 29, VIH.2.46 (H. A. Scullen,
OSC) ; 10 mi. E., VH.12.17 (R. C. Shannon, CU). Texas: Bexar Co.,
2$, V.25.31 (H. B. Parks, TAMC). Brewster Co., Alpine, 9, VIL1.42,
2$, VII.8.42 (H. A. Scullen, OSC); Chisos Mts., 9, VI.10-12.08 (Mitchell
October, 1959] gillaspy — new bembicine wasp
191
and Cushman, USNM) ; Dugout Wells, 2$, V1IL25.54 (R. M. Bohart,
UCD) ; Glenn Spring, 3$, 9$, YI.16— VII.3.28 (F. M. Gaige, UM) ;
Santa Elena Cyn., 2145 ft., 2$, yill.25.54 (R. M. Bohart, UCD). El
Paso Co., Sierra Blanca, $, VII. 8. 17 (CU) ; El Paso, $, VIII. 19.54
(R. M. Bohart, UCD). Hudspeth Co., Cornudas, VIII. 16. 51 (H. E.
Evans, HEE) ; Finlay, $, Vll.2.30 (J. 0. Martin, CAS) ; Salt Flat, $, §,
VIII. 16.51, on Baccharis (H. E. Evans, HEE). Jeff Davis Co., Ft. Davis,
10 mi. S., 1^, 2$, VI.30.42 (H. A. Scullen, OSC) ; White Rose Canyon,
$, VI.18.47 (A. T. McClay, UCD). Midland Co., Midland, $, VI.6.13
(F. C. Bishop, USNM). Pecos Co., Pecos River, Sheffield, $, VH.26.21
(C. D. Duncan, SJSC). Presidio Co., Marfa, 4000 ft., $, VH.15.46, $,
VH.30.36 (H. E. Evans, HEE); Presidio, $, VHI.14.29 (E. R. Tinkham,
ERT). Webb Co., Laredo (inside automobile), $, VH. 22.42 (USNM).
Mexico: Guerrero, Mexcala, 2$, 2$, VI.29.51 (H. E. Evans, HEE).
Chihuahua, Chihuahua, 1$, 2$, VHI.12.51, on Baccharis, 9, VIH.12.51
(H. E. Evans, HEE); Jimenez, 18 mi. W., 13^, 29, VHI.10.51, on
Baccharis (H. E. Evans, HEE); Villa Ahumada, 3^, 19, VHI. 14.51 (H.
E. Evans, HEE). Coahuila, Paila, 3900 ft., 9, VIH. 21.47 (D. Rockefeller
Exp., Cazier, AMNH ) .
Recorded Distribution. — Arizona: (Parker, 1917). New Mexi-
co: Eddy Co., “Delaware Creek just north of state line” (Painter,
1932, 1936). Texas: Brewster Co., Chisolm (sic) Mts. (Parker,
1929) ; Glenn Springs (Steyskal, 1939) ; Reeves Co., 9 mi. S.
of Texas-New Mexico state line on Texas Highway No. 17
(Painter, 1932, 1936) ; Webb Co., Laredo (Parker, 1929).
Stictiella tenuicornis (Fox)
Monedula tenuicornis Fox, 1895:368 ( 9, not ^) (Type: 9, San
Bernardino County California; Coquillett, USNM).
Stictiella tenuicornis, Parker, 1917:47 (part); 1929:43 (part).
Female. — Length 17—20 mm. Color black except light-yellow^ maculation
which covers roughly more than three-fourths of total body area (compared
with about three-fourths for most S. clypeata Gillaspy). Pattern essentially
that of S. clypeata except some expansion of maculate loci and reduction
of black loci; mesonotal U always tri-partite; anterior dorso-median lobe
of first tergite rounded, tongue-like, never tri-radiate; elliptic-ovate maculae
of first tergite very faintly indicated by apical black; anterior dorso-median
lobe of tergite 2 represented by a pair of spots which are also represented
on tergites 3-6.
Structural differences from S. clypeata: Least interocular measurement
slightly higher, between anterior ocellus and frontal pit, ratio to head
width nearer one-third (1.0:2. 8) ; punctation of mesoscutum and scutellum
not uniform, having interspersed larger punctures; abdominal tergite 2
with smallest lateral punctures, exclusive of unpigmented margin, in
same size and density range as those of subsutural areas of first tergite;
tergite 3 with smallest punctures perceptibly but not greatly larger; tergite
4 with distinctly coarser, sparser punctures.
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Male . — Length 17—19 mm. Middle femora with large notch occupying
most of apical third, the notch bearing an acute, inwardly directed
process at base and apex; middle basitarsi straight, apparently terete,
ventral surface with single longitudinal row of bristles and with thornlike
process at apex, second and third tarsal segments of this leg similarly
produced; seventh tergite with sides somewhat roundly tapering to narrow,
distinctly notched apex; spiracular lobes separated across venter by
somewhat more than width of either; genitalia with minor differences.
Recorded Distribution. — California: San Bernardino Co. (Fox,
1895).
Neallotype (present disignation) : Male from Constantia,
Lassen Co., California, August 2, 1951, on Eriogonum (J. E.
Gillaspy, Collector), deposited in the collections of the California
Academy of Sciences.
Material examined. — California: Inyo Co., Owen’s Valley, $, VIII. 7. 36
(G. E. and R. M. Bohart). Los Angeles Co., Palmdale, VIII.1.35 (E.
I. Beamer). Riverside Co., Santa Rosa Mt., VI. 15. 48 (D. J. and J. N.
Knull, OSU) ; Whitewater, 1^, 1$, VII. 16.50 (P. D. Hurd, CIS). San
Bernardino Co., Cushenbury Springs, 2 9 , IX.1.36, on Lepidospartum
squamatum (Timberlake, UCR, JEG) ; Yucca Valley, $, VIIL20.36, on
Croton californicus (Timberlake, UCR); Victorville, 1^, 1$, VIII. 14— 15.27
(CU). Nevada: Washoe Co., Reno, $, VIL16.40, $, IX.15.40 (Ira La
Rivers, JEG, UN). Mexico: Baja California, Sierra Juarez, $, X.10.53
(F. X. Williams, CAS).
In Parker’s key the males of this species run to S. divergens
Parker, a form which probably should be regarded as a subspecies
of S. femorata (Fox). Differences of 5. tenuicornis (Fox) from
S. divergens are in the character of the middle femora, which
in 5. divergens are longitudinally emarginate through most of
their length and in addition have a small apical notch; in the
size, which does not exceed 13 mm. in S. divergens, and in the
anterior ocellus, which in 5. divergens is distinctly broader than
long. The apical notch of the femora and strongly developed
discal process of the eighth sternite distinguish S. tenuicornis
males from those of S. clypeata Gillaspy. In the female the
generally coarser, more widely spaced and less uniform punctation,
specifically the coarser lateral punctation of the third and follow-
ing tergites as compared with that of the first and second
tergites, provides the principal character distinguishing S. tenui-
cornis from S. clypeata. The pair of pregradular black spots
of the second abdominal tergite of S. tenuicornis, as compared
October, 1959] gillaspy — new bembicine wasp
193
with the unified bar of S. clypeata, will also separate the females
of all specimens I have seen.
These descriptions have been prepared with reference to all
species considered by Parker to fall within his genus Stictiella,
as well as certain undescribed species which differ in some respects
from his generic diagnosis. Definable species groups, possibly
worthy of designation as genera and/or subgenera, seem to be
these: S. pulla (Handl.) group, \^exigua (Fox), argentata
(Fox), scitula (Fox)]; undescribed form with palpi reduced,
pulvilli distinct; S. pictifrons (Smith) group, {^clypeata Gillaspy,
tenuicornis (Fox), hituberculata Parker, terlinguae C. L. Fox,
bifurcata C. L. Fox, megacera Parker] ; S. emarinata (Cress.)
group, {^speciosa (Cress.), jormosa (Cress.)]; S. pulchella
(Cress.) group, [plana (Fox), serrata (Handl.), melanosterna
Parker, callista Parker, tuberculata (Fox)]; and the S. femorata
(Fox) group, [diver gens Parker].
A few characters believed to display the phylogeny of these
wasps are: form and degree of opacity of the anterior ocellus;
positional and form interrelationships of clypeus, compound
eyes and antennal sockets; degree of reduction of pulvilli and
palpi; comparative lengths of genital cuspis and digitus; modi-
fication of the parameres from flattened, bladelike form; length
of maxillae and labrum ; and degree to which the vertex is
depressed. The emarginata and pictifrons groups appear to repre-
sent many primitive features of the Bembicini.
K. V. Krombein of the United States National Museum kindly
compared specimens of tenuicornis and clypeata with the holotype
of tenuicornis, and H. E. Evans brought to my attention the
papers by Painter.
Institutional and individual collections are abbreviated as
follows: AMNH, American Museum of Natural History, New
York; CAS, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; CIS
California Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley;
CU, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York; ERT, E. R. Tinkham,
Indio, California; GEB, G. E. Bohart, Ogden, Utah; HEE, H.
E. Evans, Ithaca, New York; JEG, J. E. Gillaspy, Montclair,
California; LA CM, Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles,
California; MCZ, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Massachusetts; OSC, Oregon State College, Corvallis; SJSC,
San Jose State College, San Jose, California; TAMC, Texas
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Agricultural and Mechanical College, College Station, Texas;
UA, University of Arizona, Tucson; UCD, University of California
at Davis; UCR, University of California at Riverside; UK, Uni-
versity of Kansas, Lawrence; UM, University of Michigan, Ann
Arhor ; UN, University of Nevada, Reno ; and USNM, United
States National Museum, Washington, D.C.
Literature Cited
Fox, W. J.
1895. Synopsis of the Bembicini of Boreal America. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila. 1895: 351-374, 1 pi.
Painter, R. H.
1932. A review of the genus Apiocera Westwood from North America.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 25(2) : 350—356, 1 pi.
1936. The family Apioceratidae (Diptera) in North America. Univ.
Kans. Sci. Bull. 26(12): 187-203, 1 pi.
Parker, J. B.
1917. A revision of the Bembicine wasps of America North of Mexico.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 52(2173): 1-155, 230 figs.
1929. A generic revision of the fossorial wasps of the tribes Stizini
and Bembicini with notes and descriptions of new species.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 75(2776) : 1—203, 15 pis.
Steyskal, G.
1939. Distributional notes of Bembicidae (Hymenoptera) . Bull. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc. 34(4): 218-219.
A RECORD OF PYRAMIDOBELA ANGELARUM KEIFER
FROM SANTA CRUZ, CALIFORNIA
(Lepidoptera, Ethmiidae)
Pritchard and PowelP have recorded this species from San
Mateo County, Alameda County and Contra Costa County, Cali-
fornia. In the collection of the author are two specimens reared
ir om' Buddleia sp. from within the city of Santa Cruz, Santa
Cruz County. The emergence date is September, 1947. The
larvae were taken from rolled up leaves at the tips of the food
plant, and the infestation was heavy, most of the tips being
affected, indicating that the moth must have been well established.
This note is presented as another link in the distribution of
this moth, which seems to follow plantings of its introduced
host plant. — J. W. Tilden, San Jose State College, San Jose,
California.
^Pritchard, A. E., and J. A. Powell, 1959. Pan-Pac. Ent., 35(2) ;82.
October, 1959] powell & chemsak — psammaecius biol. 195
BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON
PSAMMAECIUS ADORNATUS (BRADLEY)
( Hymeiioptera : Sphecidae)
Jerry A. Powell and John A. Chemsak
University of California, Berkeley
The solitary wasps of the gorytine genus Psammaecius are
ground nesting species which utilize membracids and cicadellids
as prey. Most of the known biological information on the North
American species is based on two eastern species, P. costalis
(Cresson) (Reinhard 1925a, b) and P. tricolor (Cresson) (Evans,
Yin, and Yoshimoto 1954). Evans et al. have reviewed the
literature on the biological knowledge of the genus in their
discussion of P. tricolor.
An active nesting site of Psammaecius adornatus (Bradley)
was located May 17, 1958 on Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County,
California. Intermittant observations were made during the after-
noon of that day, and the same site was revisited on May 21
during the morning hours. The species was found nesting at
Arroyo Seco, Monterey County, California at approximately the
same time by E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain and R. M. Bohart,
and they contributed additional observations.
We are indebted to several specialists for the determination
of the species cited below: Dr. R. M. Bohart, University of
California, Davis (the Psammaecius, Nyssonini and Chrysididae) ,
Dr. F. R. Cole, University of California, Berkeley (Bombyliidae) ,
W. E. Ferguson, University of California, Berkeley ,Mutillidae) ,
Professor H. J. Reinhard, Texas A. and M. (Sarcophagidae)
and Miss Louise Russell, U.S. National Museum (Membracidae) .
Acknowledgment is also made to Marius S. Wasbauer, University
of California, Berkeley, for reading the manuscript and offering
helpful suggestions.
The Mt. Diablo site was located along the sandy border of
a level, gravel-covered parking area at an approximate elevation
of 1500 feet on the southwest slope of the mountain. The unshaded
area occupied by the site extended in a five foot wide strip for
about 65 feet along the edge of the roadway. There were estimated
to be 60 to 80 active female wasps within this area during
the period of observation, however nearly all of the observations
were made in a zone of about five by ten feet where over half
of the wasps were concentrated. Ground cover here was sparse.
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
consisting of scattered clumps of Erodium cicutarius FHer. and
a small amount of grass, oak leaves and other debris. The
weather during the two days of observation was essentially clear
and warm, although on the latter (May 21) some high cloudiness
reduced activity slightly at times.
Accumulated observations over the two days indicated a
general behavior pattern for the females as follows. The night
is apparently spent removed from the site. Morning observations
began at 8:10 A.M. (Pacific Daylight Time) while the sun
was still partially obscured by morning fog and activity at
the site had not yet commenced. Females were soon observed,
apparently flying in from other areas. The first was observed
at 8:45, and by 9:15 individuals were fairly numerous about
the observation area. At first the females alighted on open areas
in the sunlight, remaining still or only moving the body up
and down. Individuals went through these motions for 10 to
20 seconds before flying a short distance away. It is assumed
that this was a warming up process. Following this, the females
crawled about and scratched in the loose surface sand for
some minutes before finally selecting a suitable burrow site.
The search for burrow sites had begun by 9:15 (when it was
already quite warm) and many successful burrows were under
way by 9:30. Digging operations continued for about two
hours before provisioning began, which by noon was well under
way. The prey consisted entirely of membracid nymphs, primarily
a species of some genus of Ceresini, possibly Stictocephcda,
although two females were taken on May 17 with nymphs of
a larger prey species, possibly some genus of Telamonini. The
transport of prey to the burrows lasted through the afternoon
until temperatures began to drop. A few wasps were still evident
around the site after 5:30 P.M., but none with prey. It seems
unlikely that the females spend the night in their burrows
since we were unable to recover any during evening excavations
in the nesting area. We were unable to determine the location
of the resting sites of the females.
Males were collected about the site during the early afternoon
hours at the height of provisioning activities but not in the
morning while the females were digging. One male was swept
from a nearby oak, the host of the membracids, late in the
afternoon.
October, 1959] powell & chemsak — ^psammaecius biol. 197
Apparently a new burrow is constructed by the female each
morning. The precise location of burrows varied; most were
in open areas, often in slight depressions, some were adjacent
to pebbles or other debris, while others were under oak leaves
or under clumps of Erodium. The digging process seemed to
be rather consistent, with only slight individual variations. The
digging was commenced with the forelegs, the wasp always being
directed head first. As the burrow deepened, sand was kicked
back almost continuously with the hind legs. After five to ten
minutes the wasp had lengthened the burrow so as to disappear
completely into it. As the burrow progressed, the length of
time spent in the burrow increased with the wasp periodically
reappearing. Upon each reappearance the wasp would back-up
four or five centimeters from the entrance, pause a few seconds,
then gradually progress forward to the entrance kicking the
loose sand behind. This procedure resulted in a shallow trackway
of loose sand curving away from the burrow. During the
initial stages of the digging the wasp could be seen reappearing
often, however after half an hour or more of the operation,
from three to over five minutes were usually spent below the
surface. In the final stages the wasp reappeared head first forcing
the sand out ahead of her. After this type of emergence the female
would repeat the previously described procedure of removing
the loose sand. Construction of the burrow took two to two and
one-half hours in the few cases in which the entire process was
observed. This appeared to be the approximate time required
for most of the burrows since most of the individuals in the
colony began provisioning at about the same time. The earliest
time of completion of any burrow under surveillance was
11:20 A.M.
The first indication of termination of the digging operation
was the behavior of the female in covering the entrance. Sand
was kicked backward over tbe aperture from all sides, periods
of kicking being alternated with short hovering flights one to
two cm. above the burrow. After two or three minutes the
burrow was reentered for a few seconds. Upon emergence tbe
entrance was again covered and the wasp resumed the short
hovering flight, this time six to eight cm. high. In one instance
this reentry and covering process was twice repeated. Following
the short flights, the female made several longer hovering arcs
198
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
a meter or more above the burrow site before flying away. It
is assumed that this behavior pattern, involving repeated coverings
of the burrow and hovering flights, is one of area recognition
by the female wasp.
Although the first female was seen to return with prey at
10:57 A.M., provisioning of most burrows did not begin until
nearly an hour later. By noon the burdened females were
appearing almost continuously.
Each of the wasps carried the prey in a similar manner,
grasping it with the hind legs. The treehopper nymph was held
under the wasp’s abdomen in a venter-up position with its
head oriented forward. The wasps were usually first seen flying
into the nesting area with prey two or three meters above the
ground. Upon attaining a position approximately above the
burrow at this height, the female initiated a very characteristic
descent. Assuming a hovering action, the wasp rapidly dropped
to within a meter of the sand while orienting herself into a
position directly over the burrow. The final part of the descent
was made with gradually diminishing speed, requiring eight
or ten seconds, until the wasp briefly hovered just above the
burrow before alighting. After a few seconds pause the female
quickly opened the burrow entrance with her fore legs and
entered, without changing the position of the prey. Usually
about 20 seconds (8 to 30 seconds) were spent in the deposition
of the prey. Usually the burrow entrance was covered upon
each departure. Closure after the first time or two was affected
by merely kicking sand backward over the entrance from one
direction before flying directly off. There was considerable vari-
ation expressed by every individual observed in the time required
for provisioning flights and there was no apparent correlation
in differences between the length of time required by individuals.
One made 14 observed trips ranging from two to 20 minutes
with an average of nine minutes, another made nine trips
ranging from two to 17 minutes and averaged ten minutes. A
third ranged from three to 14 minutes in 11 trips averaging
about seven minutes. It is not definitely known at what distance
the source of prey was located, but Stictocephala nymphs were
swept in small numbers from nearby (20-30 feet distant) Quercus
agrifolia.
Observations were interrupted in the early afternoon on
May 17 for 40 minutes and concluded in the evening at 4:15 P.M.
October, 1959] powell & chemsak — psammaecius biol. 199
before the provisioning activities had ceased entirely, so that
the number of trips per day is not definitely known. Judging
from the frequency of trips during the observation periods in
the two days, it is estimated that about 20 to 25 nymphs were
carried in each day. Since it was later determined that each
cell was provided with 12 or 13 membracids, we assume that
the normal pattern of activity involves the provisioning of
two cells each day. However, in our excavation we were unable
to definitely correlate two cells with any particular burrow.
When our excavations were commenced at 5:30 P.M. there
were still one or two wasps active about the site, but provisioning
had apparently ceased. The filling of the tunnels had already
been completed and was not observed. We found that it was
impossible to trace the tunnels of marked burrows in these
evening excavations. Evans et al. (1954) state that P. tricolor
(Cr.) probably fills the burrow by scraping sand from the sides,
and a similar behavior with P. adornatus seems probable and
would account for the obliteration of the tunnel. Subsequent
excavation of open burrows in the early afternoon of May 21
revealed the nature of the tunnels.
The soil in the area was found to consist of an upper layer
of unconsolidated fine sand about seven or eight cm. in depth
with an underlying layer of hard packed clay loam. Seven of
the burrows were successfully exposed by tracing their courses
with dry straws. These were found to show considerable variation
in formation but not in depth. In general the tunnels were
found to be about seven cm. in length (range 6.5 to 17 cm.)
angling into the ground at about 30° to 40° with one bend,
usually about halfway along the length but sometimes immediately
after the entrance. The bend varied from 60° to 90° laterally
from the original course either to the right or left with a
steepening sometimes occurring after the bend. The tunnel ter-
minated in an oval cell measuring about 6 mm. by 15 mm.
with its long axis oriented with the tunnel direction. Nearly
all of the cells were found just at the base of the loose sand,
about 5 to 6 cm. below the surface.
In addition to the cells associated with the tunnels, numerous
other cells were uncovered, presumably the result of earlier
activity by the colony. Fully provisioned cells were found to
contain 12 to 14 ceresine nymphs. However one cell contained
200
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
11 telamonine nymphs and two of the smaller Ceresini. Several
of the wasp eggs were also covered. The whitish egg is elongate,
smooth and slightly curved, tapering at both ends and measuring
about 2.5 mm. in length and 0.5 mm. in width. The position
of the egg was constant, lying longitudinally along the venter
of the thorax of the treehopper just laterad of the coxae. One
small larva and one fairly mature larva were found. These were
presumed to be those of P. adornatus although numerous adults
of three nyssonine parasites were active in the area.^ In feeding,
the larva removes the contents of the prey body, leaving the
exoskeleton intact except for the abdominal sternites or the
entire sternum.
A number of insects of parasitic groups were collected in
the nesting site during the two days of observations, certain
of which seem to have a definite relationship with P. adornatus.
Two species of Epinysson and one Nysson were seen in
numbers about the nesting area. Since members of the group
are said to be cleptoparasites of gorytine wasps (Evans et al.,
1954) , these seem to be definitely associated with the species
under study. The most abundant of these was Epinysson moestus
(Cresson) both sexes of which were active during most of the
day. Females of this species were taken at the nesting site
before 9:00 A.M. while still very sluggish and behaving similarly
to the early Psammaecius females. Activity of both sexes was
quite pronounced before construction of the burrows by P.
adornatus had been completed and continued throughout the
afternoon. Individuals were frequently seen investigating or
entering open burrows or other holes. One was seen to enter a
burrow with the digging occupant inside. The parasite emerged
about three seconds later, flew out a few inches, reentered the
burrow, and then both came out after a few seconds. Another
was observed to dig its way into a temporarily closed burrow
and remain within for almost eight seconds. The wasp, a female,
was collected upon its reappearance. Six females and three males
of Epinysson pumilis (Cresson) were taken during the afternoon,
and 12 females of Nysson rusticus Cresson were also collected
while the provisioning of Psammaecius was in progress. A
single male of the latter nyssonine was taken late in the afternoon.
^ The larvae have been sent to H. E. Evans for further study.
October, 1959]
BLANC — -NEW FRUIT FLY
201
Several additional species known to be parasites of Hymen-
optera were observed but had no apparent definite association
with P. adornatus other than their occurrence in the nesting area.
The hymenopterous parasites included the following; Chrysididae;
Oinalus cressoni Aaron, one female and Hedychridium sp. three
females, (both species collected in the afternoon). Mutillidae ;
Dasymutilla calif ornica (Radoszkowski) , two females (11:10
A.M., 4:30 P.M.) and Sphaeropthalmai sp., one female (8:30
A.M. ) . Among the Diptera were : Bombyliidae ; Lepidanthrax
inaurata Coquillett, one male and female (afternoon), Sarco-
phagidae; Senotainia sp. nr. vigila)ns Allen, one female (after-
noon), Senotainia trilineata van der Wulp, one female (late
afternoon), Metopia leucocephala (Rossi) two females (late
A.M.).
Additional observations by Linsley, MacSwain, and Bohart
on Psammaecius adornatus (Brad.) at Arroyo Seco, Monterey
County, California showed that the nesting activities were going
on concurrently with the Mt. Diablo population. The provisioning
behavior at the Arroyo Seco colony was reported to be almost
identical with that described above. The prey here also consisted
of an undetermined membracid nymph.
Literature Cited
Evans, H. E., C. S. Lin, and C. M. Yoshimoto
1954. Biological notes on Psammaecius tricolor (Cresson) (Hymen-
opterarSphecidae: Gorytini). Ent. News 65(1) :6— 11.
Reinhard, E. G.
1925a. The wasp Hoplisus costalis, a hunter of treehoppers. Jour. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 15:107-110.
19255. The wasp Nysson hoplisivora, a parasitic relative of Hoplisus
costalis. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 15:172—177.
A NEW SPECIES OF CHAETOSTOMA
FROM CALIFORNIA
(Diptera: Tephritidae)
F. L. Blanc
California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento
The tephritid herein described has been confused for many
years with Chaetostoma ruhida (Coquillett) because of its close
relationship to that species. D. W. Coquillett described ruhida
in 1899 and placed it in the genus Epochra. The type (U.S.
National Museum No. 4397) is from Colorado.
Recent study of California Chaetostoma specimens in the
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
various private and institutional collections on the Pacific Coast
reveals that these are all distinct from the type material of
ruhida (Coq.) and from other Chaetostoma specimens from
Colorado and Montana.
Chaetostoma elizabethae Quisenberry, described from Northern
Colorado, is a synonym of C. rubida (Coq.). (New synonymy.)
Chaetostoma californica Blanc, new species
Male. — Head: Front orange to straw-colored, surface with sparsely
scattered short, fine setae; front wider at vertex than width of one eye.
Three pairs of black lower fronto-orbitals ; two pairs of black upper
fronto-orbitals which curve almost directly caudad. Antenna approximately
as long as face, with terminal segment straw-colored tinged with pink,
thinly grayish pruinose ; arista bare and black except for light brown
base. Face pale golden yellow blending to deep orange and faintly pruinose
with white ; face in lateral view only weakly protruding. Oral edge of
bucca with a row of about 10 coarse, black bristles with a few finer
black setae at the posterior end of the row. Thorax: Mesonotum deep
orange, faintly pinkish in posterior portion, thinly white pruinose, rather
uniformly covered with closely set fine, short, brown setae. Dorsocentrals
on a line with supraalars. Scutellum orange, faintly rose-pink in center
at base; two pairs of long black scutellar bristles; a few minute dark-brown
setae beginning just cephalad to anterior scutellars and extending almost
to posterior scutellars. Mesopleuron glabrous, yellow-orange to ochreous,
with a white-to-pale-yellow band extending longitudinally caudad from
just beneath the humeral bristle, extending along the dorsopleural suture
to the wing attachment. Mesosternum near median line and anterorventral
surfaces of all three pairs of coxae clothed with numerous long, black
bristles. Femora orange to ochreous, tinged with rose in the central portion
of each segment; hind femora with three strong setae before the apex
dorsally; tibiae yellow, becoming pale near apices; tarsi pale yellow dorsally
and white ventrally. Wing: (fig. 1 ) Hyaline with five brown maculations
as follows: first begins at junction of costa and humeral crossvein and
extends posteriorly to bases of the second basal and anal cells ; second
originates at juncture of costa and auxiliary veins and extends posteriorly,
crossing parallel and bordering mesally on basal crossvein, ending at
distal point of the anal cell; third extends posteriorly from a point on
costa one-third the distance from apex of first longitudinal vein to apex
of second longitudinal vein, continues along the length of anterior crossvein,
ending about half way through third posterior cell; fourth begins at (or
very slightly anterior to) juncture of fourth longitudinal vein and posterior
crossvein, then follows the crossvein posteriorly, meeting caudal wing
margin at (or slightly mesad to) terminus of fifth vein; fifth maculation
begins at costa about two-thirds the distance from apex of first vein to
that of second vein and extends posteriorly only as far as second vein,
but extends distally along costal wing margin to apex of fourth vein,
the band becoming narrow or extinct at apex of second vein. Stigma
October, 1959]
BLANC — NEW FRUIT FLY
203
non-transparent yellowish-white. Third longitudinal vein dorsally with
17 well-spaced black setae extending from base to slightly beyond anterior
crossvein. Juncture of anterior crossvein with discal cell slightly less
than two-thirds the distance from basal crossvein to posterior crossvein.
Abdomen: Glabrous orange to ochreous tinged with rose; fifth abdominal
tergite bearing a large, round reddish-brown to black maculation dorso-
laterally; tergites evenly covered with short fine setae; distal tergites each
with a row of longer black bristles on the caudal margin; genitalia with
forceps abruptly bending posteriorly at about a 35° angle, claws of forceps
attached so that their extremities almost reach apices of forceps, the
latter bearing one or two long setae close together and just beneath the
tips of the claws.
Female . — Same as male in chaetotaxy and color except lacking the
large dorso-lateral maculation on the fifth abdominal segment.
Explanation of Plate
Fig. 1. Wing of Chaetostoma californica Blanc.
Holotype male: La Mesa, San Diego County, California^
February 11, 1957 (G. L. Hill), deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences. Allotype female: San Ysidro, San Diego
County, California, June 6, 1957 (J. L. Johnson) ; deposited
in the California Academy of Sciences.
Paratypes: 29 males and 36 females (all from California) as follows:
San Diego County: 1 $ , La Mesa, Jan. 8, 1959, J. Gaven; 1 $ , La Mesa,,
Mar. 11, 1959, G. L. Hill; 1^, San Ysidro (4 miles E.), Feb. 11, 1957,,
Edward Soukup; 19, San Ysidro, June 10, 1957, J. L. Johnson; 1^,
San Ysidro, Sept. 6, 1957, R. D. Hancock; 3 ^ and 29 9, Alpine,
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Jan. 27, 1959, D. Close; 5$ $, Alpine, Mar. 2, 1959, D. Close; 2$ $,
Hipass, Dec. 20, 1958, D. Close; 1 and 6$ $, Campo, Jan. 28, 1959,
S. M. Klopfer; 1^, Campo, Feb. 19, 1959, D. Close; 1^, Pine Valley,
Nov. 29, 1958, D. Close; 1$, Tecate, Dec. 18, 1956, G. L. Hill; 3$ $,
La Posta, Feb. 28, 1959, D. Close; 1 $ , El Cajon, Mar. 2, 1959, D. Close;
19, Guatay, Feb. 28, 1957, Wiest; 19, La Jolla, Mar. 11, 1957, S. M.
Klopfer; 19, Fallbrook, Feb. 6, 1957, D. F. Palmer; 19, Dulzura, Aug.
9, 1959, D. Close ; 19, Winter Gardens, Mar. 3, 1959, D. Close. Los
Angeles County: 1^, Long Beach, July 12, 1957, Paul Engler. Santa
Barbara County: 19, Carpinteria, May 13, 1959, I. B. Treloar; 19,
Summerland, Aug. 12, 1957, Guy Beevor; 1 , Santa Barbara, Sept. 4,
1957, Guy Beevor and H. T. Osborn; 1^, Goleta, Sept. 18, 1957, Guy
Beevor; 1^, Goleta, Sept. 19, 1957, Guy Beevor; 19, Goleta, Oct. 21,
1958, Marcus Cravens. San Luis Obispo County: 19, Atascadero, Nov. 12,
1958, J. Williams. San Mateo County: 1$, Redwood City, Sept. 19, 1957,
Max Leonard; 19, Redwood City, Aug. 1958, R. C. Lauder; 1^, Portola,
Oct. 22, 1958, San Mateo County Department of Agriculture. Alameda
County: 1,5, Castro Valley, Sept. 20, 1957, Jerry Marston; 2$ $ and
19, Fremont, Sept. 12, 1957, Ralph Freeman; 1^, Centerville, Aug. 1953,
R. P. Allen; 2$ $ and 29 9, Centerville, Nov. 21, 1958, Johnson and
Sibray; 1^, Berkeley, Oct. 6, 1907, H. H. P. Severin; 1^ and 29 9,
“Hills back of Oakland,” Oct. 6, 1951, W. C. Bentinck; 1^, Livermore,
Aug. 1958, T. R. Haig; 1^, “Alameda County,” Sept. 13, 1956, T. Enos.
Sonoma County: 19, Petaluma, July 25, 1957, F. K. Jarvinen; 1^, Glenn
Ellen, July 15, 1957, M. G. Dornbush; 1^, Santa Rosa, Sept. 15, 1956,
T. B. Gallion.
Paratypes are deposited with U.S. National Museum; Cali-
fornia Insect Survey (University of California, Berkeley) ; Uni-
versity of California (Davis, California) ; and the Bureau of
Entomology, California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento,
California.
Chaetostoma calif ornica Blanc differs decidely from the closely
related ruhida (Coq.) in the nature of the brown wing maculations.
In ruhida the fourth and fifth bands definitely join at the costal
margin of the wing. The fourth and fifth maculations of californica
are widely separated, the fourth extending anteriorly barely
past the juncture of the fourth longitudinal vein and the posterior
crossvein.
Literature Cited
COQUILLETT, D. W.
1899. Notes and Descriptions of Trypetidae. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc.
7(4) : 259-268.
Quisenberry, B. F.
1949. Notes and Descriptions of North American Tephritidae. Jour.
Kans. Ent. Soc. 22(3) :81-88.
October, 1959] fisher — coccinellid spermatophores 205
OCCURRENCE OF SPERMATOPHORES IN CERTAIN
SPECIES OF CHILOCORUS
(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae)
T. W. Fisher
Citrus Experiment Station, University of California, Riverside
During the past ten years several species of diaspine-scale-
feeding coccinellid beetles have been under propagation at the
Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, California, the host being
mainly latania scale, Hemiherlesia lataniae (Signoret), on potato
tubers. In the routine inspections for eggs and small larvae among
the host scales, some peculiar, rather pyriform pellets were en-
countered in the cultures of Chilocorus sppd
A culture of Chilocorus cacti (Linnaeus) was started in the
fall of 1954 from a small colony taken from mesquite in south-
eastern Arizona. During a study of the larval characteristics of
this species, numbers of the peculiar pellets were observed in the
debris of the culture cage.
Explanation of Figure
Fig. 1. Left to right, fecal castings, eggs, and spermatophores of Chilo-
corus discoideus Crotch, an African species that produces a larger sperm ato-
phore than does C. cacti. Scale is in millimeters.
Observations on the origin of the pellets showed that (1) un-
mated females produced no viable eggs and no pellets; (2) a
group of mated females produced viable eggs and fewer pellets
^Tlie interest and assistance of M. E. Badgley, Senior Laboratory Technician, is gratefully
a( knowledged.
206
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
than there were females; (3) a group of unmated females placed
and held with males eventually produced viable eggs and more
pellets than there were females; (4) males alone produced no
pellets. These observations were facilitated by the obvious sexual
dimorphism in the adults of C. cacti. A correlation between mating
and pellet formation was thus indicated and suggested the possi-
bility of the pellets being spermatophores. A survey of the litera-
ture revealed no mention of spermatophores as occurring in the
Coccinellidae. Cros (1924) and Khalifa (1949) reported spermat-
opores in the Coleoptera only in the families Cantharidae, Chryso-
melidae, Curculionidae, Dytiscidae, Meloidae, and Scarabaeidae.
The present study shows that the family Coccinellidae, as repre-
presented by eight species of Chilocorus, belongs in this list. Sper-
matophores were found in Chilocorus cacti, C. discoideus Crotch,
C. distigma Klug, C. fraternus LeConte, C kuwanae Silvestri, C,
orhus Casey, C. stigma Say, and a new species from Kenya.
Attempts to determine the source and function of the pellets
were made along two lines : ( 1 ) the chemical and/ or physical
nature of the pellets, and (2) their functional role. Chilocorus
discoideus only was used in this study (fig. 1).
Physical properties : The voided pellets are roughly pyriform,
0.8 X 1-5 mm. in size, pearl white or yellow to brown in color,
and are hollow with a small orifice at the narrow end. The wide
end is closed. Under 3600 Angstrom units of ultra-violet light the
pellets fluoresce brightly both from their outer and inner surfaces.
Chemical properties: The Van Wisselingh test for chitin gave
a negative response. When held in distilled water, glacial acetic
acid, and 10% KOH, the pellets become soft and rather amorphic.
These solvents also become fluorescent. Ethyl alcohol (95%)
seemingly does not change their appearance nor does it become
fluorescent. A preliminary biochemical analysis showed indications
of fat, protein, and carbohydrates.
Functional role: The relationship of the pellets to mating has
already been mentioned. Observation of pairs of Chilocorus dis-
coideus revealed that they remained in copula for 40 to 105
minutes. The females voided the pellets as hollow bodies 18 to 24
hours later. From a group of both sexes which contained 30 fe-
males, the number of cast-off pellets indicated that each female
mated an average of 32 times during a four-month period. Gross
October, 1959] fisher — coccinellid spermatophores 207
dissections at intervals during copulation subsequently resolved
the probable source and function of these pellets.
The female of a pair was dissected 30 minutes after copulation
began. The bursa was then seen to be filled with a semifluid un-
differentiated mass which contained no sperm. There were no
sperm in the spermatheca. Another copulating female was exam-
ined after 40 minutes and sperm were seen near the inner tip of
the mass, which now was definitely known to be a spermatophore.
At this time some sperm had already moved into the spermatheca.
Several females were dissected immediately following copulation.
Each time the bursa was filled with a spongy mass, sperm were in
the spermatheca as well as still swimming up the five mm. long
sperm duct, and some were at the entrance of the sperm duct which
is located (dorsally) at the extreme anterior end of the bursa.
Three hours after copulation the bursa is distended by the
spermatophore. By this time the spermatophore is distinctly com-
posed of an outer layer which fluoresces and an internal gelatine-
like mass which does not fluoresce. Its general appearance is clearly
that of the voided pellet. After 20 hours the in situ spermatophore
is compressible and leathery in consistency. The voided spermato-
phore becomes hard within 30 minutes. Attempts were made to
kill pairs in copula in order to establish the exact role of the male
genitalia in sperm transfer and spermatophore formation. The
technique used, however, did not accomplish the desired result. A
study comparable to that of Blunck (1912), wherein serial sec-
tions of pairs of Dytiscus marginalis LeConte were made at inter-
vals during copulation and the actual transfer of sperm and the
construction of the spermatophore could easily be followed, is
desirable.
Dissections of sexually mature males revealed that the acces-
sory glands fluoresced brightly. It is of interest that in the body
of the male each sperm travels about 34 mm. The testes and sperm
from the spermatheca did not fluoresce nor did any organ or
gland within the female.
It is apparent from the foregoing observations that the prin-
cipal source of the spermatophore in Chilocorus is the accessory
gland of the male. During copulation the glandular secretions
enter the bursa of the female, expand, and consequently assume
the general shape of the bursa. An outer layer becomes differen-
208
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
tiated as a semisolid and is referred to as the wall of the spermat-
ophore. The exact nature of the nonfluorescent inner mass is not
understood. It may be material previously secreted by the female
and subsequently enveloped by the male's secretions during forma-
tion of the spermatophore. At any rate, it is believed that the
sperm and associated fluids are ejected into the interior of the
forming spermatophore.
Although the primary function, by definition, of the spermat-
ophore is the transfer of sperm, it is thought that in Chilocorus
other functions of importance are also performed. The swollen
spermatophore and the attendant distension of the bursa could
serve to prevent loss of sperm through migration away from the
opening of the sperm duct.
Since the voided spermatophore has a definite pore at the
anterior end, and since the pore is not apparent in the spermato-
phore in situ, it seems logical that the pore is formed by the sperm
and associated fluids being forced through by the pressure of the
swelling spermatophore upon its contents. The fact that the sperm-
atophore when voided is empty (as is the bursa) suggests that the
female either absorbs or voids its contents. The latter would be
possible only after the spermatophore was passed.
Another possible function of the spermatophore is the prepara-
tion of the vaginal opening for oviposition. The passage of the
spermatophore, by distending the opening, would allow the rela-
tively free passage of the bulky eggs which follow.
The commonly observed low per cent of viable eggs deposited
by Chilocorus, correlated with the need for repeated matings, is a
probable result of a relatively inefficient fertilization mechanism.
Literature Cited
Blunck, Hans
1912. Das Geschlechtsleben des Dytiscus marginalis Lee. Zeit. fiir
wissenschaftliche Zoologie, 102(2) : 12— 248, 44 figs.
Cros, a.
1924. Emission d’un spermatophore par divers Coleopteres. Bull. Soc.
Sci. Nat. Maroc., 4:98—103.
Khalifa, A.
1949. Spermatophore production in Trichoptera and some other insects.
Ent. Soc. London Trans., 100:449—471.
October, 1959]
HARDY NEW BIBIONID
209
A NEW BIBIONIDAE FROM CALIFORNIA"
(Diptera)
D. Elmo Hardy
Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station, Honolulu
One new species is on hand from the California Academy
of Sciences collection which needs a name so that it might he
included in my Bibionidae of California which is being published
in the Bulletin of the California Insect Survey.
Bibio imparilis Hardy, new species
(figs, la— d)
This species fits rather closely to B. townesi Hardy but differs
in many details. The hind femora, tibiae and basitarsi are not
so slender, and the former two are not so long attenuated,
compare figs. Ic and 2c. The male genitalia and the prothorax
are entirely black, not predominantly yellow, and the genitalia
are very different in development as shown in figs. la. and 2a.
The antennae have only eight segments, counting the apical knob
as two segments (fig. Id), not nine segments as in townesi. In
both sexes, the costa extends distinctly beyond the apex of the
radial sector, rather than extending at or near the apex. The
coxae are brown to black, not yellow. The palpi are short with
the segments not much longer than wide, rather than the palpi
being elongate with the last two segments five or six times
longer than wide. The females also differ by having the thorax
and head predominantly black, not yellow.
Male. — Small, predominantly shining black species. Head: Antennae
and palpi entirely dark brown to black, flagellum consisting of only five
distinct segments, the large apical knob made up of two closely fused seg-
ments (fig. Id). Palpi short, scarcely longer than lower division of com-
pound eyes; apical segment slightly longer than wide; penultimate segment
nearly two times longer than wide; second segment short, thick and flattened
dorsally. Eyes rather densely covered with short, brown hairs; lower 2/5 of
eye divided off into an area of smaller facets. Thorax: Shining black, except
for the yellow humeral ridges and a faint tinge of rufous in ground color
of the pleura and metanotum. Thoracic pile entirely yellow. Halteres
dark brown, except for the yellow bases. Legs: Coxae and trochanters
dark brown, remainder of legs yellow to rufous, except for last three
segments of tarsi brown; apices of femora and tibiae tinged very lightly
with brown. Front tibia shaped as in fig. lb, inner spur short, scarcely
one-quarter as long as outer. Hind femora and tibiae rather gradually
tapered to bases, not strongly swollen apically. Hind tibia broader at apex
^Published with the approval of the Director of the Hawaii Agricultural Experiment
Station as Technical Paper No. 441.
210
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
than the femur. Hind tarsal segments slightly swollen, basitarsus about
three times longer than wide (fig. Ic). Wrings: Faintly colored yellow-brown,
anterior portion slightly darker. Costa extending distinctly beyond apex
of radial sector; rm crossvein slightly longer than basal section of radial
2a
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1. Bihio imparilis Hardy, a. male genitalia, dorsal; b. front tibia;
c. hind leg of male; d. head of female. Fig. 2. Bibio townesi Hardy, a. male
genitalia, dorsal; b. front tibia; c. hind leg of male.
October, 1959]
TILDEN BOOK REVIEW
211
sector; posterior veins yellow-brown, distinctly darker than wing membrane;
m crossvein and basal portion of vein Mj+j beyond the crossvein are very
faint, almost obliterated. Abdomen: Entirely black, covered with yellow
pile. Ninth tergum with a deep U-shaped cleft on hind margin, extending
two-thirds the length of the segment (fig. la). Ninth sternum cleft on hind
margin about one-half its length. Gaspers simple, moderately slender
and subacute at apices.
Length: Body, 4.5 mm.; wings, 5 mm.
Female . — Fitting the description of the male in most respects. Coxae
tinged with rufous, humeral ridges and hind portions of propleura yellow.
From a dorsal view, head nearly quadrate in shape. Front about equal
to width of one eye, portion of head behind compound eyes about equal
to length of one eye (fig. Id). Hind tibiae not swollen at apices, tarsal
segments slender. Abdomen dark brown, tinged with red ; cerci yellow,
tinged lightly with brown.
Length: Body, 4.75 mm.; wings, 5.5 mm.
Holotype male, allotype female and three paratypes, all males,
from Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County, California, May 21,
1921 (E. C. Van Dyke). Holotype, allotype, and one paratype
in the California Academy of Sciences collection. One paratype
each in the United States National Museum and the University
of Hawaii.
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR INTRODUCTORY ENTOMOLOGY
by Clifford J. Dennis. Win. C. Brown Company, Dubuque, Iowa. Loose-leaf
spiral binding. Price $2.00.
Dr. Dennis, who is Associate Professor of Biology at East Central
State College, Ada, Oklahoma, has presented a brief and simple manual
covering subdivisions of Entomology. The work opens with a chapter on
collecting and techniques, followed by chapters on a comparison between
insects and other arthropods, external anatomy, mouthparts, antennae, legs,
wings and internal anatomy. Life cycles, insect groups, ecology and insect
control make up the remaining chapters. There are two short appendices,
dealing with materials and eollection arrangements.
Techniques and structure are covered adequately for a course of
these dimensions. I cannot help but feel that the other areas have been
short-changed a bit. Of special note is the short shrift given basic systematics
and nomenclature, early stages, behavior and the various practical disciplines
to which entomology can be a valuable adjunct.
Strong points are the well-thought-out syllabus-like arrangement of
the chapters, and the omission of unnecessary details, often left to clutter
up a general course.
The manual seems to supply an adequate and reasonably priced
guide to an introductory course in the subject, but would not be advisable
for a more extended or technical approach. — J. W. Tilden, San Jose
State College, San Jose, California.
212
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE: NOTICE OF PROPOSED USE OF
PLENARY POWERS IN CERTAIN CASES (A.[n.s.]42)
In accordance with a decision of the 13th International
Congress of Zoology, 1948, public notice is hereby given of
the possible use by the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature of its plenary powers in connection with the
following cases, full details of which will be found in Bulletin
of Zoological Nomenclature, Vol. 17, Parts 1/2, published on
1 October, 1959:
(1) Orthoceros Briiunnich, 1771, and Orthocera Modeer, 1789, sup-
pression of (Classes Foraminifera and Cephalopoda) (Z.N.[S.]44) ;
(2) Orthoceratites Lamarck, 1799, suppression of (Class Pelecypoda)
(Z.N.[S.]1395) ;
(3) Prothechus and Alloneura Rondani, 1856, suppression of (Class
Insecta, Order Diptera) (Z.N.[S'.]230) ;
(4) Beraea Stephens, 1833, designation of type-species (Class Insecta,
Order Trichoptera) (Z.N.[S.]395) ;
(5) Apantania Kolenati, 1847, designation of type-species (Class
Insecta, Order Trichoptera) (Z.N.[S.]427) ;
(6) Aphrophora Germar, 1821, designation of type-species (Class
Insecta, Order Hemiptera) (Z.N.[S.1478) ;
(7) Drepanella, validation of (Class Crustacea, Order Ostracoda)
(Z.N.[S.]1112) ;
(8) W estonoceras, validation of (Class Cephalopoda) (Z.N.[S.]1226) ;
(9) saccharivora Peterkin, 1790 (Phalaena) , suppression of (Class
Insecta, Order Lepidoptera) (Z.N.[S.]I315) .
Any zoologist who wishes to comment on any of the above
cases should do so in writing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible,
and in any case before I March, I960. Each comment should
bear the reference number of the case in question. Comments
received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoo-
logical Nomenclature. Those received too late for publication
will, if received before I March, I960, be brought to the attention
of the Commission at the time of commencement of voting.
All communications on the above subject should be addressed
as follows : The Assistant Secretary, International Commission
on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural His-
tory), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7, England. — Richard V.
Melville, Assistant Secretary to the Internation Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature.
October, 1959] quate — neotropical psychodidae
213
TAXONOMY OF NEOTROPICAL PSYCHODIDAE (DIPTERA)
1. PSYCHODA SPECIES OF WEST INDIES AND CENTRAL
AMERICA WITH A KEY TO TRINIDAD SPECIES
Larry W. Quate
Bishop Museum, Honolulu
The recent acquisition of a large number of Neotropical
moth flies has prompted the inception of a series of papers
dealing with the taxonomy of the family from this region. It
is anticipated that most of the study will be descriptions of
new species and unlisted Neotropical records of previously
described species. It appears likely that the geographic area
v/ill be largely the northern Neotropical region, although if speci-
mens from other parts of the region become available they
too will be included in the series.
The bulk of the specimens studied in the preparation of
the present paper were received from Dr. T. H. G. Aitken of the
Trinidad Regional Virus Laboratory, and sincere appreciation
is extended to him for procuring the specimens. Nearly all the
Trinidad (B.W.I.) records are based on Aitken’s material.
Gratitude is also expressed to Dr. Alan Stone for arranging
the loan of relevant psychodid material from the U.S. National
Museum, most of which is from the Canal Zone.
PsYCHODA ICHTHYCERCA Quate
Psychoda ichthycerca Quate, 1959, Insects of Micronesia (Bishop Museum),
12(4), in press.
Specimens examined: Trinidad: Tucker Valley, U.S. Naval Sta., VI-56,
VII-6-56, X-26-56, XII-17-56, light trap, (Aitken).
Distribution: Micronesia, Trinidad.
Psychoda rarotongensis Satchell
Psychoda rarotongensis Satchell, 1953, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B),
22:183; Quate, 1955, Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 10:208.
Psychoda lucia Quate, 1954, Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 15:349.
Specimens examined: Nicaragua: Rama, Zelaya, VII-20-43, (Woke),
Costa Rica: Higuito, San Mateo, (Schild) ; San Pedro de Montes de Oca,
X- 32, (Ballou). Panama: Trinidad Rio, VI-9-12, (Busck) ; Tobago Isl.,
IX- 30-26, ex. ripe fruit Spondias lutea, (Moline). Canal Zone: Ft. Claiton,
II-2-56, light trap; Ft. Kobbe, IX-50, light trap; Barro Colorado Isl.,
XI- 41, reared from Calathea violacea; Mojinga Swamp, 1-9-53, light trap.
Puerto Rico: El Serail, Villalba, V-30-42, (Hoffman). Trinidad: U.S.
Naval Sta., (Aitken) ; Tucker Valley, U.S. Naval Sta., HI-19-56, X-5-56,
XI-9-56, XH-17-56; Chaguaramas, U.S. Naval Sta., H-27-56, V-21-56, VII-15-56,
X- 11-56, XH-28-56; Macqueripe, U.S. Naval Sta., H-25-56, VIH-17-56,
214
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO- 4
XI-9-56, XII-17-56; San Jose Point, U.S. Naval Sta., 1-4-57, IX-27-56,
XI-12-56.
Distribution; Solomon Is., Cook L, Micronesia, Hawaiian Is., U.S.,
Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Panama, West Indies.
This widespread species undoubtedly owes its extensive
range to human dispersal and probably breeds in plant materials
carried aboard ships. It was the most abundant species represented
in the collections studied.
PSYCHODA COCHLEARIA Satchell
Psychoda cochlearia Satchell, 1950, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, (B),
19:181 (descr., illus.) ; Quate, 1959, Insects of Micronesia (Bishop
Mus.), 12(4), in press.
Specimens examined: Canal Zone: Ft. Kobbe, IX-50, light trap.
Trinidad: Macqueripe, U.S. Naval Station, 11-25-56, light trap, (Aitken) ;
Tucker Valley, U.S. Naval Sta., VII-16-56, XII-17-56; Chaguaramas, U.S.
Naval Sta., XII-28-56.
Distribution: Fiji, Micronesia, Canal Zone, Trinidad.
Psychoda zetoscota Quate, new species
(Figures 1, 2)
Female. Head: eyes separated by distance equal to one facet diameter;
interocular suture absent; eye bridge with four rows of facets; frons with
median band of hair extending posteriorly and nearly joining hair area
of vertex: labellum with four teeth and two spines; palpus about one
third the length of antenna, ratio of segments 4:5:5:7. Antenna with 15
segments, 14 and 15 separate, 15 about half the size of 14. Wing: Sc
ending little befoi'e level of base of Ri; bases of Ra and M 2 lacking. Genitalia
as figured; subgenital plate subrectangular with moderate apical concavity;
genital digit present.
Measurements: holotype, antenna 0.7 mm.; wing length 1.2 mm.;
wing width 0.6 mm. Paratypes, wing length 1.1— 1.3 mm.; wing width
0.5— 0.6 mm.
Male unknown.
Holotype female (U.S. National Museum) : Fort Claiton,
Canal Zone, February 2, 1956, light trap. Paratypes, three
females, same data. Other specimens: Trinidad; Tucker Valley,
U.S. Naval Station, 27-VII-56, light trap, (Aitken).
Distribution: Canal Zone, Trinidad.
P. zetoscota is closely allied to the Formosan species formosana
Tokunaga (1957, Sci. Rpt. Saikyo Univ. Agric., No. 9, p. 61)
on the basis of the close similarity of the wing venation and
female subgenital plate, but differs in that the antenna is 15-
segmented and 16-segmented in formosana.
Psychoda platilobata Tokunaga
(Figures 3, 4, 5)
October, 1959] quate — neotropical psychodidae
215
Psychoda platilohata Tokunaga, 1957, Sci. Rpt. Saikyo Univ. Agric., No. 9,
p. 65.
Male. Head: eyes separated by distance equal to less than one facet
diameter; interocular suture absent; eye bridge with four rows of facets;
frons with median band of hair extending posteriorly and joining hair
area of vertex; labellum with four teeth and two spines; palpus about
one third the length of antenna, ratio of segments 4:4:5:6. Antenna broken
(see female) ; all sensory filaments Y-shaped. JFing: Sc ending near level
of base of Ri; veins Rs and M 4 very heavy; longitudinal veins with brown
spots at apices, spots may be faint and indistinct; ratio of R 2 + 3 :R 2 :R 3 — 7:6:9,
ratio of Mi+ 2 :Mi:M 2 = 6:12:10. Genitalia as figured; dististyle with several
irregular rows of spines, paramere pointed with notch before apex.
Measurements: wing length 1.7 mm.; wing width 0.5 mm.
Female. Similar to male. Head: eyes separated by distance equal to
one facet diameter. Antenna with 15 segments, 14 solidly fused to 13, 15
separate, about half the size of 14; 13 and 14 with tubercle-bearing spine.
Sensory filaments dimorphic, those on third and fourth segments with three
short arms, remainder Y-shaped. Genitalia as figured; subgenital plate heavily
sclerotized, weakly bilobed.
Measurements: antenna 0.7—? mm.; wing length 1 . 2 - 1. 6 mm.; wing
width 0.5— 0.6 mm.
Specimens examined: Trinidad: Tucker Valley, U.S. Naval Station,
VI-56, VII-6-56, VIII-16-56, X-11-56, XI- 1-56, XII-17-56. Jamaica: Kingston,
1-29-37, Sta. 361, (Chapin and Blackwelder) .
Distribution: Trinidad, Jamaica, Formosa.
This common West Indian species may be recognized by
the two heavy veins, R5 and M4, the spots at the tips of the
veins, the genitalic structure of both sexes, but especially by
Explanation of figures
Fig. 1. Psychoda zetoscota Quate, female genitalia. Fig. 2 . P. zetoscota
Quate, antenna tip. Fig. 3. P. platilohata Tokunaga, antenna tip. Fig. 4.
P. platilohata Tokunaga, female genitalia. Fig. 5. P. platilohata Tokunaga,
male genitalia, dorsal view.
216
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
the unusual subgenital plate of the female and the dimorphic
antennal sensory filaments of the female.
In spite of the surprisingly discontinuous distribution of
the species, there is little doubt that the Neotropical specimens
are conspecific with the Formosan. The unusual features of
the wing venation, antennal sensory filaments, and female sub-
genital plate are too similar to regard the specimens otherwise.
(My drawing of the female subgenital plate differs from that
of Tokunaga in outline because I have illustrated the internal
shelf-like structure which apparently was lost in Tokunaga’s dis-
section and gives the plate a more quadrangular appearance.)
PSYCHODA ALTERNATA Say
Psychoda alternata Say, 1824, Narr. exp. source St. Peter’s River, 2:358;
Quate, 1955, Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 10:218 (biblio., descr., and illus.).
Specimens examined: Mexico: Orizaba, 1-3-08, (Knab) ; Cordoba, 1-3-08,
IV-1-08, XII-18-07, (Knab). Canal Zone: Ft. Kobbe, VIII-54, (Field) ; same,
IX-50, light trap. Puerto Rico: Bayamon, 1-21-34, (Anderson). Trinidad:
Tucker Valley, U.S. Naval Station, III-19-56, VII-6-56, X-5-56, XI-9-56,
light trap, (Aitken). Jamaica: Newport, 11-20-37, (Chapin and Blackwelder) .
Distribution: Cosmopolitan. Mexico, Canal Zone, Jamaica, Puerto Rico,
Trinidad.
Psychoda alternicula Quate
Psychoda alternicula Quate, 1955, Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 10:222 (descr.
and illus. ) .
Specimens examined: Mexico: Ciudad Valles, S.L. Potosi, XII-1-44,
light trap, (Brookman). Canal Zone: Ft. Kobbe, IX-50, light trap. Trinidad:
Tucker Valley, U.S. Naval Station, XII-7-56, light trap, (Aitken).
Distribution: U.S., Mexico, Canal Zone, Trinidad.
Psychoda lativentris Berden
Psychoda lativentris Berden, 1952, Opusc. Ent., 17:111; Quate, 1955, Univ.
Calif. Publ. Ent., 10:217.
Specimens examined: Tlalnepantla, Mexico, XI-13-56, (Snow).
Distribution: Holarctic. Mexico.
This species is included here because it probably will be
found in Central America. Most likely it will not show up in
Trinidad, as the extensive light trap collections have failed to
reveal it, and it is commonly taken at light in North America.
Psychoda gehrkeae Quate, new species
(Figures 6, 7)
Female. Head: eyes separated by distance equal to one facet diameter;
interocular suture absent; eye bridge with four rows of facets; frons with
median band of hair extending posteriorly and nearly joining hair area
of vertex; labellum with four teeth and two spines; palpus about one-
quarter the length of antenna, ratio of segments 5:5:5:5.5. Antenna with
October, 1959] quate — neotropical psychodidae
217
16 segments, 14 and 15 partly fused, separated from 13; 16 separate, about
one-half the size of 15; sensory filaments Y-shaped. Wing: Sc ending little be-
yond base of Ri; ratio of R 2 + 3 :R 2 :R 3 = 8:7:10; ratio of Mi+2:Mi:M2=:7:14:12.
Genitalia as figured; subgenital plate with bulging sides and moderate apical
concavity; genital digit long and slender.
Measurements: holotype, antenna 0.8 mm.; wing length 1.3 mm.; wing
width 0.5 mm. Paratypes, antenna 0.7—? mm.; wing length 1.3— 1.6 mm.;
wing width 0.5— 0.6 mm.
Male unknown.
Holotype female (U.S. National Museum) : Tucker Valley,
U.S. Naval Station, Trinidad, November 19, 1956, light trap,
(T. H. G. Aitken). Paratypes: four females, same data; one
female, same data except VI-56; one female, same data except
VII- 16-56; one female, Macqueripe, U.S. Naval Station, Trinidad,
VIII- 2-56; one female, same data except XII-17-56.
Distribution: Trinidad.
This species is named in honor of Mrs. E. A. Gehrke in
appreciation of her continued interest in and appreciation of
Fig. 6. Psychoda gehrkeae Quate, female genitalia. Fig. 7. P. gehrkeae
Quate, antenna tip. Fig. 8. P. scotina Quate, antenna tip. Fig. 9. P. scotina
Quate, female genitalia. Fig. 10. P. aitkeni Quate, female genitalia. Fig. 11.
P. aitkeni Quate, antenna tip.
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Psychoda scotina Quate, new species
(Figures 8, 9)
Female. Head: eyes separated by distance equal to one facet diameter;
interocular suture absent; eye bridge with four rows of facets; frons
with median band of hair extending posteriorly to above level of center
of eye bridge, almost joining hair area of vertex; labellum with four
teeth and two spines; palpus short, about one-quarter the length of antenna,
ratio of segments 6:5:5:6. Antenna with 16 segments; segments 14 and
15 partly fused together, 16 separate, smaller than preceding segments;
sensory filaments Y-shaped. Wing: Sc ending beyond base of Ri; ratio of
R 2 + 3 :R 2 :R 3 = 9:8:12, ratio of Mi+ 2 :Mi:M 2 = 8;16:14. Genitalia as figured;
apex of subgenital plate with two well defined lobes; genital digit long
and slender.
Measurements: holotype, antenna broken; wing length 1.5 mm.; wing
width 0.6 mm. Paratypes, antenna 0.8-0. 9 mm.; wing length 1.3-1. 5 mm.;
wing width 0.5— 0.6 mm,
Male unknown.
Holotype female (U.S. National Museum) : Fort Claiton,
Canal Zone, February 2, 1956, light trap. Paratypes; 14 females,
same data. Other specimens: Trinidad: Tucker Valley, U.S.
Naval Station, VII-6-56, X-5-56, XII-17-56, light trap, (Aitken).
Distribution : Canal Zone, Trinidad.
Psychoda aitkeni Quate, new species
(Figures 10, 11)
Female. Head: eyes separated by distance equal to one facet diameter;
interocular suture absent; eye bridge with four rows of facets; frons with
median band of hair extending posteriorly to below level of center of
eye bridge, not joining hair area of vertex; labellum with two spines;
palpus about one-third the length of antenna, ratio of segments 5:7:7:9.
Antenna with 16 segments, terminal three subequal in size, separated;
sensory filaments Y-shaped. Wing: Sc ending before base of Ri; ratio of
R 2 + 3 :R 2 :R 3 = 8:6:11, ratio of Mn- 2 :Mi:M 2 = 6:16:14. Genitalia as figured;
apex of subgenital plate with rectangular concavity; V-shaped structure
on internal face of plate ; genital digit absent.
Measurements: holotype, antenna 0.8 mm.; wing length 1.4 mm.; wing
width 0.6 mm. Paratypes, wing length 1.4— 1.5 mm.; wing width 0.5— 0.6 mm.
Male unknown.
Holotype female (U.S. National Museum) : Chaguaramas,
U.S. Naval Station, Trinidad, February 27, 1956, light trap,
(T. H. G. Aitken). Paratypes, 10 females: Chaguaramas, U.S.
Naval Station, Trinidad, Vl-15-56, XI-9-56; Macqueripe, U.S.
Naval Station, Trinidad, X-19-56; Tucker Valley, U.S. Naval
Station, Trinidad, X-5-56, XI-9-56, XII-17-56. Other specimens:
Canal Zone; Ft. Kobbe, IX-50, light trap; Ft. Claiton, II-2-56,
October, 1959] quate — neotropical psychodidae
219
light trap; Mojinga Swamp, VII-15-52, light trap. Panama;
Buena Vista, Transisthmian Hwy., Colon Prov., VIII-30-56, at
light.
Distribution: Trinidad, Canal Zone, Panama.
Psychoda aitkeni is a common species in Trinidad and Panama
occurring in quite large numbers in light trap collections. Only
two other species of this area are more numerous in collections
studied.
Psychoda plaesia Quate
Psychoda plaesia Quate, 1959, Insects of Micronesia (Bishop Museum),
12(4). In press.
Specimens examined: Canal Zone: Ft. Kobbe, IX-50, light trap.
Distribution: Canal Zone, Micronesia.
The wide distribution of this species is undoubtedly accounted
for by rather recent dispersal by commercial transportation.
Other species of the genus (e.g. P. rarotongensis Satchell) have
a similar range.
Key to Trinidad species of Psychoda
1. Bases of veins Ra and M 2 lacking, bifurcations therefore incomplete— .2
Bases of veins Rs and M 2 complete or only weakened at bifurcation 3
2. Antennal segments 15 and 16 subequal in size ichthycerca Quate
Antennal segment 15 about half the size of 16 zetoscota Quate
3. Antenna with 14 or 15 segments - 4
Antenna with 16 segments 8
4. Antenna with 14 apparent segments (may actually be 15 but 14 greatly
reduced and fused to 13) .-5
Antenna with 15 well defined segments 6
5. Female subgenital plate hemispherical in general outline; aedeagus of
male genitalia with small lateral shaft adjacent to main shaft near its
center rdrotongensis Satchell
Female subgenital plate rectangular apically in general outline; aedeagus
of male consisting only of simple main shaft cochlearia Satchell
6 . Vein R 5 (vein ending in wing tip) not noticeably thicker than other
veins; female subgenital plate with deep apical concavity 7
Vein Rs definitely thicker than other veins; female subgenital plate with
weak apical concavity platilohata Tokunaga
7. Female subgenital plate V-shaped, male aedeagus with lateral shaft
straight and rounded at tip alternata Say
Female subgenital plate Y-shaped; male aedeagus with lateral shaft
eurved and sharply pointed at tip .Mlternicula Quate
8. Antenna segments 14 and 15 fused or partly fused together 9
Apical antennal segments clearly separated from each other 10
9. Genital digit long, extending well beyond apex of subgenital plate;
internal face of subgenital plate with pair of sac-like expansions marked
with fenestra on either side of midline (male unknown) ..ge/jrA-eae Quate
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Genital digit not extending beyond apex of subgenital plate; plate with-
out sac-like lobes on internal face (male unknown) scotina Quate
10. Female subgenital plate with large, rectangular apical concavity (male
unknown) aitkeni Quate
Female subgenital plate with very shallow apical concavity; male
aedeagus with long, sickle-like lateral shaft, surstyle short and stocky,
only little longer than dististyle ....plaesia Quate
The following species have been recorded from the northern
Neotropical region, but the brevity of the original descriptions
and lack of specimens preclude their redescription and proper
placement at the present time. (Williston’s species are represented
by single specimens only in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.)
and unique type specimens, quite understandably, are not subject
to loan.)
Psychoda angustipemiis Williston, 1896, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1896:284.
St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles. Type: Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
Psychoda antennalis Williston, 1896, Trans. Ent. So. London, 1896:283.
St. Vincent. Type: Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
Psychoda atraseta Rapp, 1945, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 53:310. Barro Colorado L,
Canal Zone. Type: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Psychoda hrevitarsa Rapp, 1945, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 53:310. Barro Colorado
I. Type: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Psychoda eburna Rapp, 1945, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 53:309. Barro Colorado 1.
Type: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Psychoda maculosa Rapp, 1945, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 53:309. Barro Colorado
I. Type: Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
Psychoda pallens Williston, 1896, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1896:283. St.
Vincent. Type: Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).
Psychoda punctatella Townsend, 1897, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 20:19.
Vera Cruz, Mexico. Type: site unknown.
SUBTROPICAL FRUIT PESTS. By Walter Ebeling. vj + 436 pp. 160 black-
and-white illus. 8 eolor plates. University of California Division of
Agricultural Sciences. May, 1959. Price $7.00.
This complete reorganization and updating of Professor Ebeling’s earlier
work, “Subtropical Entomology,” contains sections on control methods
and materials, biology of citrus pests and biology of pests affecting non-
citrus fruits. Separate chapters deal with citrus pests in the United States
and in other countries, pests of avocado, grape, walnut, almond, pecan,
olive, fig, date and minor subtropical fruits. Other topics include legislation
and organizational controls, general artificial control, spray oils, fumigants,
equipment and biological control. The book is intended for use as a
reference work and practical guide for agricultural entomologists, chemical
companies, pest control operators, agricultural extension workers, fruit
growers, etc. — Acting ed.
October, 1959] index to volume xxxv * 221
Abl'ott, Painted Lady migra-
tion, 83
Adonia variegata, 108
Aegialia blanchardi, 169
lacustris, 170
latispina, 170
nigrella, 170
Aegialiini, 169
Aeshna interrupa nevadensis, 98
multicolor, 98
palmata, 98
Agallia constricta, 76
Agalliopsis novella, 76
Alexander, New Tipulidae, 129
Alloneura, 212
Amphiagrion abbreviatum, 98
Anax junius, 98
Anelaphus antennatus, 166
brevidens, 165
inermis, 166
inflaticollis, 165
subinermis, 166
Anoplium, 165
Anoplodera laetifica, 167
Aonidiella aurantii, 107
Apantania, 212
Aphantorhapha hurdi, 161
Aphelinus chaonia, 108
Aphidae, 67, 68, 69, 72, 76, 108
Aphis fabae, 67, 72
spiraecola, 108
Aphodiini, 170
Aphodius aleustus, 172
alpinus, 172
contaminatus, 171
depressus, 171
distinctus, 171
fimetarius, 170, 172
fossor, 171
granarius, 170, 172
hamatus, 171
howitti, 170
lividus, 171
pardalis, 170
pectoralis, 172
porcus, 171
prodromus, 172
pseiidotasmaniae, 171
rubeolus, 171
rufipes, 171
subterraneus, 171
suspectus, 171
tasmaniae, 170
vittatus, 172
Aphotaenius, 173
Aphrophora, 212
Aphytis sp., 107, 108
Apoidea, 135
Archenomus sp., 108
Archytas californiae, 156
Arctiidae, 156
Arhopalus productus, 114
Arnaud, Archytas host record,
156
Ataenius cognatus, 172
fattigi, 172
saxatalis, 172
spretulus, 172
Aulacorthum circumflexum, 67
solani, 67
Austroagallia torrida, 77
Basilia forcipata, 61
Beetle collection technique, 118
preparation technique, 118
Beraea, 212
Bibio imparilis, 209
townesi, 209
Bibionidae, 209
Blanc, New Chaetostoma, 201
Bombyliidae, 201
Bruchidae, 60
Buprestidae, 61
Burmjapyx, 177
Cantharidae, 206
Catasia bistriatella, 114
Catts & Young, Illustrations
technique, 163
Cerambycidae, 56, 114, 127, 134,
165, 167
Cercopidae, 66
Ceresini, 196
Chaetostoma californica, 202
elizabethae, 202
rubida, 201, 204
Chaetogaedia monticola, 90
Chemsak, New Anelaphus, 165
Chilocorus cacti, 205
discoideus, 108, 205
distigma, 206
fraternus, 206
kuwanae, 206
orbus, 206
stigma, 206
tristis, 107
Chrysididae, 201
Chrysomelidae, 206
Chrysopa carnea, 108
Chrysopidae, 108
Cicadellidae, 66, 70-77, 195
Cicadulina mbila, 66
Cicindelidae, 63
Cimex lectularius, 176
pilosellus, 61, 176
Cimicidae, 61, 175
Circulifer tenellus, 66, 77
Clausen, Recent parasite
releases, 107
Coccidae, 107, 108
Coccinellidae, 52, 107, 108, 205
Coccophagoides sp., 108
Coccophagus mexicensis, 107
Cole, New name in Thereva, 148
* New names in bold face, synonyms and homonyms in italics.
222
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Colias behrii, 57
Colladonus montanus, 75
Conophthorus contortae, 94
monticolae, 94
Cordulia shurteffi, 98
Ctenjapyx, 100
Ctenocephalides felix, 55
Curculionidae, 206
Cybocephalus sp., 107
Cynipidae, 60
Dalbulus elimatus, 73
maidis, 71, 72
Dasymutilla californica, 201
Diaspididae, 107, 108, 205
Dioptidae, 163
Dryocosmus dubiosus, 60
Dytiscidae, 206
Dytiscus marginalis, 207
Eaton, Survival of Arhopalus,
114
Elaphidion, 165
Enallagma cyathigerum, 98
Encyrtidae, 107
Epinysson moestus, 200
pumilis, 200
Epochra, 201
Ergates spiculatus, 168
Eriophyidae, 108
Ethmiidae, 82, 194
Euaresta, 149
Euchaetias oregonensis, 156
Eulophidae, 107, 108
Euparia castanea, 173
Eupariini, 172
Euphydryas nubigena, 57
Evalljapyx, 99
Evalljapyginae, 99
Exochomus metallicus, 107
Fisher, Spermatophores in
Chilocorus, 205
Foote & Blanc, New fruit fly
genus, 149
Formica, 171
Frontina archippivora, 90
Geisha distinctissima, 75
Gelechiidae, 53
Geotrupes stercorarius, 171
Gillaspy, New bembicine wasp,
187 _
Gonaxis kibweziensis, 108
Gorytini, 195
Hardy, New Bibionidae, 209
Hedychridium sp., 201
Hemiberlesia lantaniae, 205
Hesperiidae, 57
Hesperocimex coloradensis, 175
Hippodamia convergens, 52
Holjapyx, 177
calaverasae, 178, 186
conspersus, 181, 186
diver siunguis, 177, 184, 186
forsteri, 177
forsteri archeyi, 177
humidus, 180, 186
hyadis, 180, 186
imbutus, 181, 186
insiccatus, 182, 186
irroratus, 182, 186
madidus, 184, 186
punamuensis, 177
schusteri, 179, 186
Homalactia facula, 161
harringtoni, 161
Hurd, Xylocopa nomenclatorial
problems, 135
Icaricia shasta, 57
Illustrations technique, 163
Insect photographic salon, 97
Ischnura perparva, 98
Japygidae, 99, 177
Jensen, Insects and plant
viruses, 65
Jerath & Ritcher, Biology of
Aphodiinae, 169
Kormondy, Odonata from
Yosemite, 98
Lattin & Schuh, Oregon
cimicids, 175
Leech, Ferris bibliography, 29
New Entomological Journal,
168
Lepidanthrax inaurata, 201
Lepidosaphes beckii, 108
Lestes dryas, 98
Leucorrhinia glacialis, 98
hudsonica, 98
Intacta, 98
Libellula pulchella, 98
quadrimaculata, 98
saturata, 98
Linsley, New Tragosoma, 127
Lycaena cupreus, 57
Lycaenidae, 57
McKenzie, Ferris scale insect
work, 25
Macrosiphum euphorbiae, 67
Macrosteles fascifrons, 70, 74
Mayetia, 117
bicorona, 124, 126
bowmani, 120, 126
bulla, 125, 126
chapini, 117
domestica, 125, 126
pearsei, 124, 126
sphaerifera, 119
turneri, 122, 126
Mayetini, 117
Megachilidae, 53
Meloidae, 206
Membracidae, 195, 196
Mesopeltis atrocyanea, 107
Mesotrichia, 135
Metaphycus lichtensiae, 107
Methocha californica, 63
October, 1959]
INDEX TO VOLUME XXXV
223
ichneumonides, 63
Metopia leucocephala, 201
Microdon, 62
Microterys consobrinus, 107
flavus, 107
Morius occidens, 95
Mutillidae, 201
Myzus ascalonicus, 67
persicae, 67, 68, 69, 76
Nanojapyx, 99
coalingae, 106
gentilei, 104
hamoni, 104
pagesi, 101
pricei, 102
Necydalis barbarae, 56
cavipennis, 56
Nephotettix apicalis, 76
Nephus sp., 108
New Entomological Journal, 168
Nitidulidae, 107
Nycteribiidae, 61
Nymphalidae, 57, 83
Nysson rusticus, 200
Nyssonini, 200
Occasjapyx, 178
Odonata, 98
Oeciacus vicarius, 176
Omalus cressoni, 201
Omus californicus, 63
Ontbophagus medorensis, 171
Osmia lignaria, 53
ribiflorus, 53
Oxyomus silvestris, 171
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., Field
trip, 58
Historical files, 53
Proceedings, 51
Papilionidae, 61
Paratimia conicola, 134
Parlatoria oleae, 108
Parnassius clodius baldur, 61
smintbeus bebrii, 61
Pbalaena saccbarivora, 212
Pbanaeus, 171
Pbaroscymnus sp., 107
Phorocera anassa, 160
festinans, 158
regilla, 158, 160
ustulata, 159
Pbryganidia, 163
Pbycitinae, 109
Pbyscus sp., 108
Pieridae, 57
Planococcus citri, 108
Platynaspis (?) sp., 107
Plebeius saepiolus, 57
Pleurophorus caesus, 173
Powell, Notes on Pyla, 109
Book notice, 220
Powell & Cbemsak, Psam-
maecius biology, 195
Pritchard & Powell, Pyramido-
bella on ornamental
Buddleia, 82
Projapygidae, 99
Protbecbus, 212
Provalljapyx lanei, 99
Provalljapyginae, 99
Psammaecius adornatus, 195
costalis, 195
tricolor, 195, 199
Psammodiini, 173
Psammodius oregonensis, 173
Pselapbidae, 95, 117
Pseudocbelaria manzanitae, 53
Psycboda aitkeni, 217, 218, 220
alternata, 215, 219
alternicula, 215, 219
angustipennis, 220
antennalis, 220
atraseta, 220
brevitarsa, 220
cocblearia, 214, 219
eburna, 220
gehrkeae, 216, 220
ichtbycerca, 213, 219
lativentris, 216
lucia, 213
maculosa, 220
pallens, 220
plaesia, 219, 220
platilobata, 214, 219
punctatella, 220
rarotongensis, 213, 219
scotina, 217, 218, 220
zetoscota, 214, 219
Psycbodidae, 213
Pulex irritans, 55
Pyla, 109
fasciella, 109, 112
nigricula, 109, 111
scintillans, 109, 111
sylphiella, 109
viridisuffusella, 113
Pyralidoidea, 109
Pyramidobela angelarum,
82, 194
Quate. Neotropical Psycho-
didae, 213
Reduviidae, 53, 61
Reinbard, New Tacbinidae, 157
Rbinoscepsis, 95
Ruckes, Conopbtborus records,
94
Paratimia emergence note,
134
Saissetia oleae, 107
Saprosites, 173
Sarcopbagidae, 201
Sasakia cbaronda, 54
Scarabaeidae, 169, 206
Schoening & Tilden, Ceram-
byciid bost records, 167
Scbuster, On Morius occidens,
95
224
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXXV, NO. 4
Schuster, Marsh & Park, Tribe
Mayetini in U.S., I., 117
Scolytidae, 94
Scymnus nubilis, 108
Senotainia trilineata, 201
vigilans, 201
Silpha surinamensis, 61
Siphonopsis conata, 162
Slide mount technique, 118
Smith, Japygidae of N.A., 1,
Japygidae of N.A,, 2., 177
Solierella mandibularis, 116
prosopidis, 116
Sphaeropthalma sp., 201
Sphecidae, 116, 187, 195
Stator limbatus, 60
Stethorus spp., 108
Stictiella argentata, 193
bifurcata, 193
bituberculata, 193
callista, 193
clypeata, 187, 192
divergens, 192, 193
emarginata, 193
exigua, 193
femorata, 192, 193
formosa, 193
megacera, 193
melanosterna, 193
pictifrons, 193
plana, 193
pulchella, 193
pulla, 193
scitula, 193
serrata, 193
speciosa, 193
tenuicornis, 187 ,191, 193
terlinguae, 193
tuberculata, 193
Stictocephala, 196
Sympetrum corruptum, 98
madidum, 98
occidentale californicum, 98
pallipes, 98
semicinctum, 98
Synharmonia conglobata, 108
Synnoma lynosyrana, 62
Syrphidae, 62
Tachinidae, 90, 156, 157
Telamonini, 196
Telsimia sp,, 108
Tephritidae, 149, 201
Tetranychidae, 108
Texananus spatulatus, 73
Thereva anomala, 148
melanoneura, 148
nana, 148
pygmaea, 148
xanthobasis, 148
Therevidae, 148
Therioaphis maculata, 108
Thorybes nevada, 57
Thrips tabaci, 73
Tilden, Pyramidobela at Santa
Cruz, 194
Book review, 211
Tiphiidae, 63
Tipula carunculata, 132
diversa, 133
gothicana, 129
leiocantha, 132
lyrifera, 133
99 macnabi, 132
modoc, 131
mono, 133
nerfidiosa, 130
twightae, 130
umbra, 129
Tipulidae, 129
Tortricidae, 62
Trachykele opulenta, 61
Tragosoma chiricahuae, 127
depsarius, 128
pilosicornis, 128
Tramea lacerata, 98
Triatoma, 61
Trichoptera, 212
Usinger, Ferris biography, 1
Valentibulla, 149
californica, 149, 150
euarestoides, 152
munda, 150, 152
mundula, 150
thurmanae, 154, 150
Vanessa cardui, 57, 83
Viviania arrisor, 157
lachnosternae, 157
pedita, 158
Xylocopa, 135
aestuans, 139
aestuans var. nigrescens, 136
batesi, 137
caerulea meade-waldoi, 136
caerulea var. viridis, 136
caffra nigrescens, 136
chrysoptera, 137
confusa, 138
dimidiata, 137
eximia, 136
gabonica, 138
Homonymic combinations, 141
isabelleae, 136
lateritia, 137
latipes, 140
muscaria, 140
nigrella, 136
ocularis, 137
sauteri var. nigrescens, 136
torrida, 140
viridis, 136
Wiggins, Ferris the teacher, 13
Williams, Solierella synonymy,
116
Zenillia blanda, 90
Zoological nomenclature, 212
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME THIRTY-FIVE
19 5 9
EDITORIAL BOARD
P. D. HURD, JR., Editor
JERRY A. POWELL, Acting Editor
D. D. LINSDALE, Assistant Editor
E. G. LINSLEY
HUGH B. LEECH
E. S. ROSS
R. L. USINGER
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer
J. E. SWIFT, Advertising
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1959 1960 1961
E. O. Essig E. L. Kessel E. R. Leach
R. H. Van Zwaluwenberg H. B. Leech E. G. Linsley, Chairman
San Francisco, California
19 5 9
11
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXXV
Abbott, C. H.
Tbe 1958 migration of The Painted Lady Butterfly, Van-
essa cardui (Linnaeus), in California 83
Alexander, C. P.
Undescribed species of Tipulidae from the western United
States. Part V 129
Arnaud, P. H.
A new host record for Archytas calif orniae (Walker) in
California 156
Blanc, F. L.
A new species of Chaetostoma from California 201
Catts, E. P. and J. H. Young
A chalkboard technique for making illustrations 163
Chemsak, J. A. ,
Two new North American species of Anelaphus Linsley....l65
Clausen, C. P.
Releases of recently imported insect parasites and pre-
dators in California, 1956—57 107
Cole, F. R.
A new name proposed in the genus Thereva 148
Eaton, C. B.
Observations on the survival of Arhopalus productus
(LeConte) larvae in Douglas-fir lumber 114
Fisher, T. W.
Occurrence of spermatophores in certain species of
Chilocorus 205
Foote, R. A. and F. L. Blanc
A new genus of North American fruit flies 149
Gillaspy, J. E.
A new bembicine wasp related to Stictiella tenuicornis
(Fox), with certain phylogenetic considerations 187
Hardy, D. E.
A new Bibionidae from California 209
Hurd, P. D., Jr.
Some nomenclatorial problems in the genus Xylocopa
Latrielle 135
Jensen, D. D.
Insects, both hosts and vectors of plant viruses 65
Ill
Jerath, M. L. and P. 0. Ritcher
Biology of Aphodiinae with special reference to Oregon.. ..169
Kormondy, E. J.
A few Odonata from Yosemite 98
Lattin, J. D. and J. Schuh
Hesperocimex coloradensis List from Oregon 175
Leech, H. B.
Bibliography of Gordon F. Ferris 29
A new Entomological Journal 168
Linsley, E. G.
A new species of Tragosoma from southeastern Arizona... .127
McKenzie, H. L.
Gordon Floyd Ferris as a student of the scale insects 25
Powell, J. A.
Notes on the California species of the genus Pyla Grote....l09
Book notice: Subtropical Fruit Pests 220
Powell, J. A. and J. A. Chemsak
Biological observations on Psammaecius adornatus (Brad-
ley) 195
Pritchard, A. E. and J. A. Powell
Pyramidobela angelarum Keifer on ornamental Buddleia
in the San Francisco Bay Area 82
Quate, L. W.
Taxonomy of neotropical Psychodidae (Diptera) 1.
Psychoda species of West Indies and Central America
with a key to Trinidad species 213
Reinhard, H. J.
New Nearctic Tachinidae 157
Ruckes, H., Jr.
Two new records for the cone beetle genus Conophthorus
Hopkins in California 94
An emergence note on the roundheaded cone borer, Para-
timia conicola Fisher 134
Schoening, E. H. and J. W. Tilden
Anoplodera laetifica (LeConte) and Ergates spiculatus
LeConte from knob-cone pine 167
Schuster, R. 0.
Notes on Morius occidens Casey with a description of
the male 95
IV
Schuster, R. 0., G. A. Marsh and 0. Park
Present status of the tribe Mayetini in the United States.
Part I 117
Smith, L. M.
The Japygidae of North America 1. — Provalljapyginae
and Nanojapyx 99
Japygidae of North America 2. The genus Holjapyx and
descriptions of new species 177
Tilden, J. W.
A record of Pyramidobela angelarum Keifer from Santa
Cruz, California 194
Book review : Laboratory Manual for Introductory Entom-
ology 211
Usinger, R. L.
Gordon Floyd Ferris — 1893 - 1958 1
Wiggins, 1. L. /
Gordon Floyd Ferris, The Teacher 13
Williams, F. X.
A preoccupied name in Solierella ..116
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXXV
No. 1. March 26, 1959
No. 2. June 2, 1959
No. 3. August 18, 1959
No. 4. December 8, 1959
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
- ON
THE
TEAM
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
The basic principal guiding Sunland activi-
ties is to supply, from the modern world of
chemistry, those chemical tools necessary
to solve the production problems of agri-
culture in California's great producing
areas.
To this end we join research finding to
service and supply according to needs.
OUR CLAIM TO FAME . .
Players on the World^s
greatest Agribusiness Team.
SUNLAND INDUSTRIES INC.
P. O. Box 1669, Fresno AM 6-9881
11
Specialist!
This handsome fellow speciahzes
in “inside jobs.” He’s the corn
borer. He may not be the ughest
insect known to Agriculture, but
the damage he inflicts ranks him
right up there with the worst.
One fact remains very clear. The
com borer and his flying, crawhng,
burrowing and hopping “cousins”
Agricultural production.
still get too large a share of
Only through continuing research and experimentation can we
hope to win the vigorous battle with the insect world. Shell
Chemical Corporation, with the valuable co-operation of inde-
pendent entomologists, U.S.D.A. staff researchers, extension work-
ers and growers, strives to develop better and more successful
pesticides to reduce crop losses.
Modem Shell pesticides, now in use as a result of this close
co-operation, include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin. Methyl Parathion
and Phosdrin® insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon® Soil Fumigants
and AUyl Alcohol weed seed kiUer.
Newer pesticides, now in the laboratory stages at Shell Chemi-
cal’s experimental research center at Modesto, CaUfornia, promise
an even more effective defense against insects.
Shell Chemical Corporation looks to a better tomor- /V ' ' Ox
row for Agriculture through chemical research today. vSHELLi
For technical information on Shell products, write to:
SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICAL SALES DIVISION
460 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK 22, NEW YORK
Ill
HERCULES RESEARCH-
First Step toward Improved Pesticides
From the Hercules Research Center and Agricultural
Chemicals Laboratories come an ever increasing number
of products that contribute to more productive farming
and increased comfort for leisure hours. Here are the
established members of the Hercules family; Toxaphene
agricultural insecticide; Thanite® for oil base and aerosol
insecticides; Delnav* phosphate, pesticide; meta Delphene®
insect repellent.
Today in the laboratories, research continues on the
products that will join them in the future. But before they
become available you can be sure that thousands of
compounds have been carefully screened and extensive
tests conducted in the field because only the best is good
enough to meet the standards of Hercules research.
That’s why you can look to Hercules for leadership in
the development of insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides.
Agricultural Chemicals Division, Naval Stores Department
HERCULES POWDER COMPANY
900 Market Street, Wilmington 99, Delaware
*Trademark
IV
A Cyanamid Report:
What’s new with Malathion?
New intervaBs for Malathion— Malathion continues to be the ideal
material for late season insect control. Reduced intervals between last
application and harvest were received on these crops in 1958;
Tomatoes — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsifi-
able Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
malathion 4% to 5% dusts.
Pears — from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57 % Emulsifi-
able Liquid.
Cucumbers 'j
Squash >— from 3 days to 1 day with malathion 57% Emulsi-
Melons ; fiable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Powder and
4% to 5% dusts.
Brambleberry Family — from 7 days to 1 day with malathion 57 %
Emulsifiable Liquid, malathion 25% Wettable Pow-
der and 4% to 5% dusts.
Extended interval : — The label for leaf lettuce has been extended from
10 days to 14 days. The label for head lettuce remains the same: 7 days.
New crop uses for Malathion — Label acceptance of malathion for
insect control on figs and okra extends its already long crop use list to 95.
Okra — For the control of aphids. Use recommended rates of
malathion Emulsifiable Liquid, Wettable Powder or dusts
up to time pods start to form.
Figs — For control of dried fruit beetles and vinegar flies. Use
Emulsifiable Liquid or dusts at recommended rates. Apply
when necessary up to 3 days from harvest.
New animal claims — In addition to label acceptance for direct appli-
cation on cattle, hogs, poultry, cats and dogs, malathion has received
these labels for direct application on sheep, goats and swine;
For the control of lice, ticks and keds on sheep and goats. Apply 16 lbs.
of malathion 25% Wettable Powder per. 100 gallons of water. Spray
animals thoroughly. Repeat application after 2 or 3 weeks if needed.
Do not apply to milk goats. Do not treat animals under one month of
age. When applying sprays, avoid contamination of feed, food contain-
ers and watering troughs.
For the control of lice on swine, use malathion 4% or 5% dust making
a thorough application to the animals. In addition, pens should also be
thoroughly dusted. Repeat application in 10 days, and thereafter as
needed. Avoid contamination of feed, food containers and watering
troughs.
Developer and producers of
malathion and parathion.
American Cyanamid Company,
Agricultural Division, Dept. HE,
New York 20, N. Y.
MALATHION
INSECTICIDES
V
Du Pont Pest Control Chemicals
Fermate* ferbam fungicide
Zerlate* ziram fungicide
Parzate* liquid nabam fungicide
Parzate* zineb fungicide
Manzate* maneb fungicide
Thylate* thiram fungicide
Copper A fixed copper fungicide
Marlate '' 2-MR Methoxychlor insecticide (liquid)
Marlate'" 50 methoxychlor insecticide (dry)
90% Technical methoxychlor oil concentrate
Deenate* BOW DDT insecticide
EPN 300 insecticide
Telvar'" monuron weed killer
Karmex* diuron weed killer
Kloben* neburon weed killer
“Tryben” 200 weed killer
Ammate* X weed and brush killer
Ceresan* 100 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
Ceresan* 200 liquid mercurial seed disinfectant
Ceresan* M seed disinfectant
Ceresan* M-2X seed disinfectant
Arasan* 75 seed protectant
Arasan* SF-M thiram seed disinfectant
Arasan"' SF-X thiram seed disinfectant
Delsan''' A-D seed disinfectant and protectant
Semesan''' seed disinfectant
Semesan Bel* seed disinfectant (for potatoes)
Semesan* turf fungicide (organic mercurial)
Tersan* thiram turf fungicide
VPM soil fumigant
Spreader-Sticker
On all chemicals, follow label instructions and warnings
carefully
*Reg. trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Technical representatives located throughout the West
RES. U.S. PAT. OFF.
E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
Grasselli Chemicals Department
701 Welch Rood Palo Alto, California
FUNGICIDES
INSECTICIDES
WEED AND
BRUSH KILLERS
SEED
DISINFECTANTS
OTHER
CHEMICALS
Kelthane, the new longer-lasting miticide, is a real boon to any grower
who must keep mite populations at a low level. Its success is attested to
by growers of many fruits, vegetables, flowers, shrubs and ornamentals.
Kelthane gives you fast, positive kill of most troublesome mite
species, including “resistant” strains. Fewer applications are required,
because of its long residual activity. What’s more, Kelthane is
harmless to operators, beneficial insects, animals and adjacent crops
when used as directed. For minimum mite damage and maximum
yields . . . look to Kelthane, today’s really effective miticide in
emulsifiable concentrate, wettable powder, or dust formulations.
Chemicals for Agriculture
ROHM e HAAS
COMPANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
Representatives in principal foreign countries
Kelthane is a IrademaTk, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in principal foreign countries.
Checkmate for mites . . .
kelthane
Vll
SPRAY ADJUVANTS
DESIGNED TO INCREASE THE
EFFECTIVENESS OF AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
FLUXIT • MULTI-FILM "L" • MULTI-FILM "C"
COLLOIDAL Z-l • COLLOIDAL X.77
C-P-S DUST STICKER • SEED COAT
Inquiries Invited Relating to Specific Problems
COLLOIDAL PRODUCTS CORP.
100 GATE 5 ROAD SAUSALITO, CALIF.
THERE’S A
ALKRON©
parathion formulaiions
ARATRONf
miticide containing
Aramite
BROMOFUME®
BROMOTOX®
low dosage space
fumigant
ESTONMITE®
ovex miticide-ovicide
ESTONATE®
50% DDT liquids and
MALAPHOS®
malathion formulations
MBC FUMIGANTf
methyl bromide with
chloropicrin warning
agent
METHYL BROMIDE
space fumigant
METRONt
methyl parathion
formulations
NEMAFUME®
soil fumigant
TETRON®
TEPP formulations
ALDRIN, DIELDRIN
&ENDRiN
liquid formulations
PHOSDRIN
liquid formulations
tTrademar/e AP & C C
EDB soil fumigants powders
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS DEPARTMENT
American Potash & Chemical Onpoation
3000 WEST 6TH STREET, LOS ANGELES 54, CALIFORNIA
235 Montgomery St., San Francisco 4, Calif. • 1320 S.W. Broadway, Portland 1, Ore.
Latest word
from the front:
TRITHION® is doing a job
on mites, scale, aphid!
Stauffer TRITHION, in its first season of registration on a
wide range of bearing tree, field, and row crops, has per-
formed magnificently by controlling mites, scale, and aphids.
Dormant sprays with Trithion have cleaned up scale, mite
eggs, and aphid eggs. Late spring and summer sprays have
provided long-lasting mite control in orchards, grapes, cotton,
melons, and many other crops. Post-harvest cleanup sprays
have rid fruit trees of eg-laying mites and aphids.
@TRITHION Is Stauffer Chemical Company's trade-mark, registered
in principal cities, for 0,0-diethyl S-p-chlorophenylthlomethyl
phosphorodithioate, an insecticide.
STAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY
^ WESTERN OFFICES:
San Francisco, Los Angeles, North Portland, Glendale (Ariz.), Fresno
IX
THERE’S
BONUS
EVERY
BUSHEL
thanks
to
• RESEARCH
• QUALITY CONTROL
• FIELD TESTING
• FIELD SERVICE
Putting Ideas to Work
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL
CORPORATION
Niagara Chemical Division
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA • MIDDLEPORT, NEW YORK
X
FIRST IN SERVICE
AGRICULTURAL INSECTICIDES
FUNGICIDES WEED KILLERS
MOYER CHEMICAL COMPANY
P. O. Box 945, San Jose, California
Control Major Citrus Pests
at Lower Cost
with
PARATHION
You get wide-range effective control
with PARATHION . . . black, red,
yellow, purple, citricola and cottony-
cushion scales; aphids; mealy and
plant bugs; thrips, orange tortrix, and
little fire ants.
All these pests are controlled at the
lowest per-acre cost because you need
about half as much Parathion.
To fit your needs, leading insecticide
manufacturers offer formulations based
on NIRAN® (Monsanto Parathion)
. . . see your insecticide dealer for
dependable fast-control formulations
with Parathion.
NIRAN : Reg. U.S. Patent Office
Monsanto
Where Creative Chemistry
works wonders for you.
MONSANTO CHEMICAL CO.
Organic Chemical Div.
St. Louis, Mo.
In Canada: Monsanto Canada Ltd.,
Montreal
XI
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
relied upon
from Coast to Coast
Known for
Quality ♦ Service • Dependability
PENNSALT OF WASHINGTON DIVISION
PENNSALT CHEMICALS
TACOMA, WASHINGTON
Aurora, III. Bryan, Tex.
Montgomery, Ala. Portland, Ore,
Los Angeles and Menlo Park, Calif.
CORPORATION
Pennsalt
Chemicals
ESTABLISHED 1850
- 'f
• ■ i'- A. I-;'.* VI ■
i!'V' J'ic'i-y'y ;• ,
America’s leading soil insecticide. Pro- .
•-:4-r f '^..tects forage cropSiwithput cphtaminatirig milk'or, meat. Used to coi
,•■./ /■•■ ■insects'oh all major crops, -i'- ■'• "•'
0 , control a wide .variety of 4; ■' . . ' '
‘-■•••' lie-, 't*
''"a* V '
V: . T" ' *^t.w
. — J. r.\ • l_. ^ 1'^ A. I . - Ui- ji’^ ^'1. .
America’s leading lawn and; garden. ihsec-'
, because 'Of Us-'long ; .V;.-
r'-; -''
'l’ ‘M ' ,
»' . ' , .■' ' ,’i<' ‘’’Ir •'•■’•/
ar aigaihsf crop/damaging'f - .
extremely difficult to .ccfhtrol can now be killed '
';?•
IE^I^ y E L $ I ci^ C^E ^ C b R RO R ifti p N
., 330 ' .East Grand- Ayenii^ey Chicago 11 , lllinois.-'',-i*^f^.,-y^-:.i'-^ ' '-
■ j'-v ■'•■'-v-y. ■ ’.' ’''' y . ..Writef^pr hpmplete information!^ T. »' ''
'. * . ■ ' - : / >1 .' ■ '•' ’’ V ' ' i -' :;••■.’.•■• • -^ . , ••■
VC a 024 -l 7 l
7
- f
■'» - , i . - I
■ •■ • v; ■’
i V ' ■'
'iff ; ■
SVV :■]
*• * T'
*'i
f ■
'I .
y.
i
\
■'Mr "
t
t
-i
I
,' ^ 'I*- ’
j • '
9
i*-
* 7
'I -
*■ •
w '
'"• * * ”«
r.;. ,
. *